PTTEP AA Oil Spill Contingency Plan

A Company of PTTEP Group

Report Page 1 of 292

PTTEP AA Oil Spill Contingency Plan



TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 13 1.1 PTTEP AUSTRALASIA (ASHMORE CARTIER) PTY LTD 13 1.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVES 13 1.3 PRIORITIES 13 1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES 15 1.4.1 PTTEPAA 15 1.4.2 Contractors 15 1.5 SCOPE OF THE PLAN 15 1.5.1 This Document 15 1.5.2 Operations Covered 17 1.5.3 Area Covered 17 1.5.4 Oil Types 19 1.5.5 Spill Volumes 19 1.6 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER PLANS 21 1.6.1 PTTEP AA Crisis and Emergency Management Plans 21 1.6.2 External Plans 21 2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 23 2.1 RELEVANT JURISDICTIONS 23 2.2 COMMONWEALTH ACTS AND REGULATIONS 23 2.3 NORTHERN TERRITORY ACTS AND REGULATIONS 24 2.4 WESTERN AUSTRALIAN ACTS AND REGULATIONS 24 2.5 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS 24 3 RESPONSE PREPAREDNESS 32 3.1 PTTEP AA CRISIS AND EMERGENCY ORGANISATION 32 3.1.1 Crisis Management: The Crisis Management Team 32 3.1.2 Emergency Management: The Emergency Management Team 32 3.2 MAINTENANCE OF PTTEPAA RESPONSE PREPAREDNESS 33 3.2.1 OSCP Review and Maintenance 33 3.2.2 Training 33 3.2.3 Exercises and Audits 33 3.3 THE NATIONAL PLAN 33 3.3.1 Division of Responsibilities 33 3.3.2 NATPLAN Organisation 35 3.4 INDUSTRY ARRANGEMENTS 36 3.4.1 The Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre (AMOSC) 36 3.4.2 Oil Spill Response Ltd 36 3.5 LEVELS OF RESPONSE: RESPONSE TIERS 36 4 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM 38 4.1 TIER 1 RESPONSE: PTTEPAA EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM 38 4.1.1 Consistency with the National Plan 38 4.1.2 EMT Structure for OSR 38 4.1.3 Size of the EMT 39 4.1.4 Key EMT Roles 39 4.1.5 Personnel Nominated to the EMT 39 4.2 TIER 2 OR TIER 3 RESPONSE: INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TEAM 40



4.2.1 IMT Size and Structure 40 4.2.2 Role of PTTEPAA in a Higher Tier Response 41 5 INCIDENT REPORTING AND ACTIVATION OF EMT 45 5.1 INITIATING THE RESPONSE 45 5.2 REPORTING PROCEDURE 45 5.2.1 Reports from PTTEPAA Staff or Contractors 45 5.2.2 Reports from External Sources 47 5.3 IMMEDIATE RESPONSE PROCEDURES 47 5.4 INCIDENT ASSESSMENT: DETERMINING THE RESPONSE TIER 50 5.5 ACTIVATION OF THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM 50 5.5.1 EMT Personnel 50 5.5.2 Emergency Control Centre (ECC) 51 6 ESTABLISHING INCIDENT CONTROL 52 6.1 THE ROLE OF THE PTTEPAA EMT LEADER 52 6.2 ESTABLISHING THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM 52 6.3 DEPLOYMENT OF RESOURCES 52 6.3.1 Location of Control 52 6.3.2 Forward Control 53 6.4 MEDIA LIAISON 53 6.4.1 Tier 1 53 6.4.2 Tier 2 or Tier 3 53 6.5 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT 54 6.5.1 Tier 1 Responses 54 6.5.2 Tier 2 or Tier 3 Response 54 6.6 GOVERNMENT LIAISON 55 6.7 COMMUNITY LIAISON 55 7 PLANNING 56 7.1 THE PLANNING FUNCTION 56 7.2 THE PLANNING PROCESS 56 7.2.1 Information Inputs 56 7.2.2 The Planning Cycle 56 7.3 INITIAL PLANNING MEETING 57 7.4 DEVELOPING THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN 58 7.5 EXECUTION OF THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN 58 7.6 MONITORING THE RESPONSE 59 7.7 ONGOING REVISION OF THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN 60 8 OPERATIONS 61 8.1 THE OPERATIONS FUNCTION 61 8.1.1 Responsibilities 61 8.1.2 Operations Procedures 62 8.2 MARINE RESPONSE GUIDELINES 62 8.2.1 Immediate On Site Response 62 8.2.2 Secondary Response 65 8.2.3 Determining Ongoing Marine Response Strategies 65 8.2.4 Monitoring Only: Natural Weathering and Dispersal 66 8.2.5 Containment and Recovery 67



8.2.6 Use of Dispersants from Vessels 72 8.2.7 Physical Breakup of Slicks (Mechanical Dispersion) 74 8.2.8 Use of Sorbents 74 8.2.9 In Situ Burning 74 8.3 AERIAL RESPONSE 75 8.3.1 Responsibility 75 8.3.2 Aerial Response Strategies 75 8.3.3 Aerial Surveillance and Monitoring 75 8.3.4 Aerial Spraying of Dispersants 78 8.4 SHORELINE RESPONSE 78 8.4.1 Responsibility 78 8.4.2 Shoreline Response Strategies 78 8.5 WILDLIFE RESPONSE 79 8.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT 79 8.6.1 Responsibility 79 8.6.2 Shore Based Temporary Storage 79 8.6.3 Segregation of Waste 79 8.6.4 Temporary Storage 79 8.6.5 Offsite Transport 80 9 LOGISTICS 82 9.1 THE LOGISTICS FUNCTION 82 9.2 RESPONSIBILITY 82 9.3 LOGISTICS SUPPORT 82 9.3.1 National Plan Resources 82 9.3.2 Industry Resources: AMOSC 83 9.4 COMMUNICATIONS 83 10 FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION 84 10.1 THE FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION FUNCTION 84 10.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION 84 10.3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 84 10.3.1 Documentation 84 10.3.2 Emergency Procurement and Contracting Procedures 84 11 HEALTH AND SAFETY 86 11.1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY 86 11.2 IDENTIFYING AND MANAGING HAZARDS 86 11.3 PUBLIC WARNINGS AND SAFETY ALERTS 86 11.4 ESTABLISHING EXCLUSION ZONES 87 11.5 SITE SAFETY ASSESSMENTS 89 11.6 HEALTH AND SAFETY SUB-PLANS 89 11.7 MONITORING HEALTH AND SAFETY 89 11.8 AVAILABLE MEDICAL SUPPORT 90 12 RESPONSE TERMINATION 93 12.1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR TERMINATING THE RESPONSE 93 12.2 CONDITIONS FOR TERMINATION 93 12.2.1 Planning 93 12.2.2 Operations 94



12.2.3 Logistics 95 12.2.4 Finance and Administration 95 12.3 STAND-DOWN PROCEDURES 95 12.3.1 Return of Equipment 95 12.3.2 Servicing of Equipment 95 12.3.3 Debrief 95 12.3.4 Incident Report 96 12.4 COST RECOVERY 96 12.4.1 Montara Insurance Arrangements 96 13 APPENDICIES 99 13.1 APPENDIX A - TIER 1 CHECKLISTS AND PROCEDURES 99 13.1.1 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM (EMT LEADER) 100 13.1.2 LIAISON OFFICER 102 13.1.3 SSHE COORDINATOR 103 13.1.4 PLANNING OFFICER (PO) 104 13.1.5 OPERATIONS OFFICER (OO) 105 13.1.6 LOGISTICS OFFICER (LO) 106 13.1.7 ADMINISTRATION OFFICER (AO) (RECORD KEEPER) 107 13.1.8 SHOREBASE LOGISTICS COORDINATOR (LC) 108 13.1.9 EMERGENCY CONTROLLER (EC) 109 13.1.10 VESSEL MASTERS 110 13.1.11 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC) 111 13.1.12 PREPARATION OF THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN 112 13.1.13 BRIEFING MEETING PROCEDURE 113 13.1.14 SAMPLING AND SAMPLE CONTROL PROCEDURES 114 13.1.15 FIELD TEST FOR THE EFFECTIVENESS OF DISPERSANTS 116 13.1.16 OIL SPILL TRAJECTORY MODELLING REQUEST 118 13.1.17 OSR LTD MOBILISATION AUTHORISATION FORM (CALLOUT) 119 13.1.18 OSR LTD NOTIFICATION FORM 120 13.2 APPENDIX B - RESPONSE SUPPORT CONSIDERATIONS 122 TABLE 13.2 TIMEFRAMES FOR ACCESSING RESOURCES 125 13.3 APPENDIX C - DOCUMENTATION (STANDARD OSR FORMS) 126 13.3.1 POLLUTION REPORT FORM (POLREP) 128 13.3.2 SITUATION REPORTING FORM (SITREP) 130 13.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT FORM 132 13.3.4 PERSONAL LOG 135 13.3.5 AERIAL OBSERVATION REPORT 137 13.3.6 SHORELINE OILING ASSESSMENT FORM 140 13.3.7 SHORELINE CLEANUP TEAM DAILY WORK REPORT 142 13.3.8 WASTE HANDLING LOG 144 13.3.9 LABOUR REGISTRATION FORM 147 13.4 APPENDIX D - DISPERSANT AND OIL MSDS 149 13.5 APPENDIX E - MAINTENANCE OF OSR PREPAREDNESS 150 13.5.1 Table E.2 Indicative OSR Training Levels for PTTEPAA 152 13.5.2 Table E.3 Indicative OSR Training Levels for Offshore Contractors 152 13.6 APPENDIX F - MEDIA GUIDELINES 154 13.7 APPENDIX G - CONTACT DIRECTORY 160



14 ATTACHMENTS 161 14.1 ATTACHMENT 1 – INCIDENT CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TIER 2 AND TIER 3

RESPONSE 161 14.2 ATTACHMENT 2 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN OSR 191 SUPPLEMENT F.1 REGIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL DATA TIMOR SEA 196 SUPPLEMENT F.2 NEBA PROCEDURE 263 SUPPLEMENT F.3 GUIDELINE FOR PREDICTING POTENTIAL EFFECTS OF OIL ON TIMOR

SEA REGION RESOURCES AND MANAGEMENT 275 14.3 ATTACHMENT 3 – ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT 279 14.3.1 HYDROCARBON SPILL MODELLING CASH-2/MAPLE-2 279 14.3.2 OIL SPILL MODELLING MONTARA 286 14.3.3 OIL SPILL MODELLING JABIRU/CHALLIS 288



DISTRIBUTION LIST

RECIPIENT COPY No. Hard (H) or Electronic (E) Distribution

PTTEPAA Perth Office Chief Executive Officer 1 H Technical Specialist 2 H Operations Manager 3 H Projects Manager 4 H Safety, Security, Health and Environment Manager 5 H Environmental Coordinator 6 H SSHE Coordinator 7 H Production Operations Manager 8 H Drilling Manager 9 H Drilling HSE Coordinator 10 H Emergency Response Room 11 H Crisis Management Room 12 H PTTEPAA EMT Duty Roster Functions EMT Leader 13 H Operations Coordinator 14 H Safety, Security, Health and Environment Coordinator 15 H Materials and Logistics Coordinator 16 H Planning Coordinator 17 H Media and External Affairs Coordinator 18 H Offshore `TST Base Manager 19 H TST Helicopter Base Manager 20 H Montara Offshore Installation Manager 21 H Montara Development FPSO Manager 22 E Montara Development Wellhead Platform & Subsea M

23 E Montara Development Well Construction Manager 24 E Montara Development HSE Coordinator 25 E Darwin Support Supply & Logistics Manager 26 H

27 E S e 28 E

29 E Marine

e 30 H 31 E

Montara Development Contractors



RECIPIENT COPY No. Hard (H) or Electronic (E) Distribution

As required Spare Copies E External Bodies Northern Territory Department of Resources (NT DoR) (now represented by the Northern Territory Department of Mines and Energy (NT DME)

32 E

Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (Commonwealth)

33 E

Australian Search and Rescue (AusSAR) 34 E AMOSC Geelong 35 E Darwin Port Corporation 36 E AMSA – Canberra 37 E



DOCUMENT CONTROL DOCUMENT CONTROL - EXTERNAL CONTROLLED COPIES If you become aware of any changes or corrections that are required please photocopy this page and the relevant page(s) requiring correction, mark up the corrections and send them to:

DOCUMENT CONTROL - INTERNAL CONTROLLED COPIES Please use the Change Proposal Management Standard Form

Name:.. ..................................................................................................................................

Position: .................................................................................................................................

Organisation:…. .....................................................................................................................

OSCP Controlled Copy Number: .....................

Tel: .................................................Fax: .................................................................

Email: ...... .……………………………………………………………………………………..............

Please note the changes to details on the attached pages(s):

Section Title: ..........................................................................................................................

Sub Section Title: ...................................................................................................................

Page Numbers: ......................................................................................................................

Other Comments: ...................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AIIMS Australian Integrated Incident management System AMOSC Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre AMOSPlan Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre Plan AMSA Australian Maritime Safety Authority API Gravity American Petroleum Institute measure of density. An API gravity of >10

indicates that an oil is lighter than water, if <10, it is heavier. API gravity is an inverse measure of the relative density of a petroleum liquid and the density of water. Also APIo

AusSAR Australian Search and Rescue BoP Blowout Preventor CA Combat Agency (or Control Agency) (under the National Plan) CEO Chief Executive Officer CLC International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969 CLO Community Liaison Officer (CLO) CMP Crisis Management Plan CMT Crisis Management Team cP Centipoise (measure of viscosity) cSt Centistoke (measure of kinematic viscosity) CV Challis Venture (Decommissioned 2010) DA Designated Authority DEWHA Department of Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts

(Commonwealth) now the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (SEWPAC)

DRET Department of Resources, Energy and Tourism (Commonwealth) E&P Exploration and Production ECT Emergency Control Team (Site Emergency Control Team) the response

team on site or at a facility EMA Emergency Management Australia EMP Emergency Management Plan EMT Emergency Management Team (PTTEPAA) EMTL Emergency Management Team Leader EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 ERP Emergency Response Plan ERRG Employee and Relative Response Group ESC Environmental and Scientific Coordinator (Commonwealth and

State/NT) FAO Finance and Administration Officer (IMT position) FRA First Response Agency under WestPlan MOP (see below). The agency

(usually a Port Authority) responsible for responding to spills within a response division (see WestPlan MOP).

FPSO Floating Production, Storage and Off-take GRT Gross Registered Tonnage H&S Health and Safety HF High Frequency HMA Hazard Management Agency under the WA Emergency Management

(WestPlan) system. The agency designated to manage a particular type of emergency.

HSC Health and Safety Coordinator (IMT position) HSE Health, Safety and Environment



IAP Incident Action Plan IC Incident Controller ICC Incident Control Centre ICS Incident Control (or Command) System IMT Incident Management Team (Government Agency) JPDA Joint Petroleum Development Area JV Jabiru Venture (Decommissioned 2010) kl Kilolitres (1000 litres) LCA Lead Combat Agency. WestPlan MOP (see below) term equivalent to the

Combat Agency (CA) under the National Plan LO Logistics Officer (IMT position) MAC Mutual Aid Contact (for activation of AMOSC under AMOSPlan) MARPOL Convention

International Convention for Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 as modified by the Protocol of 1978

MEAG Media and External Affairs Group MERCOM Marine Emergency Response Commander (Commonwealth) MLC Materials & Logistics Controller MLO Media Liaison Officer (EMT/CMT position – normally an external

consultant) MODU Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit MOSES The Marine Oil Spill Equipment System - Computer based system for the

management of National Plan equipment. It includes equipment owned by AMSA, States/NT and industry, and provides logistics and maintenance history information. It also has details of equipment used in incident responses for cost recovery.

MRC Marine Rescue Coordination MRCC Marine Rescue Coordination Centre MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MV Montara Venture National Plan National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious

Substances (also Natplan or NATPLAN) NEBA Net Environmental Benefit Assessment NOPSEMA National Offshore Petroleum Safety and Environmental Management

Authority NRETAS (NT Department of) Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport NT NT DoH

Northern Territory (of Australia) NT Department of Health

NT DLP Former NT Dept. Lands and Planning NT DLP MS NT DoT

Former NT Dept. Lands and Planning Marine Safety Branch (Now NT DoT) NT Dept. of Transport

NT DoR Former Northern Territory Department of Resources (see also NT DREAS and NRETAS). (Now NT DME and DPIF)

NT DoRF Former Northern Territory Department of Resources Fisheries (Now NT DPIF)

NT DoR P&W Former Northern Territory Department of Resources Parks and Wildlife (Now NT DLRM)

NT DLRM NT DPIF

Northern Territory Department of Land Resources Management Northern Territory Department of Primary Industries and Fisheries

NT DREAS NT DME

NT Department of Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport NT Department of Mines and Energy



NTPlan The NT Oil Spill Contingency Plan OM Operations Manager OIM Offshore Installation Manager OO Operations Officer (IMT position) OPGGSA Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage Act 2008 (formerly

Commonwealth Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act 1967 (repealed)) OPRC Oil Pollution Response Convention OSCP Oil Spill Contingency Plan OSR Oil Spill Response OSRICS Oil Spill Response Incident Control System PA Port Authority PA Public Address (System) PAPA Prepare to Abandon Platform Alarm P&I Protection and Indemnity (vessel Insurance) PIC Person in Charge (OIM/PIC/Vessel Master as applicable) PNG Papua Nuigini PO Planning Officer (IMT position) POB Personnel on Board Polrep Pollution Report POM Production Operations Manager PSLA Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act 1967 (Commonwealth, repealed) PTTEP PTT Exploration and Production Public Company Limited PTTEPAA PTTEP Australasia (Ashmore Cartier) Pty Ltd RFDS Royal Flying Doctor Service RoI Republic of Indonesia RTE Republic of Timor Este (East Timor) SA Statutory Agency (under the National Plan) SAR Search and Rescue SEER Safety, Environment and Emergency Response SEWPAC Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and

Communities formerly Department of Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts (DEWHA)

SG Specific Gravity Density relative to water (water SG = 1) Sitrep Situation Report SOPEP Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan SSHE Safety, Security, Health & Environment SSHEC Safety, Security, Health & Environment Coordinator TST Truscott Mungalalu Airfield VHF Very High Frequency WA Western Australia WA DEC Western Australia Department of Environment and Conservation WA DF WA DoH

Western Australia Department of Resources Fisheries, also WA DoF Western Australia Department of Health

WA DoT Marine, WA Dept. of Transport WA DoT SE Marine, WA Dept. of Transport Safety and Environment WestPlan A series of Emergency Management Plans in Western Australia WestPlan MOP

WestPlan Marine Oil Pollution. The document setting out OSR arrangements in WA

WHP Wellhead Platform ZPI Zone of Potential Impact



1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PTTEP AUSTRALASIA (ASHMORE CARTIER) PTY LTD PTTEPAA is engaged in petroleum exploration, development and production activities in

the offshore area of the Territory of the Ashmore and Cartier Islands and the offshore area of Western Australia under the Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage Act 2006 (OPGGSA). PTTEPAA is the operator of the titles held in the offshore area of the Territory of Ashmore Cartier Islands

PTTEPAA has an Associated Company subscription to the AMOSC which provides the

upstream industry with equipment and personnel in the event of an oil spill incident beyond the capability of PTTEPAA. Call out of AMOSC is the responsibility of the Emergency Management Team (EMT) Leader or Production Operations Manager (POM).

PTTEPAA may call on the resources of the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA)

through trigger of the NATPLAN (National Plan, see Section 3.3). This support would be requested by the EMT Leader or POM.

1.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVES

The aim of this PTTEPAA Oil Spill Contingency Plan (OSCP) is to detail the procedures and resources through which PTTEPAA will minimise the effect of any marine oil pollution incident from operations within the Timor Sea.

This aim is achieved through the implementation of rapid, effective and appropriate

response procedures, in particular: 1. Ensuring that PTTEPAA responds according to the priorities set in Section 1.3 of this

OSCP or set by the nominated Incident Controller during a response. 2. Ensuring that the procedures used by PTTEPAA personnel are consistent with those

detailed in the Australian NATPLAN, NT Oil Spill Contingency Plan or Port of Darwin OSCP.

3. Achieving a full and effective integration and utilisation of PTTEPAA, industry, State/NT and National response resources.

4. Rapid identification of protection and clean-up priorities. This OSCP is designed for use by the PTTEPAA EMT and is applicable to oil spill incidents

at all PTTEPAA operations. It is supported by facility and project plans which set out site specific or project specific on-site responses and by a higher level Crisis Management Plan (see Section 1.5).

1.3 PRIORITIES The priorities of any response are the protection of:

1. Human health and safety. 2. Natural habitat. 3. Rare and/or endangered flora and fauna. 4. Cultural resources.



5. Commercial resources. 6. Recreational and amenity areas.



1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES PTTEPAA personnel and Contractors will comply with the procedures outlined in this

OSCP and with all regulations regarding the prevention and reporting of, and response to, marine pollution incidents (see Table 1.1).

It is the responsibility of all staff, contractors and vessel masters to be aware of, and

comply with these regulatory requirements. It should be noted that failure to comply with regulatory requirements may result in

prosecution and/or a delayed response (refer to Section 1.6).

1.4.1 PTTEPAA PTTEPAA is responsible for: • Maintaining an adequate level of response preparedness.

• Initiating an immediate response to any oil spill occurring within its defined boundaries (see Section 1.5).

• Acting as Combat Agency (i.e. managing the response) for any spill arising from PTTEPAA activities and operations (further definition provided in Section 2.4).

• Assisting other Combat Agencies during vessel based responses associated with PTTEPAA’s operations.

1.4.2 Contractors Contractors are responsible for complying with Government regulations and for ensuring

that their OSCPs and ERPs are consistent with this OSCP and relevant facility or project plans.

1.5 SCOPE OF THE PLAN

1.5.1 This Document This OSCP, together with its supporting attachments, is structured to encompass all

phases of OSR preparedness, planning, response and recovery:

• Preparedness (Sections 1 to 3) - Setting out the responsibilities of PTTEPAA and its contractors with regards oil

spill response - Documenting the overall emergency response process and the interfaces with

the PTTEPAA Emergency Management Plan (EMP) and other plans. - Defining the roles, responsibilities and inter-relationships of the groups and

individuals involved in an oil spill response - Documenting the external resources available to the EMT in an oil spill situation

• Response (Sections 4 to 10) - Detailing procedures to deal with an oil spill from PTTEPAA operated or

contracted facilities in Commonwealth, NT or WA waters • Recovery and Rehabilitation

- Providing procedures and guidelines for operational monitoring and post spill assessments (Attachment 2).


Page 16 of 292

Table 1.1 Summary of Responsibilities of Staff and Contractors Responsible

Person Responsibility PTTEPAA CEO/OM

Oversee emergency and oil spill response preparedness in PTTEPAA. Ensure that PTTEPAA practices are compliant with Government and Company requirements and international best practice. and operations to be carried out in accordance with good oilfield practice

PTTEPAA Production Operations

Manager

Ensure that staff nominated to the EMT roster are trained as per the requirements of Appendix E of this OSCP. Ensure that all facility and project OSCPs are prepared in a timely fashion, are compliant with the PTTEPAA OSCP and are fit for purpose. Ensure that all OSCPs remain compliant with relevant, Commonwealth and State/NT Acts, Regulations and other requirements. Ensure that all Contractor Plans, training and procedures are compliant with the PTTEPAA OSCP.

PTTEPAA SSHE Manager

Maintain a level of staffing and training, or contracted services, for the management of environmental issues during an oil spill response as per Attachment 2 - Environmental Management in OSR. Ensure that all reporting of oil spills and discharges is done. Ensuring NEBA is prepared.

OSCP Custodian

Staff nominated to maintain the currency of oil spill contingency plan. OSCP Custodians will maintain the designated OSCP as per Attachment E of this OSCP. Ensure that training and exercise are undertaken as per Attachment E of this OSCP.

Vessel Masters (or Vessel

Owner if Vessel Master is unable to comply)

The Master of any ship must report all discharges of oil, oily mixtures or harmful substances to the relevant authority (ref. Section 5.2) (NT MPA 2004 S50; WA POWBONS, S11, S12 and S22). Any vessel >400GRT or oil tanker with gross tonnage >150GRT must maintain a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) (NT MPA 2004 S17, WA POWBONS, S13). Any vessel >400GRT or oil tanker with gross tonnage >150GRT must maintain an Oil Record Book (NT MPA 2004, WA POWBONS, S13). Any vessel >400GRT or oil tanker with gross tonnage >150GRT must have a valid International Pollution Prevention Certificate (IPPC) (NT MPA 2004, WA POWBONS). Discharges of oil to the sea are to be prevented (NT MPA 2004 S14). The owner or master of a vessel and the owner/occupier/ person in charge of a terminal/depot/storage tanks/pipeline etc (and their agents) must prevent the escape or discharge of oil/flammable liquid/liquid derived from oil to any water land or vessel within the port (NT Darwin Port Corporation Act, 1999 (NT DPCA 1999) WA Port Authorities Act, r184).

All Personnel Company and Contractors

If an oil (or chemical) spill occurs then action will be taken to minimize the loss and to protect persons and property (OPPGS Act, OPPGS (Environment) Regulations 2009 and NT and WA Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Acts and related Regulations. Chemical dispersants must not be used without approval (State/NT Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Acts, OPGGSA. Environmental incidents and spills at petroleum sites must be reported to the nominated authority (Part 3 of the Offshore Petroleum Greenhouse Gas Storage (Environment) Regulations, 2009 (Commonwealth) If any leakage or spillage occurs during the loading/ offloading of a flammable liquid, the loading operation must cease immediately, all valves be closed and the Harbourmaster notified (NT Darwin Port Corporation Act, 1999 (NT DPCA 1999)). Any incident involving damage to a vessel, port installation or other property in, or associated with, the port must be reported to the Harbour master, by the Company (NT DPCA 1999)).



1.5.2 Operations Covered This OSCP covers all oil spills emanating from PTTEP AA offshore operations and

associated activities. Operations covered include: • Jabiru field structures.

• Challis field structures. • Montara field structures • Exploration, well development and abandonment activities.

• Spills at the Marine Shore Base (Darwin). These are also covered by the Port of Darwin OSCP.

• Support vessel operations. • Activities associated with the aviation support base at Mungalalu Truscott (TST);

aviation spills, e.g. loss of helicopter and associated fuel at sea. The location of these activities is shown in Figure 1.1. Details of each facility or project are

located in facility and project OSCPs. Note: Procedures may also be used for responses to third party spills. However if these

include crude oil or condensates then response strategies must be assessed with regards to the behaviour and physical and chemical characteristics of the spilt oil.

1.5.3 Area Covered Procedures, guidelines and strategies outlined within this OSCP encompass the Timor Sea

region. Response tiers are principally based on the spill volume/location and Zone of Potential Impact (ZPI) from worst case spill scenarios as identified by trajectory modelling but can also factor in the necessity for higher level management support and the response resources required to combat the spill. The ZPI includes potentially impacted waters and shorelines (refer to Attachment 3).

The identified ZPI encloses parts of Indonesia’s waters and also those of Timor Leste.

Trans-boundary response is therefore also covered in this OSCP. Tier 1 Response Areas These are based on the area potentially impacted by small spills and are defined in the

Facility or Project OSCPs. PTTEP AA on site resources are designed to be able to respond effectively over this area and to manage releases of this size.

Higher Tier Response Area Large spills may persist long enough at sea to extend beyond the Tier 1 response

perimeter. This, together with the greater volumes will require mobilisation of external resources.

Note: It is also recognized that spills from PTTEP AA facilities could cross national boundaries or require a response above the PTTEP AA on-site response capacity. Under the Australian NATPLAN, the control of the response may be assumed by the nominated State or Commonwealth Combat Agency in the unlikely event that PTTEP AA cannot manage the spill (see Section 2).



Figure 1.1 Location Map Showing Borders and Facility Locations



1.5.4 Oil Types A number of oils can be spilled from PTTEP AA operations (Table 1.2). Information

regarding the character and likely behaviour of the oil types at sea on shorelines is provided in Attachment 3.

Table 1.2 Summary of Oil Types and Character

Name Oil

Group(

1) Density @15oC

Viscosity (cSt)(2)

Pour Point (oC)

Comment

Helicopter Fuel

Avgas I 0.79 <2.0 <-40 • Flash Point = ~80oC Jet I 0.78-0.82 <2.0 <-20 • Flash Point = ~40-50oC

Condensate I 0.73 ~1.4 • Warning: Extreme Fire Hazard. Flash Point = <0oC

Jabiru Crude Oil II 0.8142 3.7 18 • Warning: Extreme Fire Hazard. Flash Point = -18 oC

• 6% wax Diesel II 0.8272 3.5 Low • Flash Point = 40-70oC Challis Crude Oil II 0.8275 3.04 -9 • Warning: Extreme Fire

Hazard. Flash Point = -9oC • 2% wax

Montara Crude Oil III 0.851 Solid(2) 27 • Flash Point = <25 oC • 11% wax

Lubricating Oils III 0.86 to 0.88

Variable 30 to 240

Low • High Flash Point (>100oC). • Emulsify readily.

Marine Diesel III 0.89 <4 -6 to 0 • Flash Point = 60oC (1) Refer to Attachment 3. (2) @20oC. At expected ambient temperatures (>27oC) Montara oil is fluid (viscosity @40oC = 3.726cSt).

1.5.5 Spill Volumes Indicative potential spill volumes (and oil types) are provided in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3 Indicative Oil Spill Volumes for PTTEP AA Offshore Operations Note: Accurate volumes are calculated for each facility or project and are included in the

facility and project OSCPs.

Source Incident Location Oil Type Potential Volume

MODU

Blowout On site(1) Crude/ Condensate

Variable: Up to 500 m3/day

Fuel spill

Tank failure On site(1) Diesel <50m3 Transfer error On site(1) Diesel <10m3

Cargo transfer error (Drum loss)

On site(1) Lube oil 220 litres

Mud loss during transfer On site(1) SBM <20m3 (total mud) Transfer error loading base oil

On site(1) Base oil <10m3

Helicopter Crash Any Aviation fuel <1 m3 Standby Vessel/

Collision (1 fuel tank) Port/coast Diesel 80-100m3 Grounding Fuel Any Diesel Up to 200m3



Supply Vessel

(total loss) Cargo Any Diesel 400m3 Cargo Any SBM 400m3 (total mud)

Fuelling Port Diesel <20m3 MV FPSO Cargo Offloading (hose

failure) On site(1) Crude 21 m3

Cargo Loss (1 wing tank) On site(1) Crude 11,570 m3 Collision (1 fuel tank) On site(1) Diesel 100 m3

(1) On site = within 500m exclusion zone of the MODU/FPSO otherwise is classed “at sea”.



1.6 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER PLANS This OSCP is integrated with, and supported by PTTEP AA, State/NT and Commonwealth

plans.

1.6.1 PTTEP AA Crisis and Emergency Management Plans This OSCP is part of an integrated document system within the PTTEP AA Safety,

Security, Health and Environment (SSHE) Management System. The Plan is consistent with the other PTTEP AA plans (see Table 1.4).

Table 1.4 PTTEPAA Crisis and Emergency Response Plans

Title Document

Number Scope and Function

PTTEPAA SSHE Management System

Describes the way in which, security, safety, health and the environment is managed in PTTEPAA.

PTTEP AA Crisis Management Plan

Company-wide plan setting out Crisis Management Team procedures.

PTTEP AA Environment Plans

Refer to specific operational EP

Sets out environmental management for each facility or project.

PTTEP AA Emergency Management Plan

Covers company-wide emergency management. Integrated with facility and project ERPs.

Facility Emergency Response Plans

Refer to facility specific ERP

Sets out emergency arrangements for longer term facilities.

PTTEP AA Facility/Project OSCPs

Refer to facility specific OSCP

Each PTTEP AA facility or project has an OSCP which details on site response actions. These are integrated with this OSCP.

Vessel and FPSO SOPEPS As per Contractor Document Control

Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plans as per MARPOL requirements

Offshore Facility Security Plans

Refer to facility specific Security Plan

Sets out security arrangements for longer term facilities.

1.6.2 External Plans This OSCP is integrated with a number of Government Plans as well as oil industry

mutual assistance plans. These are listed in Table 1.5.

Table 1.5 Associated External Plans

Jurisdiction Plan Title Administering Agency Function/ Application

Industry (All Waters)

Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre Plan (AMOS Plan)

AMOSC Sets out industry arrangements for mutual aid and access to AMOSC resources.

Commonwealth of Australia

(Commonwealth Waters)

National Marine Oil Spill Contingency Plan

AMSA Sets out oil spill preparedness and response procedures under the National Plan.



National Marine Chemical Spill Contingency Plan (ChemPlan)

AMSA Sets out chemical spill preparedness and response under the National Plan.

Northern Territory (NT Waters)

NT Marine Oil Pollution Manual

NT Dept. of Transport (NT DoT) (formerly administered by the NT Dept. of Lands and Planning)

Sets out NT arrangements for marine oil spill preparedness and response. NT Oil Spill Contingency Plan

Port of Darwin Oil Spill Contingency Plan

Darwin Port Corporation

Spills within Darwin port.

Table 1.5 Continued Associated External Plans

Jurisdiction Plan Title Administering Agency Function/ Application

Northern Territory (NT Waters) Continued

NT Wildlife Response Plan for Oil Spills

NT DNREAS Implemented by the Oiled Wildlife Coordinator (OWC) within the NT Incident Management Team.

NT Fire and Rescue Service Standard Operating Procedures

FT Fire and Rescue Services (NT FRS)

Response to spills of non-oil chemicals or other hazardous substances in NT waters.

Western Australia(1)

(WA Waters including Inland

Waters)

WA Marine Oil Pollution Management Plan (WestPlan-MOP)

WA Dept. Transport

Response to oil in WA waters (marine and onshore).

WA Hazardous Materials Emergency Management Plan (WestPlan-HAZMAT)

WA Fire and Emergency Services (FESA)

Response to spills of non-oil chemicals or other hazardous substances.

WA Oiled Wildlife Plan, administered by the Dept. Environment and Conservation

WA Dept. Environment & Conservation

Response plan for managing oiled wildlife in WA and contiguous waters.

(1) WA Plans would only apply in situations where oil entered WA waters, impacted wildlife in WA waters of if impacted wildlife entered WA waters, or WA shorelines were impacted. Copies of these plans are held in the Document Control library.



2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

2.1 RELEVANT JURISDICTIONS PTTEP AA activities are undertaken in, or adjacent to, a number of jurisdictions (Figure 1.1).

The requirements of all relevant Acts and Regulations (as listed in Table 2.1) that apply to PTTEP AA offshore operations have been considered in the preparation of this OSCP

2.2 COMMONWEALTH ACTS AND REGULATIONS PTTEP AA facilities and petroleum titles lie within the offshore area of the Territory of the

Ashmore and Cartier Islands and the offshore area of Western Australia. These offshore areas come within the jurisdiction of the Commonwealth pursuant to section 8 of the OPGGSA.

For the purposes of the OPGGSA, the administration of offshore petroleum exploration and

production in each offshore area is administered by the Commonwealth Government together with the State/Northern Territory Governments through Joint Authority arrangements. The Joint Authorities for the offshore area of each State and the Northern Territory comprise the responsible Commonwealth Minister (through DRET) and the relevant State and Northern Territory Resources Minister. The responsible Commonwealth Minister (through DRET) is the Joint Authority for the offshore areas of the Territory of Ashmore and Cartier Islands. National Offshore Petroleum Titles Administrator (NOPTA) is responsible for titles administration and data management functions in relation to offshore petroleum activities in the Commonwealth waters. NOPSEMA is the National Offshore Petroleum Regulator to exercise powers and functions including occupational health and safety, wells and well operations together with regulation of the structural integrity of facilities and environmental management including OSCPs. As the National Regulator, NOPSEMA has authority to direct a titleholder of an offshore petroleum facility to respond to an offshore petroleum incident.. Assessment and acceptance of Environment Plans (EPs) and associated Oil Spill Contingency Plans (OSCPs) is a regulatory function of NOPSEMA. The Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (SEWPaC’s) role is to assess projects that may, will or are likely to have a significant impact on matters of national environmental significance. This project was assessed and approved by the delegate of the then Minister for Environment and Heritage on 3 September 2003. SEWPaC also has a role in monitoring compliance with the conditions of approval issued under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Act 1999, including compliance with management plans such as Oil Spill Contingency Plans AMSA is established under the Australian Maritime Safety Authority Act 1990 (AMSA Act) with responsibilities for maritime safety, combat of pollution in the marine environment, protection of the marine environment from pollution or other environmental damage caused by shipping. AMSA manages the National Plan, working with State/Northern Territory governments, emergency services and private industry to maximise marine pollution response capability. ..



2.3 NORTHERN TERRITORY ACTS AND REGULATIONS The Supply Base for current operations is in the Port of Darwin and supply vessels will pass

through both NT and Commonwealth waters. The NT Department of Transport (NT DoT) is the Statutory Authority for responding to oil spill

from vessels in NT waters.

2.4 WESTERN AUSTRALIAN ACTS AND REGULATIONS

Should PTTEP AA supply vessels pass through Western Australian waters or utilise WA ports WA Acts and Regulations will apply. The WA DoT is the Statutory Authority for responding to oil spill from vessels in WA waters.

2.5 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS Australia has signed and ratified a number of international conventions which have bearing

on spill prevention and response. These are implemented through Acts and Regulations listed in Table 2.1



Table 2.1 Summary of OSR Related Acts and Regulations

Act or Regulation Agency OSR Related Function or Provisions

Com

mon

wea

lth

Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act 1999)

SEWPAC Requires approval for activities which may affect the marine environment. Sets out procedures for environmental assessments and approvals (Ch. 4). Allows for conditions to be placed on activities requiring approvals. Response actions exempted provided they are in accordance with National Plan.

Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act, 1981 as amended 2003/2006

SEWPAC This Act implements the 1972 London Convention. The Act prohibits the dumping of any waste listed in Annex I of the Convention and permits wastes in Annex II only under license. Oil is listed in Annex I.

Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage Act 2006 (OPGGSA 2006)

DRET NOPSEMA

Replaced the Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act 1967 (P(SL)A, 1967)/ OPGGSA is the core Act regulating offshore oil and gas E&P. Sets out responsibilities and authorities for offshore petroleum exploration and production. In particular sets out Commonwealth and State/NT responsibilities. Defines the function and authority of the National Offshore Petroleum Safety and Environmental Management Authority (NOPSEMA).

Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage (Environment) Regulations, 2009

NOPSEMA Replaced the Petroleum (Submerged Lands)(Management of Environment) Regulations 1999. Sets out the requirement for an approved Environment Plan and Oil Spill Contingency Plan Regulation 14(8) Requires emergency response arrangements to be included in the Oil Spill Contingency Plan.

The Australian Maritime Safety Authority Act, AMSA Establishes AMSA and defines its role and functions in promoting maritime safety (including search and rescue) and protection of the marine

http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/legis/cth/consol_act/pla1967267/index.html



1990 Protection of the Sea (Prevention of Pollution from Ships) Act 1983 and Regulations (1994)

environment from pollution or other environmental damage caused by shipping.. AMSA coordinates a national pollution prevention and response strategy to protect Australia's marine environment from pollution caused by shipping and related activities. Controls discharges (including oil) from vessels at sea (S 9 and 10). Sets out the duty to report discharges (Section 11). Sets out the requirements for Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plans (S 11A). Sets out requirements for an Oil Record Book (S 12 to 14).

Protection of the Sea (Prevention of Pollution by Ships) Act, 1983 and amendments.

AMSA

This and subsequent, Amendment Act, implements MARPOL 73/78. Section 11A requires vessels to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP). Prohibits the discharge of oil or oily mixtures within coastal waters and sets penalties, Requires the reporting of all oil pollution incidents S11[1] and sets penalties for failure to comply, A number of directions, orders and regulations issued and administered by AMSA under this Act.

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/Legislation/ActCompilation1.nsf/0/DA034D2263284F67CA2572020014B7BD?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/Legislation/ActCompilation1.nsf/0/DA034D2263284F67CA2572020014B7BD?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/LegislativeInstrumentCompilation1.nsf/current/bytitle/1E2FFFA60FEED530CA256F71004C0678?OpenDocument&mostrecent=1



Table 2.1 Continued Summary of OSR Related Acts and Regulations


Com

mon

wea

lth

Protection of the Sea (Powers of Intervention) Act 1981 and Regulations

AMSA This Act implements the 1969 International Convention Relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties. Empowers the Australian govt. to take actions necessary to protect the coastline from damage arising from a pollution incident or potential incident, on the high seas. This action may include, removal of cargo or fuel from a stricken vessel, taking charge of, or sinking the vessel. The Act and Convention cover oil and other substances deemed hazardous.

Protection of the Sea (Civil Liability) Act 1981 and Regulations 1983

AMSA This Act and amendments gives effect to the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969 (Civil Liability Convention [CLC]) and 1992 amendments. Requires all ships carrying over 2,000t of oil in bulk as cargo to carry adequate insurance to cover liabilities that may occur as a result of oil pollution incidents. Oil is defined as “persistent oils such as crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil, lubricating oil and whale oil (as per CLC Article 1(5)”.

Protection of the Sea (Oil Pollution Compensation Fund) Act 1993 and Regulations 1994 and Protection of the Sea (Supplementary Fund) Regulations

AMSA Implements the International Convention for the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage (see below).

Protection of the Sea (Civil Liability of Bunker Oil Pollution Damage) Act 2008 and Regulations (2009)

AMSA Implements the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage.

Navigation Act, 1912 and Regulations AMSA Implements the requirements of MARPOL 73/78 for the construction of vessels. Sets out responsibilities and powers to control shipping. Parts related to OSR include regulation of competence, vessel seaworthiness, salvage and safe heaven provisions. A number of directions, orders and regulations issued and administered by AMSA under this Act.

Nor

ther

n Te

rrito

ry Northern Territory of Australia Marine

Pollution Act, 2004 (NT MPA 2004) and Regulations

NT DoT Implements the 1973/78 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution by Ships (MARPOL 73/78). Requires vessels to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP). Requires vessels to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (Pt 2, Div 2, S 7). Requires vessels to have an Oil Record Book (Pt 2, Div 3).

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/Legislation/ActCompilation1.nsf/0/B30854521C73252BCA25717F001C79B9?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/Legislation/ActCompilation1.nsf/0/B30854521C73252BCA25717F001C79B9?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/LegislativeInstrumentCompilation1.nsf/current/bytitle/9DF42F2B9704CA63CA256F710043BCD4?OpenDocument&mostrecent=1

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/ActCompilation1.nsf/current/bytitle/0BEFA3D40E546F5ECA256F71004D4F93?OpenDocument&mostrecent=1

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/ActCompilation1.nsf/current/bytitle/0BEFA3D40E546F5ECA256F71004D4F93?OpenDocument&mostrecent=1

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/Legislation/LegislativeInstrumentCompilation1.nsf/0/519871775E87811BCA2571D800073777?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/ActCompilation1.nsf/current/bytitle/5C322C546DEA7B7FCA256FBC0081A47E?OpenDocument&mostrecent=1



http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/Legislation/LegislativeInstrumentCompilation1.nsf/0/7B0C63D582DB0674CA2571D8001AD585?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/management.nsf/lookupindexpagesbyid/IP200943723?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/comlaw/management.nsf/lookupindexpagesbyid/IP200943723?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/Act1.nsf/0/3F1B8269EB7BC3E5CA25748F001D9A53?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/Act1.nsf/0/3F1B8269EB7BC3E5CA25748F001D9A53?OpenDocument

http://www.comlaw.gov.au/ComLaw/Legislation/LegislativeInstrument1.nsf/0/6B576AB86CAF7D8BCA2575C700759FC8?OpenDocument



NT Darwin Port Corporation Act, 1999 (NT DPCA 1999)

DPC Regulations and Port By-laws issued under this act are administered by the Darwin Port Corporation.

Prohibits discharges of oil into Port waters (S 21). Offshore Petroleum and Greenhouse Gas Storage Act 2006 and Regulations

NT DME Mirrors the Commonwealth Act and Regulations. Note the Joint Authority for the offshore area of the Northern Territory comprise the responsible Commonwealth Minister (through DRET) and the Northern Territory Resources Minister (through NT DME).





Wes

tern

Aus

tral

ia

Port Authorities Act, 1999 Ports Defines the authority of the WA Ports

Pollution of Waters by Oil and Noxious Substances Act, 1987 (POWBONS, 1987)

WA DoT Implements the 1973/78 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution by Ships (MARPOL 73/78). Requires vessels to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP). Prohibits discharges (S8-10). Sets out reporting requirements (S11-12). Requires vessels to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (S 13-15). Sets out conditions and authority for recovery of expenses for oil spill response (S27-28)

Environmental Protection Act 1986 and subsidiary regulations

WA EPA Sets out powers and responsibilities of the WA Environmental Protection Authority Pollution events are dealt with in Sections 49-51 Powers relating to discharges or other actions taken during a response are detailed in Sections 74 – 75).

Inte

rnat

iona

l Con

vent

ions

and

R

egul

atio

ns

International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage (i.e. the Civil Liability Convention [CLC]), 1992

Applies to vessels not to fixed facilities Provides for compensation for damage, or response costs incurred, due to spills of persistent oils within a member nation’s territorial sea or EEZ. Claims are made against the vessel owner and insurers. CLC is based on the principle of “strict liability”, i.e. the vessel which spilled the oil will pay regardless of fault. Liability is also limited, i.e. the costs recoverable are capped.

International Convention Relating to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties, 1969

This convention allows coastal nations to take any action necessary to protect their shorelines if a vessel poses a potential threat of pollution.

International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Oil Pollution Damage (the Fund Convention), 1992

Applies to vessels not to fixed facilities Amendment to the 1971 Fund Convention. This Convention provides for a fund to cover any costs not covered by the CLC, e.g. because the limit of the CLC is exceeded or because the owner of the vessel cannot be identified.

1972 Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes

This Convention regulates the discharge of wastes, including oily wastes, at sea.



Act or Regulation Agency OSR Related Function or Provisions and other Matter (London Convention). 1973/78 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution by Ships (MARPOL 73/78).

Replaced the 1954 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution of the Sea by Oil (OILPOL 54). It sets out a wide range of procedures and ship design and operating requirements aimed at reducing pollution of the sea from ships. Annex I deals with oil pollution and requires vessels to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP). Enacted in the Commonwealth Protection of the Sea (Prevention of Pollution from Ships) Act 1983, the WA Pollution of Waters by Oil and Noxious Substances Act 1987 and the NT Maritime Pollution Act 1999.





Inte

rnat

iona

l Con

tinue

d

1982 United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea

This Convention obliges signatories to protect and preserve the marine environment and stipulates the actions that a coastal nation may take to combat or prevent marine pollution.

The various Sections deal with global and regional cooperation, technical assistance, monitoring and assessment, legislation enforcement and safeguards.

1990 International Convention on Oil Pollution Preparedness, Response and Cooperation (the OPRC Convention).

This Convention makes provision for contingency plans for ships, offshore platforms, coastal terminals and ports, and for the development of national response plans.

The Convention also encourages the development of international cooperation in spill preparedness and response.

Lloyd's Register of Shipping The classification authority for PTTEP AA offshore facilities.

(1) Note numerous Acts relate to the OSR related levies on shipping. See http://www.amsa.gov.au/about_amsa/legislation.asp



3 RESPONSE PREPAREDNESS

3.1 PTTEP AA CRISIS AND EMERGENCY ORGANISATION Crisis and emergency response is managed by a hierarchy of teams within PTTEP AA,

supported by the international resources of PTTEP’s Head Office in Bangkok, Thailand (see Figure 2.1).

3.1.1 Crisis Management: The Crisis Management Team Responsibilities and Functions The PTTEP AA Crisis Management Team (CMT) is based in Perth and is responsible for

managing strategic issues which may affect the reputation, operations or commercial interests of PTTEP AA.

The CMT will manage all PTTEP AA media and public affairs. The CMT may also provide support to the PTTEP AA Emergency Management Team (EMT)

(see below) or higher Tier Incident Management Team as required (see Section 4.2.2). CMT activation and management procedures are detailed in the PTTEP AA Crisis

Management Plan Composition and Structure The CMT is comprised of senior PTTEP AA personnel supported by technical specialists as

required for the incident. The CMT and specialist support is mobilised by the nominated CMT Leader (the PTTEP AA

CEO or nominee) in response to a major emergency or other significant incident.

3.1.2 Emergency Management: The Emergency Management Team Responsibilities and Functions Figure 2.1 PTTEP AA Crisis and Emergency

Management Teams and Support The PTTEPAA Emergency

Management Team (EMT) manages all actions taken to control and remediate emergencies.

Emergency procedures are documented in the PTTEPAA Emergency Management Plan

Oil spill response procedures are documented in this OSCP.

Composition and Structure

The composition of the EMT will vary according to nature and scale of emergency and response needs.

PTTEPAA Emergency Management Team (EMT)

Facility Teams

PTTEPAA Media Team

PTTEPAA Crisis Management Team (CMT)

Contractor ER Organisation * Perth

International External Support

PTTEP (CMT)

Australia

International

External Support

Agencies and Organisations

Support Base Teams Control

Support * If Contractor assets or

personnel are affected



The organisation outlined in this OSCP is that for oil spill response (OSR) and is compliant with the National Plan requirements. For oil spill response, the EMT will comprise:

• Perth-based EMT members, who will control the response and undertake most

response functions. • Onsite personnel, who will undertake immediate response and the ongoing marine

response. • Shore-based personnel, who will manage local logistics.

PTTEPAA staff are nominated to standby call-out duty on a weekly rotation. The EMT

Duty Roster list is posted each Wednesday on the PTTEPAA electronic bulletin board.

3.2 MAINTENANCE OF PTTEPAA RESPONSE PREPAREDNESS Procedures for ensuring maintenance OSR capabilities are summarised below and

detailed in Attachment E.

3.2.1 OSCP Review and Maintenance The SSHE Manager is responsible for ensuring that the OSCP is regularly revised and

updated as required and for ensuring that any revisions are distributed.

3.2.2 Training All personnel nominated to the EMT, must be trained to an appropriate level and in

appropriate procedures. This includes personnel from Site Teams and contractor personnel on PTTEPAA facilities.

Classroom training will be supported by regular drills and exercises to ensure that

acquired competencies are maintained.

3.2.3 Exercises and Audits The SSHE Manager will ensure that an annual OSR drill is undertaken at each facility

(including the Perth Office) and that the performance of the EMT is assessed. Regular audits of facility OSR preparedness will also be undertaken.

3.3 THE NATIONAL PLAN The Australian National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious and

Hazardous Substances (the NATPLAN) establishes a national tiered organization for oil spill response preparedness, planning and response.

3.3.1 Division of Responsibilities The National Plan defines the State and Commonwealth agencies as either:

• Statutory Agency; the State/NT or Commonwealth agency having statutory authority for

marine pollution matters in their area of jurisdiction.. • Combat Agency; the agency (either industry or government) having operational

responsibility in accordance with the contingency plan to take action to respond to an oil spill in the marine environment.



Statutory and Combat Agencies relevant to PTTEP AA operations are listed in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Statutory and Combat Agencies Under NatPlan

Location of Incident

Spill Source or Location Statutory

Agency Combat Agency

Tier 1 Tier 2 or Tier 3

Commonwealth Offshore Permit

Areas

Exploration and

production facilities including

FPSO (stationary)

NOPSEMA PTTEP AA PTTEP AA1

FPSO or MODU (in

transit) AMSA Owner AMSA

Vessel AMSA Owner AMSA

NT waters

Vessels at sea NT DoT Owner NT DoT

Vessel/MODU in Ports Port Authority

Owner or Port

Authority

Darwin Port Authority

WA waters Vessel WA DoT Owner WA DoT AMSA = Australian Maritime Safety Authority. NT DoT = NT Department of Transport NT DoT = NT Department of Transport WA DoT = Marine Safety and Environment, WA Dept. of Transport 1The Combat Agency may transition to AMSA in Accordance with NATPLAN.



3.3.2 NATPLAN Organisation

Administrative arrangements for managing marine pollution preparedness and response in Commonwealth waters are documented in the National Marine Oil Spill Contingency Plan. The NATPLAN is managed by the Environment Protection Unit within the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (EPU, AMSA).

Preparedness The NATPLANis administered through a number of committees (Figure 2.1): • Australian Transport Council (ATC). The Ministerial body responsible for the National

Plan. • National Plan Management Committee (NPMC) which provides advice to the ATC on

the policy issues and the National Plan funding. • National Plan Operations Group

(NPOG) supports the NPMC by considering the overall operational aspects of the National

Plan. Three working groups support NPOG: • Oil Operations Working Group

(OOWG). • Chemical Operations Working Group

(COWG). • Environment Working Group (EWG). Response Role AMSA is the Combat Agency for oil and chemical spills in Commonwealth waters for vessels and can provide a range of services during any oil spill response if the NATPLAN is triggered.

Figure 2.2 National Plan Administrative (Preparedness)

Organisation

The Australian Government, through the Department of Resources, Energy and Tourism,

will lead a whole-of-government response to a significant offshore petroleum incident in accordance with Explanatory Note: Oil Spill Preparedness and Response Arrangements for Offshore Petroleum Activities in Commonwealth Waters prepared by National Offshore Petroleum Safety and Environmental Management Authority (NOPSEMA), Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) and Department of Resources, Energy and Tourism (RET) in 2012. These include:

• National Plan equipment. • Services of the National Response Team (NRT). • Oil spill trajectory modelling. • Oil fate and behaviour modelling.



• Technical advice. • Scientific support (with support from SEWPAC). • Fixed wing aerial dispersant spraying services. • Facilitation of customs and immigration clearance for international response personnel

and equipment. • Search and rescue (through AusSAR). • Coordination of Defence Department assistance, including Emergency Management

Australia (EMA). Note: Spills from PTTEPAA activities may pass into Indonesian or Timor Leste waters.

AMSA will coordinate trans-border responses in consultation with the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT).

3.4 INDUSTRY ARRANGEMENTS

3.4.1 The Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre (AMOSC) Industry assistance is available through the Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre (AMOSC),

an industry funded response facility based at North Corio Quay, Geelong, Victoria. AMOSC resources include:

• AMOSC spill response equipment.

• Oil company equipment based at various locations. • Trained industry response (“Core Group”) personnel.

Procedures for accessing oil industry assistance for a spill response, through AMOSC,

are documented in the “AMOSPlan”. As a member company, resources are available directly to PTTEPAA at the request of an

“Authorising Officer”. PTTEPAA Authorising Officers are the CEO, OM, POM and EMT Leader.

3.4.2 Oil Spill Response Ltd PTTEPAA is also a member of “Oil Spill Response”. OSRL have equipment and trained

personnel based in various locations including the UK (Southampton) and Singapore, together with contracted fixed wing dispersant application systems.

3.5 LEVELS OF RESPONSE: RESPONSE TIERS Spill response is based on a number of levels, or Tiers (Table 3.2). Each Tier is defined

according to the level of resources committed, support agencies and the agency assuming the role of Combat Agency. The procedures for determining response Tiers are detailed in Section 5.4.



Table 3.2 Description of Response Tiers in Commonwealth Waters Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Description Local Response

Managed by PTTEPAA

Regional Response Managed by AMSA

National Response Managed by AMSA

Level of Control PTTEPAA

Combat Agency IMT(1) Support Roles or Combat Agency

IMT and Support Roles or Combat

Agency AMSA EP Notified Support Role or Combat Agency if required Marine Pollution Controller/MERCOM Notified Notified

Standby Active

Media/Govt Liaison NOPSEMA Notified depending

on volume Notified Notified

DSEWPAC Notified depending on volume Notified Notified

Indicative Resources Mobilised(2) PTTEPAA Industry (AMOSC) State/National (NRT) International

(1) IMT = Incident Management Team. (2) Indicative only. Highly dependent on a number of considerations. Refer to Section 4.2. MERCOM = Marine Emergency Response Commander (Commonwealth) NRT = National Response Team via AMSA. Standby, possibly or partially mobilised. Mobilised or likely to be mobilised.



4 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM

4.1 TIER 1 RESPONSE: PTTEPAA EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM

4.1.1 Consistency with the National Plan The structure and operations of the PTTEPAA Emergency Management Team (EMT)

are consistent with the Oil Spill Response Incident Control System (OSRICS) as set out in the National Marine Oil Spill Contingency Plan. The team structure is based on the distribution of five main response functions:

• Control. Exercised by the EMT Leader in Tier 1 responses and by the Combat

Agency Incident Controller in higher-tiered responses. • Planning. • Operations. • Logistics. • Administration and Finance – via activation of the Crisis Management Team (CMT).

These functions are undertaken by nominated EMT personnel. In larger responses each

non-control function will be managed by an Officer (Planning Officer, Operations Officer etc.) and additional personnel will be assigned to undertake specific tasks as required by the needs of the response (see Section 4.2).

On site personnel (MODU teams, vessel crews and PTTEPAA Site Representative) and

the Logistics Coordinator at the Darwin Shore Base also form part of the EMT.

4.1.2 EMT Structure for OSR Figure 4.1 Tier 1 PTTEPAA Emergency

Management Team (EMT) Structure The basic organisation of the

Tier 1 OSR EMT is shown in Figure 4.1.

For most small spills, which

are managed by Facility (on site) Teams, the Perth EMT may be smaller than that shown in Figure 4.1, with the EMT Leader undertaking the Planning and Operations functions in addition to Control.

The Facility Emergency

Response Teams will act under the direction of the facility OIM/PIC until control is assumed by the EMT.

Govt. Support

Crisis Management Team

Emergency Management Team (EMT)

Planning Officer

Facility Teams

Crews

Vessel Masters

Logistics Coordinator (Darwin SB)

Vessels at Sea

Vessels on Site

Logistics Officer

Perth

NT

On Site

Contractor Support

PTTEPAA Crisis Manager

Manager Truscot Aerial Support Base

PTTEPAA Media Team

Facility (Site) ER Coordinators

Operations Officer

AMSA

Administration (Recorder)

SSHE Coordinator SEWPAC Liaison Officer EMT Leader

Service Providers



In this case the Aerial Support Base Manager, vessel masters and crews will operate under the direction of the Operations Officer. The Logistics Coordinator located in the Darwin Marine Support Base will act under the direction of the Logistics Officer.

4.1.3 Size of the EMT The size and organisation of the EMT mobilised by PTTEPAA will vary according to the

scale of the response. Generally, PTTEPAA will be required to manage only minor spills, i.e. Tier 1 responses (see Section 1.5.3) and consequently the required EMT will be small. Large spill responses may be escalated to a higher Tier (Tier 2 or Tier 3).

In higher tier cases a Government Incident Controller may be appointed and the PTTEPAA EMT will be absorbed into a larger Incident Management Team. The structure and functions of an IMT are outlined in Section 4.2 and shown in Figure 4.2.

Note: For a Tier 1 response responsibility for determining the size and structure of the

EMT rests with the PTTEPAA EMT Leader. Once a response is escalated to a higher Tier the nominated Incident Controller will determine the IMT size and structure.

PTTEPAA may choose to establish an internal EMT/CMT to coordinate support to the

IMT, to monitor operations or undertake tasks related to the incident but not necessarily the response.

4.1.4 Key EMT Roles The responsibilities of EMT members and other key personnel are summarised in Table

4.1. Detailed instructions are contained in this OSCP and Checklists are provided in Appendix A.

4.1.5 Personnel Nominated to the EMT Personnel nominated against the key EMT roles are posted on the EMT Duty Roster.

This is managed by the SSHE Coordinator. The weekly EMT Duty Roster is distributed to rostered EMT personnel and is also

located on the bulletin board under HSE/EMT and in the EMT file at PTTEPAA Perth Reception.

All PTTEPAA personnel must be familiar with the functions and responsibilities of the

EMT roles as outlined in Table 4.1 and within this OSCP. PTTEPAA personnel should be aware that they may also be required to fill positions in an expanded Incident Management Team (Section 4.2).



4.2 TIER 2 OR TIER 3 RESPONSE: INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TEAM If a Tier 2 or Tier 3 response is required, a Government Incident Controller (IC) may be

appointed and an Incident Management Team (IMT) may be formed as per the National Marine OSCP.

4.2.1 IMT Size and Structure The size and structure of the IMT will vary according to the needs of the response.

Figure 4.2 provides an organisation for a full IMT. It should be noted that Tier 2 or Tier 3 IMTs are usually comprised of personnel from

industry, Government and independent contractors operating under the unified control of the nominated Incident Controller.

Functions of Key IMT positions are summarised in Table 4.2.



Table 4.1 Key EMT Roles and Functions

Role Function Attach.1 Ref

EMT Leader Controls and directs the response from the Perth Emergency Control Room

Develops the Incident Action Plan (IAP) Liaison Officer Liaises with external support agencies. Additional Liaison Officers may be appointed to liaise with

specific agencies or organisations. SSHE Coordinator Coordinates security, safety, health and environment. Liaises with environmental agencies, State/NT/

Commonwealth ESC and coordinates and collates environmental data.

Prepares the Net Environmental Benefit Assessment of possible response options

Planning Officer Collates the IAP and monitors progress of operations against the IAP

Tracks operations and collates data for the EMT leader Operations Officer Directs all field operations (marine, air, shoreline) Determines field resources needs Logistics Officer Procures and distributes resources as required by EC and

OO

Tracks costs Logistics

Coordinator (Darwin Marine Support Base )

Obtains locally available resources Coordinates and tracks vessel movements and supplies. Identifies waste receiving, transport and disposal

Manager Truscott Aerial Support base

Coordinates and tracks aircraft movements. Coordinates aerial transfer of OSR equipment and personnel.

PTTEPAA Rep’ (on MODU)(1)

Coordinates response with OIM and MODU teams Tracks and coordinates vessel activities on site Facility Manager

(OIM) Manages MODU teams and personnel

Ensures safety of personnel on MODU and MODU integrity. Maintains communications between MODU, EMT (Perth),

Darwin Shore base and on site vessels though the MODU Radio Officer

Standby Vessel Master

Deploys OSR equipment as directed

Support Vessel Master

Supports on site vessels as required (supply, waste transport etc.)

Undertakes OSR activities if required PTTEPAA Media

Officer/Team Coordinates media liaison as directed by CMT Leader or nominee.

Contractor Representative

Liaises with PTTEPAA EMT Leader and CMT Leader. Provides support as required

(1) PTTEPAA Representative on facilities managed by Contractors (e.g. Drilling Rigs)

4.2.2 Role of PTTEPAA in a Higher Tier Response As noted above, PTTEPAA EMT members may be integrated into any external IMT

formed to respond to a PTTEPAA incident.



PTTEPAA may choose to establish an internal team to coordinate support to the IMT, to

monitor operations or undertake tasks related to the incident but not necessarily the response.

In such cases, these teams will be formed at the direction of the Crisis Management

Team. A team may comprise EMT/CMT personnel under the EMT/CMT Leader.

Note: When operating in support of an external IMT all PTEPAA teams will report to the Crisis Management Team Leader.

Note: The functions of the external IMT are detailed in National Plan and in Attachment

1 - Incident Control System for Tier 2 and Tier 3 Response. Figure 4.2 Incident Management Team Structure for a Higher Tiered

Response

AdministrationUnit

Finance Unit

Records Unit

ProcurementUnit

ServicesUnit

TransportUnit

CommunicationsUnit

Medical Unit

Aviation Unit

Shoreline Unit

Wildlife Unit

Waste Management Unit

SituationUnit

Resource Unit

Environment Unit

ConsultationUnit

Incident Controller

Finance & AdminSection

OperationsSection

LogisticsSection

PlanningSection

Incident Safety OfficerMedia Liaison Officer

State Emergency Services

AMOSC (Industry)AMSA (National Plan)

OH&S Unit

Marine Pollution Controller

Marine Unit

Incident Control Centre Mgt Unit

Environmental and Scientific Coordinator



Table 4.2 Higher Tier Incident Management Team Roles (ref. Figure 3.2) Function Role

Incident Control (Incident Controller)

Planning and control (direction) of the response and overall management of the IMT. Media Liaison Manages media relations. Prepares press statements, organises press briefing, supports the IC with

media. Environmental and Scientific Coordinator

Overall coordination of environmental and scientific advice to the IC. The ESC is with the IC or MPC.

Community Liaison Ensuring that community concerns are addressed, and for liaison with indigenous groups. Incident Safety For larger responses an Incident safety officer (ISO) may be appointed to oversee safety management.

Planning (Planning Officer)

Coordination/review of Incident Action Plans. Planning personnel will collate the information and consolidate the policy, objectives, strategies and tactics developed by the IC. Specific functions include: Situation The collection, processing and organisation of information, e.g. oil spill trajectory modelling, weather,

sea-state. Resources Tracking of the deployment of resources. Environment Collection and collation of environment data/ advice e.g. obtains environmental data from OSRA, the

ESC and local sources. Function may be filled by ESC. Preparation of NEBA of response options. Consultation Community and commercial consultation.

Operations (Operations Officer)

Undertakes all “field” operations in the response. Marine Coordination and direction of all activities undertaken by waterborne craft and equipment. Aviation Coordination and direction of all activities undertaken utilising aircraft, e.g. aerial dispersant spraying,

aerial surveillance and transport. Shoreline Planning and coordination of shoreline assessment and cleanup activities. Wildlife Implementation of ‘Oiled Wildlife Plan’, i.e. the collection, treatment and rehabilitation of oiled wildlife. OH&S Development and implementation of the Occupational Health & Safety Sub-Plan. Waste Management Coordination of the containment, storage, transport and disposal of oil and oily waste. Also instruction in

on-site handling, storage and separation and treatment. Logistics (Logistics Officer)

Responsible for ensuring that the IMT is provided with adequate resources to enable an effective response. Specific functions include: Procurement Acquisition of personnel and equipment. Services Acquisition of services and facilities. Transport Provision of air, land and sea transport services. Communications Communications Sub-Plan and for ensuring the provision of communications services/support.



Medical Provision of medical services where needed. Finance and Administration (Finance and Admin’ Officer)

Provision of administrative services to IC, Sections and Units of the IMT, and management of financial (costs) information. Functions include: Administration Administrative services: communications, and message services. Finance Accounting and contracting services. Records Collation/filing of records; forms, timesheets, equipment and other records. ICC Management Ensure effective operation of the ICC; information transfer (Status Boards/ messages), meetings,

security etc.



5 INCIDENT REPORTING AND ACTIVATION OF EMT

5.1 INITIATING THE RESPONSE Response activation consists of five procedures:

• Reporting of the incident. This includes both reporting within the Company and

regulatory reporting. • Immediate response procedures. • Assessment of the situation and determination of the appropriate level of response. • Activation of the Emergency Management Team (EMT). • Establishment of the Emergency Control Centre.

5.2 REPORTING PROCEDURE

5.2.1 Reports from PTTEPAA Staff or Contractors Responsibility for Reporting All PTTEPAA staff and contractors must report all spills, potential spills or observations of

oil or oily substances on the sea, and these must be reported immediately. Reportable events include incidents with the potential to have released oil to the sea and

sightings of oil on site (within the MODU exclusion zone), on the sea (e.g. observed by supply vessels in transit) or within the Port of Darwin

All spills must be reported to:

• The Person in Charge (PIC) (see Table 5.1), so that an immediate response can be

initiated if required. • The PTTEPAA Production Operations Manager (Perth) who will initiate internal

reporting and activate the EMT if required. • Relevant Authorities, so that any wider reporting or response can be initiated.

Note: In many cases reports of oil at sea turn out to be substances other than oil. It is

important not to accept responsibility for spills or to speculate on possible sources until all of the facts are known. Samples of the substance should be taken (see Sampling Procedure in Appendix A).

Table 5.1 Persons In Charge Location Activity Person In Charge

Offshore Installations Overall Operations OIM

Drilling operations (MODU) Drilling Supervisor Specific work Work or Task Supervisor Standby or other On Site

Vessels On site activities OIM

On board activities Vessel Master Supply Vessel

(When not On Site) At Sea Vessel Master

In Port Supply Base Supervisor



Reporting Sequence The reporting and activation sequence is shown in Figure 5.1. Reporting Format Figure 5.1 Reporting Sequence

Initial reports may be verbal

(radio, telephone) but these should be followed by a Pollution Report (POLREP) Form (OSR Form 01, see Appendix C). The POLREP should be prepared by the Production Operations Manager (see Figure 5.1).

Important Note: All spills to the sea of over 80 litres (0.5 barrels) that occur from PTTEPAA exploration and production activities, or from associated ships, must be reported immediately to NOPSEMA, SEWPAC and AMSA as per the standards identified in the project/facility specific Environmental Plan.

Important Note: Vessel Masters must report all spills from vessels (in line with MARPOL

requirements) to: • AMSA, if in Commonwealth waters, or • NT DoT if in NT waters. • Port Authority (Harbourmaster) if within Port.

Spill

Observer on Vessel

Vessel Master OIM

PTTEPAA Representative (MODU only)

Observer on Facility

AMSA

NOPSEMA

Port of Darwin

Production Operations Manager

CEO

Mobilise Immediate Response

Mobilise EMT

Spill from Vessel Spill from Installation

All Spills

Spills >80 litres

Spills in Port

Spills in NT Waters

At Sea

On Site

NT DoT

or

Radio/Verbal POLREP If trans - border trajectory is indicated

International if Required (1)

Shore Base Supervisor

Mobilise CMT

PTTEP Head Office

>Tier 1 (1)

SEWPaC

Operations Manager



5.2.2 Reports from External Sources Third party reports of oil on the sea are unlikely to be sent directly to PTTEPAA but rather

be sent to Government agencies. These agencies will forward such reports to PTTEPAA (usually via a POLREP). Personnel receiving an external report of a spill must:

• Obtain as many details of the incident as possible from the caller. Table 5.2 (or a

POLREP; OSR Form 01) should be used as a guide. • Immediately pass the report details to the PIC of the activity, Production Operations

Manager and EMT Leader.

5.3 IMMEDIATE RESPONSE PROCEDURES It is essential that a response is mounted quickly but also that it is done safely. Spills from

wells may be accompanied by gas releases and/or releases of condensate. Releases of gas and condensate are hazardous and no personnel, vessels or equipment

should be deployed to contain any spill until the situation has been assessed and declared safe.

Table 5.2 Information Required for Incident Assessment

Question Prompt/Answer

1 Name of Reporter. 2a Contact

details: Telephone No.. Bus: A/H:

2b Fax/ E-mail 3 Position of observer when sighting made Aircraft Vessel Ground ____

Other (Details):________________ 4 Position of the slick 5 Source of spill (If known). 6 Type of substance spilled (If known). 7 Amount of substance spilled (If known).

8a Description of slick

General 8b Colour. Black Brown Rainbow ___

Silver ____ Other (Specify) _________ 8c Area. Length __ (m), Width _____(m) 8d Other Broken up? Yes No ___

Windrows (Streaks)?Yes __ No __ 9 Direction of slick movement (If known) 10 Weather/sea conditions. 11 Other information 12 Name of person receiving report 13 Agency/Division/Role 14 Report to be forwarded to: Name

Agency



Response team personnel should refer to their Response Checklists (Appendix A). All Personnel Upon observing a spill, or incident that may result in a spill, all PTTEPAA staff and

Contractors must: • Assess the scene for safety. Determine whether gas or condensate has been

released. • If safe to do so, initiate actions to stop the source of the oil. • Initiate any immediate response necessary to prevent the spread of the oil, discharge

into the sea, or to protect shorelines. • Report spill to the nearest Supervisor or Person in Charge. • Obtain available details of the spill and actions taken and report spill as per Section

5.2. OIM (or PTTEPAA Representative on MODU) • Act as Site Emergency Coordinator.

• Verify the safety of the facility and affected vessels. • Ensure that relevant emergency procedures are followed (refer to the Installation or

Facility Emergency Response Plan). • Authorise and direct action to stop the release of oil. • Notify the PTTEPAA EMT Leader and Production Operations Manager. • Dispatch a person to verify the report.

• Authorise immediate response as per Facility or Project OSCP and in accordance with Section 8 of this OSCP.

• Ensure that an appropriate Navigation Warning is issued (via AMSA or Port Authority). • Instruct Standby Vessel Master to mobilise oil spill response equipment and fire

fighting equipment as per Site Procedures. • Keep the PTTEPAA EMT Leader and Production Operations Manager advised. • Maintain a log of events.

PTTEPAA Production Operations Manager • Report spills to the Operations Manager.

• Verify safety of personnel, the vessel or installation. • If report is from a Vessel Master, report spill to AMSA/NT DoT if the Vessel Master is

unable to do so. • Confirm spill details, prepare POLREP (OSR Form 01) and. • Confer with Operations Manager and upon authorization by the Operations Manager

send POLREP to agencies as per Figure 5.1. • In consultation with Operations Manager assess the incident and determine the

response Tier (see Section 3). • Activate EMT. • Provide handover briefing to EMT Leader. • Maintain contact with the OIM (facility spills), Vessel Master (vessel spills at sea) or

Shore base Supervisor (spills in Port) and advise Operations Manager of any changes to the situation.

• Confirm and approve (or not) on site immediate response actions. Provide spill control advice if needed.

• Arrange for aerial surveillance. • Plan and initiate ongoing response.



• Maintain a log of events. Operations Manager • Assess situation in consultation with Production Operations Manager.

• Verify safety of personnel, facility, vessel or aircraft. • Contact agencies as per Figure 5.1. Confirm receipt of POLREP and provide any

updated information. Reissue POLREP if necessary. • In consultation with the Production Operations Manager, either confirm response Tier

or not (see Section 5.4). • Confirm activation of the EMT. Assess EMT size and organisation for adequacy. • Assume role of Crisis Management Team Leader. • For spills requiring a Tier 2/3 response, advise Statutory Agency and Combat Agency

(see Table 3.1) to: - Confirm response Tier. - Determine Combat Agency and location of IMT. • Advise CEO of situation and actions taken to date • Activate CMT if needed (generally if response is higher than Tier 1). • Maintain a log of events.

Chief Executive Officer • Obtain full briefing from Operations Manager.

• Confirm that all required reporting (Figure 5.1) has been completed. • For higher tired response (Tier 2 or Tier 3) or for any incident in which the CMT has

been activated. Inform PTTEP Head Office (refer to the Crisis Management Plan).



5.4 INCIDENT ASSESSMENT: DETERMINING THE RESPONSE TIER

In determining the appropriate response to an oil spill, the fundamental consideration is whether the PTTEPAA EMT can manage the response (Tier 1 response), or whether external incident control and additional resources are needed (Tiers 2 or 3 response). Responsibility The Production Operations Manager will make a preliminary assessment of Tier in consultation with on site personnel and the Operations Manager, who will then confirm whether Tier 1 or not. If Tier level is determined to be Tier 1 (PTTEPAA or vessel response) this status must be confirmed with the AMSA Duty Officer. This may require some consultation between AMSA and other Commonwealth or State/NT agencies and information supplied in the POLREP may be critical to this decision. For spills requiring a higher-tiered responses, AMSA will determine whether a Tier 2 or Tier 3 response is required. Guidelines for determining the response Tier are provided in Figure 5.3.

Figure 5.2 Procedure for Confirming Response Tier

Figure 5.3 Guidelines for

Determining the Level (Tier) of Response

5.5 ACTIVATION OF THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM

The nominated EMT Leader is mobilised via

pager and must mobilise sufficient equipment and personnel resources to manage the incident response.

5.5.1 EMT Personnel

Nominated EMT personnel will be contacted as

per the EMP and will muster at the ECC in the Perth Office.

Oil Type?

Non Persistent or Hazardous

Condensate

Persistent Light - Heavy Crudes

Diesel, Lubricating Oil

Could Shorelines (1)

Be Impacted? (2)

No Yes

Tier 1: Monitor

Only

HAZMAT Response

Refer to Emergency

Response Plan

Volumes Spilled?

0-10 tonnes

10-1,000 tonnes

>1,000 tonnes

Tier 1

Tier 3

Tier 2

Can Combat Agency Cope? (4)

Can Combat Agency Cope? (3)

Yes

Yes

NoNotes:(1) Or sensitive resource.(2) Based on trajectory analysis(3) Decided between Combat

Agency and Statutory Authority

No Yes

Could Shorelines (1)

Be Impacted? (2)

Tier 1: Monitor & Reassess

No



5.5.2 Emergency Control Centre (ECC) The first person to arrive at the ECC will commence preparing the room. Figure 5.4

shows the layout of the ECC. Refer to EMP for more details.

Figure 5.4 Emergency Control Centre Layout (Perth Office)

Emergency Response Room Setup

White board

Phones in Cupboard, connect to point points (in centre of table)

Materials & Logistics 9226 5914

Ops Coordinator 9226 5913

Planning Coordinator 9226 5915

Recorder 9226 5912

EMT Leader

ERPs & reference documents in cupboard

Speaker ph: 9483 9421

Computer & Fax Machine in cupboard Fax: 9226 5916



6 ESTABLISHING INCIDENT CONTROL

6.1 THE ROLE OF THE PTTEPAA EMT LEADER The PTTEPAA EMT Leader is responsible for the overall management of a Tier 1

response and control of the Emergency Management Team (EMT). This control extends over all phases of the response from the EMT activation to response termination and demobilisation. The role and functions of the EMT Leader in a Tier 1 response are set out in Checklist EMT-1 in Attachment A.

The EMT Leader is responsible for the development of the Incident Action Plan (IAP)

assisted by the Planning Officer (see Section 4). Planning procedures are set out in Section 7.

6.2 ESTABLISHING THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM

The size and organisation of the EMT will depend on the nature of the incident and the anticipated response (i.e. the response Tier). The Tier 1 EMT organisation set out in Section 4.1 may be expanded for larger spills or reduced for smaller incidents.

The resources allocated to the different functions will also vary according to the needs of

the response.

6.3 DEPLOYMENT OF RESOURCES

6.3.1 Location of Control The EMT structure outlined in Section 4.1 assumes that the EMT Leader and most of the

EMT is based in Perth with local logistics support at the Darwin Shore Base. In some incidents it may be prudent to relocate the EMT, or some components of the EMT, to Darwin.

This is decided by the EMT Leader in consultation with the PTTEPAA Production

Operations Manager. The EMT Leader must consider: • Communications between the Perth ECC, Darwin Shore Base, Aerial Support Base,

offshore facilities and vessels. • Communications between the EMT Leader and Statutory Agencies (AMSA,

NOPSEMA, NT DoT). • Extent and duration of field deployments (need for equipment stockpiles and

management). • Scale of associated responses (media, crisis management).



6.3.2 Forward Control PTTEPAA’s Base at Darwin will act as a Forward Control Centre. The Darwin Logistics

Coordinator will coordinate local logistics under the direction of the nominated Logistics Officer or EMT Leader. The Darwin Logistics Coordinator may establish Staging Areas for: • Storage, deployment and maintenance of equipment or fuel, supply. • Waste receiving, holding or treatment. • Field crew muster or deployment points. • Field induction centres. • Wildlife assessment and pre-treatment.

6.4 MEDIA LIAISON

6.4.1 Tier 1

For a Tier 1 response all media management is the responsibility of the PTTEPAA Crisis Management Team Leader.

A Media Liaison Officer (MLO) may be appointed who will be responsible for the

development and implementation of the Media Plan and for advising the CMT and EMT Leader on public relations and media.

Guidelines for managing media during an oil spill response are provided in Attachment F

and the PTTEPAA Crisis Management Plan

6.4.2 Tier 2 or Tier 3 The PTTEPAA MLO in consultation with AMSA will assume responsibility for media

related responses for higher tiered responses. The PTTEPAA MLO and media personnel will still be active and will continue to coordinate

PTTEPAA press releases and to advise the CMT.



6.5 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

6.5.1 Tier 1 Responses Environmental Advice

The EMT SSHE Coordinator (SSHEC) coordinates environmental and scientific input to the EMT Leader and liaises with the relevant State/NT Environmental and Scientific Coordinators (ESCs) and affected State Agencies.

The SSHEC is responsible for completion of the Net Environmental Benefit Assessment

(NEBA). Guidelines are provided in Attachment 2 (Supplement F2). Monitoring The SSHEC is responsible for ensuring that monitoring of released hydrocarbons and of

response activities is undertaken and that the need for post spill monitoring is assessed. Guidelines for this are provided in Attachment 2.

Agency Liaison Commonwealth and State/NT agencies responsible for resources that could be exposed

to spills from PTTEPAA activities include: • SEWPAC. • Commonwealth Australian Fisheries Management Authority (AFMA). • WA Department of Fisheries (WA DF). • WA Department of Environment and Conservation (WA DEC). • WA Department of Health (WA DoH) • NT Department of Health (NT DoH) • NT Department of Mines and Energy (NT DME) and the Department of Primary

Industries and Fisheries (NT DPIF).

6.5.2 Tier 2 or Tier 3 Response In larger spill responses the PTTEPAA SSHE will provide high level coordination of the

scientific response in collaboration with any relevant ESC.



6.6 GOVERNMENT LIAISON If Government assistance is required the EMT Leader (or IC) may appoint a Liaison

Officer to keep Government agencies informed and to coordinate assistance. This may be required if: • A spill moves across a national boundary requiring Government assistance (DFAT and

AMSA). • Wildlife has been impacted or may be impacted (SEWPAC, WA DEC or NT

Department of Land Resources Management DLRM). • Commercial interests (e.g. fishing industry) are concerned (SEWPAC, AFMA, WA DF

or NT DPIF) • There are potential health effects (see Section 6.5).

The Liaison Officer will report directly to the EMT Leader (or IC).

6.7 COMMUNITY LIAISON Only spills from vessels within or close to the Port of Darwin could result in the impact of

public areas or resources. If this does occur community liaison will be undertaken by the MLO.

In higher tiered response the Incident Controller may appoint a Community Liaison Officer

(CLO) to coordinate consultation with local community and commercial interests. The CLO will notify the relevant indigenous heritage group if oil is likely to, or has

impacted, indigenous lands or cultural sites.



7 PLANNING

7.1 THE PLANNING FUNCTION Planning of the response is the responsibility of the EMT Leader but involves all key EMT

personnel and advisers.

Planning encompasses the acquisition, assessment and distribution of information about the incident, response and environment and the development of the Incident Action Plan (IAP). The latter includes the monitoring of the performance of the response against the objectives of the IAP.

The main Tasks undertaken by the Planning Officer or Planning Unit are:

• Situation Tracking: Collection, processing and organisation of information on the incident and the response (see Section 5).

• Environmental Assessment: Collection and collation of environmental data and advice, and for modelling of spill trajectory and behaviour (see Attachment 2).

• IAP Coordination: Development and review of the Incident Action Plan (IAP). Coordination and provision of information inputs to the planning process.

• Documentation: Ensuring that IAP and other information is recorded and distributed (see Appendix A).

7.2 THE PLANNING PROCESS

Figure 7.1 Inputs to the Planning Process

7.2.1 Information Inputs

The key to effective planning is the acquisition and the application of information. Figure 7.1 illustrates the information inputs of the key EMT functions into planning and demonstrates the need to involve all key EMT members in the process.

7.2.2 The Planning Cycle The planning process is ongoing and

involves a number of procedures: • Initial Planning Meeting.

• Development of the Incident Action Plan (IAP).

• Execution of the Plan. • Monitoring of the response

(collection and analysis of data). • Ongoing Planning Meetings (to

revise and update the IAP). These procedures are outlined in Sections 7.3 to 7.6.



7.3 INITIAL PLANNING MEETING At the Initial Planning Meeting the EMT Leader will brief key EMT Officers (see Figure 4.1)

of the current incident details, reporting, status of the immediate response and level of response to be undertaken (Tier).

Guidelines for the structure and contents of a briefing are provided in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1 Guidelines for Tier 1 EMT Briefing Meetings

PTTEPAA OSR GUIDELINES

& PROCEDURES

EMERGENCY CONTROLLER (EMT Leader) BRIEFING MEETING GUIDELINE

(TIER 1)

Task Action Responsibility Statu

s Preparation

1 Ensure that Status Boards and Wall Maps are displaying current information

Planning Officer (PO)

2 Check with EMT Leader: a Briefing time/location b Display equipment needed

3 Set up maps/video/TV as required Briefing Meeting

4 Introduction of any new EMT personnel and roles (if assigned) EMT Leader

5 Situation reports: a Location of slick Planning Officer

(PO)

b Oil data (character and behaviour) c Conditions: Weather/tides/currents d Aerial surveillance report PO or OO e Summary of activities to date

Operations Officer (OO)

f Location of response resources g Constraints: access

equipment/labour

h Safety issues i Spill trajectory modelling

SSHE Coordinator

j Outline of environmental resources

at threat and sensitivity data

k Wildlife status l Operational monitoring status m Other issues (e.g.

finance/claims/legal) EMT Leader

n Review of logistics situation. Services, equipment, communications etc.

Logistics Officer (LO)

6 Presentation of Sub-Plans: As appropriate a Media/Community Media Officer c Operations Operations Officer



i Marine (OO) ii Shoreline iii Aerial iv Wildlife SSHE

Coordinator

v Waste d Logistics Logistics Officer

(LO)

e Schedule for issue of IAP or revised IAP


7 Outline of new objectives, strategies, methods EMT Leader

8 Any other business Following each briefing or planning meeting the Planning Officer should prepare a

Situation Report (SITREP) for distribution by the EMT Leader.

7.4 DEVELOPING THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN During the planning process an Incident Action Plan (IAP) is developed which outlines the

following: • Response Policy or Aim: This is a broad statement of the over-riding aim of the

response, i.e. what the response is aiming to achieve. It should also set priorities. Policy may be set by the EMT Leader (or Crisis Manager).

• Objectives: These are a “goal statement” and indicate desired individual outcomes of the response (e.g. protection of the shoreline between points A and B).

• Strategies: These describe how the EMT plans to reach the stated objectives (e.g. deploying booms to protect points A and B).

• Methods (Tactics): These state how the strategies will be undertaken and may be written as a series of tasks, i.e. the deployment of personnel and equipment, task by task. The development of tactics is usually undertaken by the relevant Section Officer (e.g. the Operations Officer) or for higher-tiered responses, Coordinator (e.g. Marine Coordinator).

Often, the initial information available is incomplete and some of the initial Incident Action Plan objectives will be focussed on obtaining data. Strategies employed may be: • Aerial surveillance (see Section 8.3). • Trajectory modelling (see Attachment B). • Oil fates modelling (see Attachment B and Attachment 2).

Guidelines for developing an IAP are provided in Table 7.2.

7.5 EXECUTION OF THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN Once developed the IAP is implemented by relevant EMT personnel. It should be noted that methods and strategies applied should follow the IAP. However,

field personnel have the authority and obligation to cease or modify operations in some situations. These would include:



• Injury to personnel. • Unsafe or hazardous conditions. • Observation of, or suspicion of, environmental damage resulting from operations. • Ineffectiveness of the strategy or method employed.

Any deviation from the IAP must be reported to the EMT Leader and the IAP amended as

required.

7.6 MONITORING THE RESPONSE Response activities must be monitored throughout the incident in order to assess

performance against the stated objectives. Such monitoring extends to all functions of the EMT and is coordinated by the Planning Officer.

Table 7.2 Guidelines for Developing an Incident Action Plan

PTTEPAA OSR GUIDELINES

& PROCEDURES

EMERGENCY CONTROLLER (EMT Leader) DEVELOPMENT OF AN INCIDENT ACTION PLAN (IAP)

(TIER 1)

Task Action Action Status

1 Set

Response Aim

This Response Aim is a broad statement of the over-riding aim of the response, i.e. what the response is aiming to achieve. It may also set priorities. The aim may be set by the EMT Leader, Crisis Manager or Statutory Authority.

EMT Leader (EMT

Leader)

2 Set

Objectives

These are “goal statements” and indicate desired individual outcomes of the response (e.g. containment and recovery at location A). They are generally set by the EMT Leader.

Entire EMT

Objectives may be set for all functions within the response. For example "Delivery of equipment to the Shore Base" might be an objective for the Logistics Officer.

Objectives should be ranked according to priorities, which are decided by the EMT Leader.

3 Determine Response Strategies

Strategies describe how the EMT (in particular Operations) plan to achieve the stated objectives. Relevant

EMT Officers

Strategy options may be limited by weather, availability of equipment or by a range of operational constraints.

A Net Environmental Benefit Analysis (NEBA) may be required for some strategies (e.g. use of dispersants) See Attachment 2.

SSHE Coordinator

Some strategies may require regulatory approval (e.g. dispersant use). Obtain any permits required.

EMT Leader (EMT

Leader)

4 Determine Tactics or Methods

Methods for implementing may be written as a series of tasks detailing the deployment of personnel and equipment.

Relevant EMT

Officers



5 Prepare/ Review

Sub-Plans:

This may include, aerial surveillance, marine response, media, etc.

The Logistics Officer should compile a list of equipment, personnel and service requirements for the planned response.

Logistics Officer (LO)

6 Collate the IAP

Collate the IAP (Aim, Objectives, Strategies, Methods and Logistics etc.) and distribute to EMT and EMT officers.


7 Approve IAP

The EMT Leader must approve the IAP and any revisions to the IAP. The EMT Leader is responsible for ensuring that the IAP is consistent with regulatory requirements and this OSCP.

EMT Leader (EMT

Leader)

8 Monitor

Monitor the progress of the response and assess against objectives.


Notify EMT Leader of the need to revise the IAP.

9 Revise IAP

Repeat this process during the response as the situation, objectives, strategies or tactics change,

Depending on the nature of the incident and the response, monitoring should encompass:

• Health and safety. • Environmental effects. • Location and status of the released hydrocarbons. • Effectiveness of response activities. • Costs.

7.7 ONGOING REVISION OF THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN The IAP should be revised when objectives are met or when changed circumstances

require objectives, strategies or methods to be revised. The frequency of revisions to the Incident Action Plan will be determined by the Emergency Coordinator (EMT Leader) on the advice of the Planning Officer (PO) and will vary according to the nature of the incident and the scale of the response.



8 OPERATIONS

8.1 THE OPERATIONS FUNCTION The Operations function encompasses all field operations undertaken in the response and

includes. • Marine response (Section 8.2). • Aerial response (Section 8.3) which may include including surveillance, support for

containment and recovery operations or aerial application of dispersants. • Shoreline response (Section 8.3). • Wildlife response (Section 8.4). • Waste management (Section 8.5).

8.1.1 Responsibilities Immediate Response The Person on Charge (see Section 5.3) at the site of a spill is responsible for initiating an

immediate response as per the relevant facility or project OSCP. Tier 1 Responses Table 8.1 Responsibility for the Operations

Function As noted in Section 4 the EMT

structure is flexible and functions can be designated (in the OSCPs) or delegated (by the EMT Leader) according to the needs of an incident (Table 8.1). In a limited response (i.e. a small Tier 1 response) where on-site

Incident Conditions Incident Control Operations

Small spill: Managed by on site resources only OIM (Facility Manager)

Spill is off site or moves off site. Site resources sufficient

EMT Leader OIM

(Facility Manager)

On site resource not sufficient. Limited response EMT Leader

Full Tier 1 response EMT Leader Operations Officer

resources are sufficient, the Operations function may be undertaken by the OIM (as Facility Emergency Coordinator). For spills where offsite resources are required the EMT Leader will manage operations or activate the nominated Operations Officer to oversee field activities.

In large responses an Operations Section would be formed under the direction of the

Operations Officer (see Figure 4.2 and Table 4.1).



8.1.2 Operations Procedures Procedures which need to be implemented by the Operations Officer include:

• Information control, i.e. use of forms, status boards, wall maps. • Determination of operations priorities and methods as per the objectives and strategies

determined through the planning process (see Figure 8.1). • On-site training (eg shoreline cleanup response, sampling equipment) • Site control.

8.2 MARINE RESPONSE GUIDELINES Note: In higher tier (Tier 2 or Tier 3) responses a Marine Coordinator will be appointed to

be responsible for implementing the marine response strategies and methods as directed by the Operations Officer and/or IC.

8.2.1 Immediate On Site Response Response Methods Most of the hydrocarbons that can be potentially spilled from PTTEPAA operations are

light and have a high spreading rate. However, some (e.g. Montara crude oil) are relatively high in wax and so will leave a waxy residue after weathering. These residues are persistent. The marine response strategies for spills on site or in the open sea are, in order of preference (1 to 3 in Table 8.2) are: Monitoring only - natural weathering and dispersal. Containment and recovery (if available, likely to be effective and there are no safety

concerns). Use of dispersants.

The response methods adopted will depend on the circumstances of the oil spill and the

following marine response priorities act as guidelines. In addition, more specific evaluations into the suitability of response strategies for particular activities will be undertaken as required. PTTEPAA will utilise NEBA as a process to undertake this evaluation using the information and guidance on Attachment 2.

Table 8.2 Marine Response Priorities Incident Monitorin

g Only

Containment & Recovery

Dispersants Other Oil Type Volum

e Gas only All 1 NA NA Test

atmosphere

Gas and Condensate

All 1 NA Apply to Reduce Fire Hazard

Lubricating oil <1t 1 2 (sorbent boom) NA Diesel <100t 1 2 (sorbent boom) NA



>100t 2c 1 NA Crude Oil Only

Low PP, Light <50t 1 NA NA

Request Oil Spill Trajectory and Fates Modelling

>50t 1 2 NA Crude Oil Only

Low PP, Medium

<10t 2c 1 3 >10t 3c 1 2

Crude Oil Only High Pour Pointa

<100t 3c 1 2 >100t 3c 1 2

Crude Oil Only Low PP, Heavyb

<10t 3c 1 2 >10t 3c 1 2e

a Pour point (PP) above ambient seawater/air temperature. b Not likely to be encountered. c Undertaken in any case as a supporting strategy. d Applied via deluge/fire system of support vessel. e Only after confirmation of amenability. NA = Not applicable/acceptable.

On Site Response (Immediate) Capacity The immediate response is based on equipment held on any standby vessel. Table 8.3

shows the oil spill response equipment requirements for various facilities and projects. Actual held equipment is listed in the facility and project OSCPs.



Note: If boom is deployed using the standby vessel’s Fast Response Craft (FRC) then boom should be deployed in a narrow “J” configuration in order to minimise the force on the boom. In calm conditions (flat seas) the sorbent boom can be deployed for containment.

Table 8.3 Required Standby and Supply Vessel OSR Equipment

Activity Production and/or Drilling

Equipment Type Gas Only

Gas +Condensat

e

Gas, Condensate

and Crude Oil Crude Oil

Only

Containment and Recovery

Boom No No 200m inflatable (Harbour grade)

Skimmer

No 1 x Brush or Combination

Brush/Disc. Minimum 10m3/hour capacity. Note: Preferably, pump

should be skimmer mountable.

Storage Storage for diesel or lube

contaminated sorbent Storage (temp on deck + in hull)

to a minimum of 100m3

Sorbent Boom 50m of 200mm diam plus storage

Pads/mats/other 400 pads (4 x 100 pad packs) plus storage

Dispersant Application System

Dispersant 5m3 Type 3 (Concentrate) 10m3 Type 3 (Concentrate)

Spay boom system

No No (optional) (optional)

Eductor system Eductor suitable for use with vessel fire and deluge system

1. For use in case of diesel spills inshore or in port. 2. For safety (deluge) application rather than OSR. 3. Note: Weir systems although effective pick up too much water. Currently the decanting of this to the sea is unlikely to be approved and so storage capacity will be rapidly overwhelmed.



8.2.2 Secondary Response

The secondary response is based on the deployment of marine response equipment at the Shore Base (Darwin). This comprises a container with the following.

• 1 x 200m of inflatable harbour grade boom (on a reel) with powerpack. • 1 x 200m of sorbent boom. • 2 x Collapsible 10m3 containers for waste. • 1 x 103/hr (minimum) capacity brush or brush/disc skimmer (powered by vessel and

using vessel pumps). • 1 x 103/hr (minimum) capacity weir skimmer kit (power packs etc) • 10 x packs of 100 sorbent pads (1000 pads). • 5 x Sampling kits

This is positioned whenever an offshore facility is operational. AMOSC equipment may also be commissioned.

8.2.3 Determining Ongoing Marine Response Strategies

Each spill must be assessed so that the most appropriate methods are employed and a NEBA undertaken to evaluate possible benefits and impacts on marine sensitivities associated with the proposed response strategies. The effectiveness of methods and equipment must be monitored throughout the response.

A number of marine response strategies are available but each has constraints as well as advantages. These may be:

• Environmental constraints and conditions, which limit effectiveness, e.g. presence of

sensitive receptors, winds and sea state. • Equipment availability. • Logistics; supply and deployment times. • Oil characteristics.



Figure 8.1 provides guidelines for the determination of marine response strategies.

Tables 8.3 and 8.4 provide additional guidelines as to suitability of strategies and some equipment.

Figure 8.1 General Guidelines for Determining Marine Response Strategies

CAUTION: Spills of condensate or other volatile (Group I) oils must be handled with care. Personnel should not attempt to contain or recover this oil unless the site has been declared safe by the Supervisor in charge, or by the OIM. Atmosphere should be tested by using a “combustible gas-oxygen analyser”.

8.2.4 Monitoring Only: Natural Weathering and Dispersal

The monitoring only strategy is intended to allow the spill to degrade naturally and to acquire data on the dynamics, fate and trajectory of the spill in order to inform decision making throughout the response.

Surface slicks of condensate, light oils and diesel tend to dissipate and break up naturally and this may be rapid. The rate of this depends on: • Oil type (light, low wax oils, with rapid spreading rates dissipate and break up rapidly). • Sea State (high sea states favour

breakup). • Winds (high winds are favourable).

Note: Monitoring is the favoured option for spills of condensate and small spills of light

crude or diesel fuel oil at sea providing impact on shoreline or sensitive resources is not likely or predicted.

Potential Environmental Impacts: Marine flora and fauna in the path of the spill may be exposed to the hydrocarbons resulting in the types of impacts discussed in Attachment 2 (Supplement F1, Table 15). Utilising monitoring as opposed to more toxicological methods eg. chemical dispersants may result in less impact on marine values and attributes. Many marine megafauna or pelagic species demonstrate avoidance behaviour to spills. The behaviour of marine megafauna species may be affected by vessel and air surveillance operations, particularly in periods of congregation e.g. whale calving.

OIL SPILL

Does Oil Pose a Danger to

Personnel or Facilities?

Determine Oil Properties, Behaviour, Trajectories &

Weather Conditions

Apply Containment & Recovery Strategy

Monitor: Is Containment & Recovery Effective?

Seek Permission to use Dispersants

Can Dispersantsbe Applied?

Permission Given?

Apply Dispersants

Monitor: Is Dispersant Strategy Effective?

Continue

No Shoreline Impact Likely

Shoreline Impact Likely

Can Oil be Contained and

Recovered?

Monitor and allow to Weather

Shoreline Response StrategiesRisk Lowered

to Acceptable Levels: END

Apply dispersant if it will reduce safety hazards.Consider effects on shallow water species.Notify AMSA

Activate Emergency Response Plan

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

Continue



Methods Monitoring of oil spilled on site (vicinity of the MODU) should be done by the standby vessel

only if it safe to do so. Vessel-based monitoring must be authorised by the EMT Leader (EC). On site coordination will be undertaken by the OIM or PTTEPAA Supervisor.

Monitoring is best done by aircraft and these will be commissioned by the EMT Logistics Officer upon authorization by the EMT Leader. If oil samples are required then aircraft may be used to direct the standby vessel to the oil. Sampling method guidelines are provided in Appendix A.

Monitoring guidelines are provided in Section 8.3.

8.2.5 Containment and Recovery Containment and recovery involves the use of options including static or mobile absorbent

boom placement to corral the spill into a specific area and then absorb and/or recover the oil by various means. If conditions allow, containment and recovery is the preferred response method for oil spills that could impact shorelines or sensitive resources.

The strategy is unsuitable for use on very light oils and condensates due to:

• The speed of spreading of the oil. • Possible presence of hazardous atmospheres.

Caution: Fresh, volatile oils should not be contained due to their low flash point. No attempt

should be made to recover these oils until the safety of the area has been established. Note: Helicopters deploying Rapid Deployment Packs cannot carry passengers at the same

time as under-slung cargo. Potential Environmental Impacts: Forced containment of spills reduces the scale/ extent

of the impact to surface dependent values and attributes. Potential concentration of impacts in the area utilised for containment, but this area is likely to be selected based on an absence of sensitive receptors. Sorbent booms utilised in recovery effort will require disposal on land in an appropriately licenced landfill otherwise hydrocarbon pollution to surface and groundwater assets may occur. The behaviour of marine megafauna species may be affected by vessel based containment activities, particularly in periods of congregation e.g migration or calving.



Table 8.4 Marine Response Guideline

Est. Time to Impact <48 HOURS >48 HOURS Oil Group(1) I II III IV I II III IV

Immediate Response Strategies Natural Recovery R F R R F C Containment & Recovery

R R R R R R

Dispersant Application C C C C C C Physical Break-up Sorbent Recovery C F F F C F F Shoreline Protection R R R R R R R R In Situ Burning Secondary Response Strategies(Day 2 and beyond) Natural Processes R F R R C Containment & Recovery

NR R R R NR R R R

Dispersant Application NR C C C NR C C C Physical Break-up Sorbent Recovery NR R R NR F Shoreline Protection R R R R R R R R In Situ Burning Key R Recommended - preferred option. F Feasible, but not preferred option. Assessment needed. NA Feasible but not available because of location of resources or other logistics constraint. C Conditional. May have adverse effects. Assessment and approval required. NR Not required. Oil not expected to persist. Not recommended - either not feasible, not safe or has significant adverse effects. Not likely to be encountered. (1) Oil Group (refer to Attachment 3): I Condensates. II Temperate motor diesel and light crudes. III Tropical diesel, marine diesels. Medium crudes. IV Bunker C Fuel oils, Heavy Crudes. High pour point or high wax crudes with water

temperatures below the pour point.

Note: The application of the methods adopted using these guidelines will depend on the circumstances of the spill.



Table 8.5 Operational Constraints for Offshore Response Options

Response Strategy

Constraint

Sea State(1)

Current (Knots)(2

) Wind

(Knots) Oil

Viscosity(3

) Other

Sorbent Boom (5) 1 -2 <1.0 1-3 - Vessel Availabilit

y and Recovered waste

oil storage

availability

Boom (5) Containment 3-4 1.0 14-22 - Deflection 3-4 2.0 14-22 -

Skimmers (5)

Weir 1 1.0 7 If >1000(3) Disc 2-3 1.0 11-14 If >1000(3) Mop/Belt 3-4 1.0 14-22 If<1000(3) Vacuum 1 1.0 7 -

Physical Breakup(4) - - - - Oil type Dispersant Vessels 4 - 22.0 <2000(4) -

Aircraft 5 - 28.0 <20004) Range Monitoring - - - - Visibility

(1) Beaufort scale. See Table 8.3.

(2) 1 Knot = 0.5m/second or 1.8 km per hour approximately.

(3) cSt = Centistokes. Note viscosity is a constraint if values are exceeded. All oils encountered in the programme are expected to be below 1000cSt.

(4) Not recommended in any case. This method should not be used on fresh spills of light crude or condensate. All light oils should be allowed to weather for at least for a few hours. (5) Equipment can be used in containment and recovery .

Table 8.6 Beaufort Scale

Beaufort

Scale

Wind Speed(1) Description Wave Height(2)

Mean Range Wind Sea Mean Max. 0 0 <1 Calm Flat. - - 1 2 1-3 Light air Ripples. 0.1 0.1 2 5 4-6 Light breeze Small wavelets. No breakers. 0.2 0.3 3 9 7-10 Gentle

breeze Large wavelets. Some breaking crests or scattered white horses.

0.6 1.0

4 13 11-16 Moderate breeze

Small waves. Fairly frequent white horses.

1.0 1.5

5 19 17-21 Fresh breeze

Moderate waves. Many white horses. Occasional spray.

2.0 2.5

6 24 22-27 Strong breeze

Large waves. Extensive white foam crests. Some spray.

3.0 4.0

7 30 28-33 Near gale Sea rises. White foam from breaking waves in streaks.

4.0 5.5

8 37 34-40 Gale Moderate and long waves. White foam in long streaks.

5.5 8.5

9 44 41-47 Strong gale High waves. Dense streaks of foam. Wave crests topple.

8.0 10.0

10 52 48-55 Storm Very high waves. Long hanging 9.0 12.5



crests. Foam in large patches. Sea surface largely white.

11 60 56-63 Violent storm

Extreme waves (small-medium ships lost to view). Foam covered sea surface. Reduced visibility.

- -

12 - >64 Hurricane Air filled with foam/spray. Driving spray. Very reduced visibility.

>14 -

(1) In knots (~0.5m/second). (2) In metres.



On Scene Coordination Figure 8.2 Guideline for Marine Response Coordination of response vessels and

aircraft is undertaken by the PTTEPAA EMT Operations Officer but, depending on the location of the response, on-scene coordination may be delegated to:

• OIM or PTTEPAA Senior

Supervisor. • Shore Base Supervisor.

Guidelines for containment and

recovery operations are provided in Figure 8.2.

Methods The PTTEPAA EMT Operations Officer

will: • Liaise as required between vessels

and spotter aircraft. • Monitor recovered waste volumes

and advise vessels of any constraints on storage of waste. Monitor weather and sea states and advise vessel masters.

• Monitor and track deployment and movements of vessels.

• Log request for, arrival and dispatch of equipment and personnel. In assigning equipment it is essential that a balance is achieved between:

• Targeting of the oil (aerial support). • Containment (boom deployment). • Recovery (skimmers). • Temporary waste storage (dracones, barges etc.). • Waste transport and onshore waste receiving capacity.

Indicative operational constraints are shown in Table 8.5. Boom may be deployed using the Standby Vessel and Fast Response Craft (FRC). A “J” configuration is the preferred array.

Temporary (On Site) Waste Storage

Information from

Monitoring

Is Containment Possible ?

Is Recovery Possible ?

Are Vessels and Equipment

Available ?

MobiliseResources

External Resources:- Industry via AMOSC- SA DTEI- Local Ports- Other States via

AMSA

Deploy Marine Waste Storage/ Transport Units

Deploy Vessels Booms & Skimmers

Deploy Aerial Support

Arrange Onshore Waste Storage,

Treatment & Disposal

Arrange Onshore Support

Is Strategy Effective ?

Continue

Consider Other Strategies

Ideal conditions:Wind < 14-22 knotsSea State < 3-4Currents < 1 knot

Ideal conditions*:Wind < 7-22 knotsSea State < 1-4Currents < 1 knot*Highly dependent on

skimmer type.

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes



Waste volumes for spills of light oils will be low and largely limited to recovered oil sorbent. If additional on site marine storage is required these can be accessed via AMOSC or National

Plan sources. It is important that the time taken to fill, transport, empty and re-deploy these is calculated

throughout the response.

8.2.6 Use of Dispersants from Vessels Dispersants are typically chemical additions which act to “breakup” surface slicks and result

in oil becoming mixed into the upper layers of the water column (usually 0-10m depths). Most oils that could be spilled are light and/or rapidly spreading and so not amenable to

dispersant use. However, dispersant use is suggested for spills of high wax oils if temperatures are above the oils pour point. This may assist in avoiding the formation of persistent waxy residues. If dispersant use is decided for these oils a test application is strongly recommended.

CAUTION: Dispersants may only be applied after approval has been given by AMSA and

following a NEBA. However, dispersants may be used immediately if used to reduce a fire/explosion risk posed by spilt oil.

Potential Environmental Impacts: Dispersants used in response operations can reduce photosynthesis in marine flora, remove waxy cuticles increasing absorption rates, and have photo-/toxic impacts (potentially temperature-dependant). Dispersants can also be toxic to corals and lethal at elevated concentrations. For example, they can result in significant inhibition of coral fertilisation. In some marine fauna species, dispersants can result in irreversible impacts on respiratory organs, and depending on duration of exposure, reversibly affect nervous system. The behaviour of marine megafauna species may be affected by aerial dispersant application activities, particularly in periods of congregation e.g. migration or calving. Dispersant can lead to entrainment at source. Reduced volumes of hydrocarbons can be present at the surface thereby potentially minimising impacts to surface and shallow water sensitive receptors if not applied too close to the value/attribute. If applied for blow outs or at depth, then increased entrainment near the sea floor is possible and therefore higher potential impacts on benthic communities.

Methods The following equipment is required. • Vessels equipped with appropriate equipment; either an educator for application via

system or dedicated spray booms. • Spotter aircraft, to direct the vessel towards the most concentrated oil and to report on

effectiveness. • Effective communications between vessels and spotter aircraft.

When using the fire monitors to apply dispersants, it is recommended that they be

educted into the water stream at between 1:20 and 1:10 dispersant: water. Only approved dispersants will be supplied. Non “AMSA accepted” products must not be

used. These, together with recommended application rates are provided in Table 8.7.



Table 8.7 Available Dispersants and Methods of Application

Type Product Application

Type I

Hydrocarbon based

BP-AB Neat from vessels only at a dose of 1(disp.):5(oil). Warren-Springs system with "breaker boards”.

Type III Concentrates

Ardrox 6120 Corexit 9527 Corexit 9550 Corexit 9500 Dasic Slickgone NS Shell VDC Tergo R-40

Neat from aircraft or vessels at 1:30. If used diluted dose rate is increased. May be diluted/educted for use in vessel’s fire monitors. Used neat from Vikospray or similar.

Caution: Due consideration should be given to safety at all times when handling

dispersants. Personnel must be familiar with instructions on the safe use of dispersants and be given the relevant Material Safety Data Sheets (available on PTTEPAA Chemalert system).

Caution: Vessel Masters must

ensure that crews are not exposed to dispersants sprayed from the vessel or from aircraft. Dispersants should not be used to wash skin or clothing.

Figure 8.3 Dispersant Use Decision Tree

For larger spills, fixed wing

dispersant spray aircraft are available through a National Plan contract. These can be acquired through AMSA. Dispersants should be used when there is a net environmental benefit, i.e. when the potential harm done by dispersed oil is less than from untreated oil. A formal NEBA may be required before approval is given for their use (see Attachment 2; “Environmental management in OSR”).

Guidelines for the use of

dispersants are provided in Figure 8.3.

4. Is the oil dispersible ?

3. Do weather/sea/tideconditions allow theuse of dispersants?

Yes

2. Is oil heading towards a sensitive area?

8. Has effective dispersion been achieved ?

Job done

No

Monitor & Review

Consider alternate marine response methods:- Containment & Recovery- Monitor/Natural dispersion- Inshore/Shoreline Protection

5. Is the effect of thedispersed oil likely to be less than the effectof untreated oil?

Yes

6. Have necessary Govt. approvals beengiven ?

Apply dispersant

7. Is dispersant effective ?

1. Have alternativesbeen considered ?

Yes

Yes

Yes

Consider shoreline response methods:- Shoreline Protection - Shoreline Cleanup- Monitor/Natural Recovery

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No



8.2.7 Physical Breakup of Slicks (Mechanical Dispersion) Thin films of oil can be physically dispersed by agitating the sea surface using support

vessels' propeller wash which facilitates weathering and dispersion. The vessels’ fire systems may be used to achieve an effective dispersion via the use of fire water monitor sprays, particularly for light oils.

Constraints • The size of the slick. It is not feasible to treat large spills.

• Oil volatility (flash point) and consequent personnel and vessel safety. • The potential for the oil to emulsify. • Light, volatile oils will dissipate quickly and should not need to be treated in this way.

They may also pose an explosion/fire hazard. • Heavier or waxy oils may emulsify if subject to prop-wash.

Note: This method is not recommended for any oil that could be spilled from PTEPAA

offshore operations Potential Environmental Impacts: Techniques may improve conditions for air breathing

mammals and reduced exposure of shallow water species and habitats to surface spill impacts. Potential for vessel strike on marine megafauna as physical break up involves a concentrated period of vessel activity in the vicinity of the spill. The behaviour of marine megafauna species may be affected by vessel based physical dispersion activities, particularly in periods of congregation e.g migration or calving.

8.2.8 Use of Sorbents Small spills of non-volatile oils can be recovered using sorbent materials. This method is

generally restricted to deck spills, or spills into port waters, of diesel or lubricating oil. Oil sorbents must be contained and isolated from ignition sources.

8.2.9 In Situ Burning In situ burning is the process of containing oil at sea followed by controlled burning. Note: This method has not been used in Australia and is not considered an option for

PTTEPAA offshore operations Potential Environmental Impacts: Forced containment of spill followed by ignition

reduces the overall presence of the spill, particularly in the surface layers. Potential impacts on air breathing mammals and surface dependent species. Reduced volume of spill and reduced extent thereby limiting the possible area of impact.

Constraints



• Oil needs to be contained (e.g. by booms). • The oil slick must be thick (i.e. at least 2-3mm thick). Some oils (and even waxy crude

at high temperatures) that could be spilled by PTTEPAA are too light and too rapidly spreading.

• Oil should be un-weathered. Weathered, emulsified or waxy oils need to be ignited at higher temperatures and will need accelerants (wicking agents).

• Fire-proof booms are not currently held in Australia. • Burnt residues must be recovered and disposed of. These are difficult to handle and

may pose a health risk to personnel. • Smoke produced is undesirable in populated areas.

8.3 AERIAL RESPONSE

8.3.1 Responsibility For most Tier 1 spills, the EMT Operations Officer will plan and implement the aerial

response in accordance with the IAP and the Guidelines in this OSCP. For larger responses (Tier 2 and Tier 3), the IMT Operations Officer may appoint an Aerial Coordinator to manage this component of the response.

8.3.2 Aerial Response Strategies Aerial operations include: • Aerial surveillance and monitoring operations over the sea, shorelines and land.

• Aerial dispersant operations. • Transport of personnel or materials.

The last of these may be coordinated by the Logistics Officer.

8.3.3 Aerial Surveillance and Monitoring The location, volume, trajectory, and persistence of oil slicks need to be determined in

order to deploy marine and shoreline cleanup teams and to predict potential oil impact on sensitive resources. Aircraft may also be used to direct marine containment and recovery or dispersant operations.

Locating the Slick at Sea The location of a slick can be predicted by computer modelling but output from these

programs must be verified by field observations. Aircraft Requirements For all surveillance tasks aircraft should have: • Good downward visibility (e.g. helicopters or fixed wing aircraft with an over-fuselage



wing). • If acting in support of marine response, aircraft should be equipped with radios that

allow direct communications with the vessels or other aircraft that are carrying out the spraying.

• Space for 2 observers, excluding pilot(s). • Visibility from both sides. • Pilot-observer and pilot to vessel communications. • Navigational aids to follow proposed flight path.

The observer should be experienced and equipped with still and/or video cameras,

preferably geo-referenced (GPS). Pilots or observers should be provided with information on the likely location of the slick

(e.g. trajectory model output). Flight Plans The first over flight of a large spill should be at 300 to 700 metres, to locate and determine

its general orientation and dimensions. Determining the colour of the oil (Table 8.8) is best made at lower altitudes. When searching for an oil slick, aircraft should undertake a “parallel track search” of the area in which the slick is considered to be located (Figure 8.4).

The longer search legs should be oriented with the direction of drift. This will maximise search effectiveness (better chance of slick detection). Estimating Slick Volumes at Sea Estimates of the volume of a slick can be made on the basis of its appearance at sea, and the area covered (see Figure 8.5 and Table 8.8). A trained observer must be present on surveillance aircraft to identify oil on the water or shoreline and to accurately report location to the Aerial Coordinator or Operations Officer. Photographs should be taken to aid later assessments.

Figure 8.4 Parallel Track Search Pattern



Suitably experienced observers can be identified and obtained through AMSA or AMOSC. Table 8.8 Guidelines for Estimation of Slick Volume

Appearance of Oil Slick Volume of Oil per Km2

m3 Tonnes Barrels

Barely Visible except under some light conditions 0.05 0.04 0.31 Silvery Sheen 0.10 0.09 0.43 Rainbow – Iridescence: Bright bands of colour 0.30 0.24 1.89 Dull Colours. Colours still visible but are dull 1.00 0.85 4.29 Dark Black or Brown (or very dark colour) 2.00 1.70 12.40

Note: Source Bonn Agreement. Figure 8.5 Calculating Slick Volumes at Sea (Example)

The surface area of the slick can be estimated by:

1. Flying the length and breadth of the slick and equating the time taken to fly over the slick and the aircraft speed.

2. Calculating the slick area (i.e. length x breadth), and 3. MULTIPLYING THE AREA BY THE PERCENTAGE OF THE SLICK THAT IS

OIL (I.E. NOT CLEAN WATER). 4. The areas covered by the various oil thicknesses should be calculated. 5. Calculate oil volumes using Table 8.7.

E.g: Area =1.5km x 0.5km = 0.75 sq km. i) 40% of slick is black oil. So area of black oil is 40% of 0.75 sq km = 0.3 sq km. ii) Using Table 6.1, volume in black oil is approximately: 2 x 0.3 = 0.6 cubic metres. iii) 60% of slick is sheen. So area of sheen is 60% of 0.75 sq. km = 0.45 sq km. iv) Using Table 9.1, volume of oil in the sheen is approximately: 0.05 x 0.45 = 0.0225 cubic metres. Note that the sheen contains very little oil and estimated volume, in this example, is about 0.6 cubic metres of oil or oily emulsion.

Aerial Survey of Oil on Shorelines Information obtained is generally limited to:

• Location of oily bands. • Length of beach oiled. • Width of oily band. • Presence of reefs or other inshore hazards).

500m

1500m



• Presence of access roads (this needs ground-truthing).

8.3.4 Aerial Spraying of Dispersants Dispersants may only be applied with NEBA and approval by AMSA. Aerial spraying

resources are available including: • Fixed wing aircraft available via the National Plan contract.

• Helicopter spray buckets; these are useful for inshore operations only. AMSA has a standing contract with Australian Maritime Resources (AMR) to make

agricultural aircraft available for dispersant spraying. The cost of the standby part of the contract is shared equally by the oil industry (through AMOSC) and the National Plan.

These aircraft are contracted to respond within four hours of mobilisation. Up to an

additional fourteen aircraft are also available as backup on an ‘aircraft of opportunity’ basis

8.4 SHORELINE RESPONSE Impacts of shorelines by spills from PTTEPAA offshore operations are unlikely (see

Attachment 3) but could occur, particularly in the summer months (December to February). Impact is not rapid and oil would likely be weathered and consist of thin films or wax flake residues.

Spills of diesel or lube oil could occur in port and these could impact shorelines relatively

quickly.

8.4.1 Responsibility For higher-tier (Tier 2 and Tier 3) responses the IMT Operations Officer may appoint a

Shoreline Coordinator to coordinate shoreline response activities.

8.4.2 Shoreline Response Strategies A number of shoreline response strategies are shown in Table 8.11 but shorelines should

be assessed to see whether these are suitable. This will depend on: • Rate and likelihood of natural cleaning. • Access for personnel and machinery. • Nature and distribution of the oil.

• Shoreline character. • Availability of personnel and machinery. • Safety issues. • Environmental sensitivity to oil and cleanup methods.

Shoreline cleanup methods used can be damaging to the specific sensitivities and vulnerabilities of shorelines and associated resources (biota and infrastructure) by trampling



by response personnel and vehicles, and establishment of mooring sites .Therefore, a NEBA will be undertaken to evaluate any considered cleanup options, if required.

8.5 WILDLIFE RESPONSE Wildlife response requires a high level of training and is undertaken by PTTEPAA or

State/NT wildlife officers, as agreed. The SSHE Coordinator, should contact the State/NT wildlife officers (and SEWPAC, AMSA) in the event that oiled wildlife is observed or considered likely.

8.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT Waste volumes from PTTEPAA spills are likely to be low due to the volatility of the oils

likely to be encountered. However, the temporary storage, transport, treatment and disposal of waste material must be managed if it is to not inhibit cleanup activities or pose any threat to the environment.

8.6.1 Responsibility For Tier 1 responses the EMT SSHE Coordinator in consultation with the Shore Base

Supervisor, will coordinate waste storage and disposal. In higher-tiered responses the IMT Operations Officer may appoint a Waste

Management Coordinator (WMC) to undertake the task of managing waste. For any spill likely to produce significant amounts of waste, the WMC will develop a Waste

Management Sub-Plan.

8.6.2 Shore Based Temporary Storage Marine response units will require assistance in the establishment of storage facilities on

jetties or other locations. Shoreline Units may require assistance in the establishment of temporary waste storage areas behind beaches being cleaned.

8.6.3 Segregation of Waste Wherever possible wastes should be segregated in accordance with the preferred

segregation in Table 8.8. For large spills, or those where it is not possible to effectively segregate wastes in the field, the ‘field' segregations can be used.

8.6.4 Temporary Storage Table 8.9 lists some of the equipment available for transporting of wastes along

shorelines and provides some handling guidelines.



Table 8.9 Segregation of Wastes

Field Segregation Preferred Segregation Liquid Oils Non emulsified oils.

Emulsified oils. Wastewater Water from temporary storage.

Water from heat or gravity separation of emulsions. Water from chemically demulsified oil.

Solid Oils High pour point oils. High viscosity emulsions. Tar balls.

Oily debris Oil mixed with cobble or sand. Oil mixed with wood, vegetation, plastics or sorbents.

Attention should be given to the prevention of leaching or spillage from the vehicle by the use of plastic sheeting.

Note Any container used for storage must be covered if rain is possible, to avoid overflow.

8.6.5 Offsite Transport Only State licensed waste contractors should be used (Appendix G). Table 8.10 Temporary Waste Storage and Handling

Waste Type Containe

r

Handling

Liquid Oils and Wastewater

200 litre drums Onshore Half fill only. Care in handling. Fast tank Onshore Can be used for transport on truck with

care. Vacuum trucks Onshore Should not be used on volatile oils Skips Bottom drainage hole to be plugged. Large flexible bags/ containers

Offshore and onshore

Onshore should be loaded onto flat-bed trucks prior to filling.

Barges & Dracones

Offshore

Solid Oils and Oily Debris

200 litre drums Onshore Half fill only. Care in handling. Skips Onshore Bottom drainage hole to be plugged. Plastic bags Onshore Half fill only. Should be moved using

Bobcat or Front-end Loader. Note Care should be taken that all vessels, vehicles, or containers used for the transport of

oily wastes are sealed and leak-proof.



Table 8.11 Application of Shoreline Cleanup Methods to Various Shoreline Types Key: Cleanup Method

Natural

Recovery

Manual R

emoval of

Oil and D

ebtis

Use of Sorbents

Mechanical R

emoval

Vacuum

Recovery

Sediment R

eworking

Low Pressure

Washing/ Flushing

High Pressure

Washing/ Flushing

Use of

Chem

icals

Sand Blasting/Steam

C

leaning

Biorem

ediation

A = Approval may be required R = Recommended/Preferred option C = Conditional. May be applicable

=Not recommended

Shoreline Type

Substrate Form/ Exposure

Bedrock Cliff (exposed) R C Cliff (sheltered) R C C C R R C, A C Platform (exposed) R C C C C C C, A C Platform (sheltered/broken) R R C R R R C, A C

Artificial Seawalls/ Jetties C C C C C C, A C Rip-rap (boulder sea wall) C C C C C C C, A

Boulder Beach (exposed) R R C C C R C, A C Beach (sheltered) C R C C C R C, A C

Cobble Beach R R C C C R C C C, A C Pebble Beach R R R C C R C C C, A C Gravel/grit Beach R R R C C C C C, A C Course sand Beach C R R R R C C Fine sand Beach C R R R R C C Mud/ Silt Intertidal Flats C C C C C C

Mangroves/ Saltmarsh R C C C C C Coral Reef R C C



9 LOGISTICS

9.1 THE LOGISTICS FUNCTION Logistics is responsible for the procurement and distribution of facilities, goods and

services for the Emergency Management Team (EMT) as authorised by the EMT Leader. This includes but may not be limited to:

• Response equipment, including cleanup and waste storage equipment.

• Transport (personnel, equipment, waste, wildlife etc.), including fuel distribution. • Provision and distribution of food and drink for the EMT and field teams • Identification and procurement of accommodation for non local responders. • Supply of labour, e.g. for shoreline response. • Provision of aircraft (both fixed wing and helicopter) for aerial response. • Communications. • Identification and contracting of support services such as scientific support, medical

services etc. • Tracking, recovery and repair of equipment including vehicles and vessels.

9.2 RESPONSIBILITY The EMT Logistics Officer (LO) is responsible for undertaking the Logistics function (see

Figure 4.2 in Section 4). The LO will be supported by the Shore Base Supervisor and may also appoint a

Communications Officer (CO). It should be noted that the Logistics Officer is not responsible for identifying the needs of

the EMT in general or Operations in particular, but only for obtaining and distributing identified resource needs. EMT officers should identify the needs of their own units and convey these to the LO once approved by the EMT Leader.

9.3 LOGISTICS SUPPORT Response support considerations are provided in Appendix B. This indicates local, State

and National sources for equipment and services and timeframes for access. Contact details for response support services are provided in Appendix G.

9.3.1 National Plan Resources Personnel: The National Response Team



For higher-Tiered responses the National Response Team (NRT) can be mobilised. This team comprises both equipment operators and incident management team management personnel. Mobilisation is by AMSA via a request from the EMT Leader.

Equipment Commonwealth equipment can be accessed from AMSA via the Duty Officer. Equipment available under the National Plan is listed in the Marine Oil Spill Equipment

System (MOSES) maintained by AMSA. This is a computer based system for the management of National Plan equipment.

For higher tiered responses, AMSA and A can provide or arrange for the provision

of: • Oil spill trajectory modeling.

• Oil fates modeling. • Aerial surveillance. • Remote sensing (satellite).

9.3.2 Industry Resources: AMOSC Equipment and trained operators (“Core Group”) can be obtained from the Australian

Marine Oil Spill Centre (AMOSC) located at Geelong (North Corio Quay), Victoria Procedures for accessing oil industry assistance for a spill response, through AMOSC, are

documented in the “AMOSPlan”. Resources are available directly to member Companies at the request of one of the

PTTEPAA “Authorising Officers” (CEO, OM, POM, EMT Leader). Refer to Appendix G – Contact Directory for AMOSC and AMSA details.

AMOSC equipment is located primarily in Geelong, VIC, with a range of equipment also

available from other locations across Australia, including Exmouth, WA and Darwin, NT.

Oil spill response equipment available via AMOSC includes:

• Containment booms and skimmers • Rope mop systems • Oil spill dispersant and application systems • Collapsible temporary storage tanks and barges • Vacuum oil pick-up systems • Steam cleaning/pressure washing systems • Absorbent booms • Satellite telephone and radio communications systems

9.4 COMMUNICATIONS Communications via telephone, fax, email, pager etc will be established and maintained by

the EMT as per the PTTEPAA Emergency Management Plan and CMT as per the PTTEPAA Crisis Management Plan.

Refer to Appendix G Contact Directory for further details of key contacts as required.



10 FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION

10.1 THE FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION FUNCTION The Finance and Administration function encompasses the maintenance of financial

records and other documentation for the response. The tasks undertaken by this Unit are shown in Table 4.2. This function will be employed on activation of the PTTEPAA Crisis Management Team (CMT).

10.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION Tier 1 Responses For Tier 1 responses, Financial management is under the direct control of the EMT Leader

who must approve all expenditure. Financial record keeping is undertaken by the Logistics Officer. General record keeping is the responsibility of the Planning Officer Higher Tier Responses For larger responses a Finance and Administration Officer (AF) would be appointed on

activation of the Crisis Management Team.

10.3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

10.3.1 Documentation It is important that all costs are recorded and fully documented throughout an oil spill

response. Costs of any response are recoverable from the Responsible Party’s insurers (or in the

case off spills from unknown sources, from the National Plan) and these will only be paid if documentation on expenditure is available.

10.3.2 Emergency Procurement and Contracting Procedures Normal procurement and contracting procedures may be too slow for the needs of an

incident response and so emergency finance procedures have been put in place in line with PTTEP Corporate Policy. PTTEPAA Senior Management (CEO/OM/POM) may authorise expenditure during an emergency and this authority extends to the EMT Leader to bring the emergency situation under control.



Expedited contracting and procurement may be required for: • Equipment;

- Cleanup. - Storage • Fuel. • Response services; - Transport. - Aerial services. - Marine supply or other vessel charter. - Responders and labour. - Laboratory services. - Waste transport or

• Monitoring services;

- Satellite imagery. - Modelling. - Post spill impact assessment. • General support; contract labour or services not directly spill related but to relieve

workload on ERT members). 10.4 ADMINISTRATION Tier 1 Response The Planning Officer will maintain all Status Boards and collate all documents for a Tier 1

response. Additional assistance will be required. Higher Tier Responses Larger responses may generate large amounts of documentation and additional

administrative support staff must be appointed by the nominated AFO prior to any escalation of response. This will be determined by the EMT and CMT Leader.

Note: The need for administrative support should not be underestimated.



11 HEALTH AND SAFETY

11.1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY The SSHE Coordinator on the EMT is responsible for ensuring that Security, Safety,

Health and Environment procedures are implemented during an oil spill response. For larger Tier 1 responses or those involving cleanup operations in remote locations, the Emergency Response Coordinator may appoint a Safety Advisor (SA) to assume responsibility for this function.

The PIC at each location is responsible for ensuring that an oil spill response is

undertaken safely and that the public and responders are protected (see Table 11.2). It is the responsibility of all personnel to ensure that safe work practices are followed at

all times.

11.2 IDENTIFYING AND MANAGING HAZARDS Health and safety hazards include:

• Hazards to the public. These are limited in PTTEPAA operations but may include: Safety of third part vessels and crews close to gas or condensate releases (Australian or Indonesian fishing vessels). • Hazards to personnel involved in oil spill response. This would include MODU and

vessel crews, marine and shoreline responders and personnel undertaking aerial surveillance.

Both must be managed during the response.

The SSHE Coordinator must assess the safety implications of each incident.

The first person to arrive at an impact site (e.g. shoreline or water body) must also undertake a site safety assessment and report the findings of this immediately to the SSHE Coordinator via the facility manager (e.g. Vessel Master, OIM, Shore Base Manager. TST Base Manager).

Table 11.1 provides guidelines for the identification of potential hazards.

11.3 PUBLIC WARNINGS AND SAFETY ALERTS The SSHE Coordinator must report spills of condensate or gas releases immediately to

AMSA so that a “Warning to Shipping” or other public safety warnings can be issued. Such spills must also be reported to NOPSEMA. Note: AMSA or NOPSEMA may establish an exclusion zone around the impacted area.



11.4 ESTABLISHING EXCLUSION ZONES It is recommended that the PIC establish an exclusion zone around spills of

condensate. The extent of the exclusion zone should be based on a cautious safety assessment (see Section 11.6) or on atmospheric testing for vapours.

Table 11.1 Guidelines for Potential Hazard Identification

A Hazards associated with the spilled product.

A.1 Presence of volatile oils or other chemicals: A.1.1 Inhalation A.1.2 Fire and explosion risk.

A.2

Presence of oil or toxic chemicals: A.2.1 Ingestion. A.2.2 Skin contact (dermatitis or chemical irritation).

A.3 Check product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). B Hazards associated with the physical environment.

B.1 Slips, trips and falls (assess site and access route). B.2 Tides (check tide levels, times and access). B.3 Currents, rips and eddies. B.4 Deep water (risk of drowning). B.5 Reefs and marine (boating) hazards. B.6 Weather:

B.6.1 Storms/ strong winds/cyclones. B.6.2 Heat (heat exhaustion/heat stroke). B.6.3 Exposure (sunburn). B.6.4 Cold (hypothermia).

B.7 Slippery or loose surfaces. B.8 Cliffs. B.9 Mudflats (deep unconsolidated muds).

C Hazards associated with the biological environment. C.1 Handling of oiled birds/ animals (particularly eye injuries). C.2 Presence of dangerous wildlife.

D Hazards associated with the cleanup. D.1 Injuries from machinery:

D.1.1 Burns and scalds. D.1.2 Crushed or broken limbs, hands

D.2 Use of equipment D. 2.1 Risk of injury (restrict use by trained personnel) D.2.2 Fire and explosion (see A.1, is equipment intrinsically safe)

D.3 Presence of vehicles (collisions/ accidents). D.4 Handling/storage/use of chemicals and cleaning agents. D.5 Handling and storage of fuels and lubricants



D.6 Manual handling/lifting (back / lifting injuries). E Hazards associated with response personnel.

E.1 Conditions arising from alcohol and / or drug use. E.2 Adequacy of supervision levels. E.3 Conditions arising from existing medical conditions.

E.2.1 Heart attacks. E.2.2 Epileptic seizure. E.2.3 Hypo/hyperglycaemic) episodes (diabetes). E.2.4 Asthma attack.

The exclusion zones may restrict vehicles, machinery and people from entering or else place conditions on entry (e.g. wearing of PPE, refer to Table 11.2).



The PIC (initially) and the On Site Emergency Controller must:

• Ensure that all personnel and vessels are warned and are informed of the rules for

operating in the exclusion zones. • Mobilize assistance to prevent the public from entering the exclusion zone. • Specify precautions in order to prevent all sources of ignition within the exclusion

zone (e.g. no smoking, no use of mobile phones, and restrictions on vehicles). • Constantly review the extent and location of the exclusion zone: The slick may be

moving and there may be changes in the speed and direction of and winds. • Determine and enforce PPE site requirements (see Table 11.2).

11.5 SITE SAFETY ASSESSMENTS All sites should be assessed for hazards prior to establishing them as a work site.

Guidelines are provided in Table 11.1. Fire and Explosion Hazards During oil spill incidents there may be gas or explosive vapour present. This will

almost always be the case close to the source of spilled condensate (or gas). For this reason immediate containment of condensate is not an acceptable response

strategy. There is no simple method of calculating a minimum ‘safe’ distance from the source of

a significant condensate spill, since the danger is down wind and down current, and there may be sudden shifts in wind direction and wind speed.

11.6 HEALTH AND SAFETY SUB-PLANS For large-tiered or prolonged response, a Health and Safety Sub-Plan may be

required. The primary objective of the Health and Safety Sub-Plan is to ensure that the oil spill response operation is completed without injury or damage to health of response personnel or members of the public.

All personnel involved in a spill response and all visitors to a work site must receive

Health and Safety training. As a minimum, all personnel must receive a Health and Safety induction based on the Site Health and Safety Plan.

11.7 MONITORING HEALTH AND SAFETY Each person in charge of a work site or activity must monitor Health and Safety. All health and safety incidents will be reported to the SSHE Coordinator, who will

ensure that corrective actions are undertaken.



11.8 AVAILABLE MEDICAL SUPPORT

Available medical support services, including medivac, are listed in Appendix G of this

OSCP and also in facility and Project OSCPs.



Table 11.2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Guidelines for Oil Spill Response

PPE Item

Site Supervisor

Plant Driver

Manual C

leanup

Skimm

er Operator

Dispersant

Operator

High P W

ashing

Low P W

ashing

Hot/W

arm Zone

Lifting/Overhead

Wk

River R

esponse

Offshore R

esponse

Shoreline R

Cold w

eather

Hot w

eather

Noise

Boat crew

Air M

onitoring

Level A PPE

Level B PPE

Level C PPE

Level D PPE

Visibility Vest ● Coveralls ● ● ● ● ● • ● ● ● ● Waterproofs • ● ● ● ● Safety Boots ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Waders ● ● Rigger Gloves ● ● Chemical Gloves (inner) ● ● ● Chemical Gloves (outer) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●* Tape Seals ● ● Ear Protectors ● ● ● Safety Glasses ● ● ● ● ● Goggles ● ● ● ● ● ● Hard Hat ● ● * ● ● ● Lifejacket ●* ● ● ● Cold Weather ● Immersion suit ● Air Monitor ● ● ● ● ● Respirator Full/ Half Face ● ● SCBA ● ●



PPE Item

Site Supervisor

Plant Driver

Manual C

leanup

Skimm

er Operator

Dispersant

Operator

High P W

ashing

Low P W

ashing

Hot/W

arm Zone

Lifting/Overhead

Wk

River R

esponse

Offshore R

esponse

Shoreline R

Cold w

eather

Hot w

eather

Noise

Boat crew

Air M

onitoring

Level A PPE

Level B PPE

Level C PPE

Level D PPE

TECPS ● Face Shield ● ● ●



12 RESPONSE TERMINATION

12.1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR TERMINATING THE RESPONSE Tier 1 The decision to terminate a Tier 1 response is taken by the EMT Leader in consultation

with the Production Operations Manager. The decision to terminate the response should be conveyed to the relevant Statutory

Authority and AMSA. Higher Tiers The decision to terminate a Tier 2 or Tier 3 response is taken by the nominated Incident

Controller in consultation with the Statutory Authority and Combat Agency as defined under the National Plan. Affected State/NT agencies will also be consulted.

12.2 CONDITIONS FOR TERMINATION Generally, the decision to stop active cleanup is taken when:

• All oil has been removed from the sea and impacted shorelines or • Residual oil is present but is dispersed such that further response is not necessary or

not possible or • Response efforts are not effective or are not resulting in any tangible benefit or • Response is considered to be doing more harm than residual oil and • All oiled wildlife has been recovered, cleaned and rehabilitated and • Waste has been securely stored and disposal or treatment plans have been initiated

and • All records have been compiled and secured and • All equipment has been recovered, secured and arrangements made for their cleaning,

repair and return to owners, and • All personnel have been demobilised and arrangements made for their return to point

of origin. Note: These conditions may not occur at the same time for all components of the

response and some Units will be reduced in size, or demobilised, earlier than others. The EMT Leader and key EMT personnel will remain active until the entire response is terminated.

12.2.1 Planning The size and composition of the Planning Section will dependent on the needs of the

Operations Section and Planning personnel will stand-down as the Operations Section Units cease activity.



After the cessation of the response, some Planning personnel may still be required to: • Assist in the post-response compilation of data. • Assist the EMT Leader in any post-spill reporting. • Coordinate post-spill monitoring, if required. This will usually be the PTTEPAA EMT

SSHE Coordinator.

12.2.2 Operations Field operations will cease upon announcement of response termination. However,

individual components may be terminated at different times. The conditions under which this may occur are summarised in Table 12.1.

Table 12.1 Conditions for Termination of Field Response Operations Operations Unit Possible Conditions for termination

Marine Response

All oil has been recovered. All recoverable oil been recovered and only sheens remain. The oil slick has dissipated (broken up). The oil slick has gone out to sea and is beyond the range of

response options and is unlikely to return. All oil has impacted shorelines and is unlikely to be refloated (some

resources may remain on standby until shoreline response has been terminated).

Sea or weather conditions make operations unsafe. This may be a temporary stand-down only.

Aviation Response

Dispersant Operations

There is no visible oil at sea. Aerial application has ceased to be effective. Weather conditions make operations unsafe.

(temporary stand-down only).

Aerial surveillanc

e

There is no visible oil at sea. Oil is beyond operational range (Note: satellite

surveillance may continue_ Weather conditions make operations unsafe.

(temporary stand-down only). Other Marine, shoreline and wildlife responses have been

terminated or no longer quire aerial support.

Shoreline Response

All accessible shorelines are clean. Cleanup is having no further beneficial effect. Cleanup is having deleterious effects on the shoreline or associated

plants or animals. The extent and degree of remaining oil is judged to be acceptable or

as having little or no adverse effects. Wildlife(1) All affected animals are captured, cleaned and rehabilitated.

Waste Management(2)

All wastes from the field have been recovered, stored and secured (field demobilisation).

Plans for the disposal or treatment of recovered waste have been developed and implemented (PTTEPAA may still need to manage this process).

Waste treatment is completed (full demobilisation).



(1) This is decided by SEWPAC in consultation with affected State/NT agencies. (2) In a major spill the management of wastes may continue for a considerable time beyond the demobilisation of field operations. This would be managed under a Waste Management Plan. The responsibility for this would rest with PTTEPAA.

12.2.3 Logistics Logistics function will continue until all equipment is recovered, cleaned and returned to its

source.

12.2.4 Finance and Administration Most Units of this Section will terminate at the same time as Logistics, Operations and

Planning. The Finance Unit will continue, at a reduced level, until all claims are processed and costs are determined.

12.3 STAND-DOWN PROCEDURES

12.3.1 Return of Equipment Upon completion of the oil pollution response operation, the EMT Leader (or delegate)

will: • Arrange recovery of all equipment, and unused materials. • Ensure that all equipment is cleaned, to the extent that available facilities allow. • Ensure that all equipment is returned to the owner by the quickest possible means

(having regard to costs).

12.3.2 Servicing of Equipment Upon its return to the owner the equipment shall be thoroughly serviced in accordance

with equipment maintenance schedules prior to being stored.

12.3.3 Debrief The EMT Leader will hold a post-spill debriefing for any spill for which a response was

activated. The debrief should address: • Spill causes (if known). • Speed of response activation. • Effectiveness of tactics and strategies. • Equipment suitability. • Health and Safety issues (if any). • Communications. • Integration of OSCP and procedures with other agencies.



12.3.4 Incident Report The Production Operations Manager, Operations Manager, Statutory Agency or Combat

Agency may request the preparation of a formal Incident Report. The contents of this should follow the outline of the debrief *Section 12.3.3) or other format as specified.

12.4 COST RECOVERY All records of costs must be collated for submission to the relevant Insurer.

For expenses incurred assisting third parties, costs may be submitted to AMSA or directly to the third party’s insurers.

All costs incurred in returning equipment to the owner, cleaning and servicing must be included in the overall schedule of costs submitted for reimbursement by the polluter.







13 APPENDICIES

13.1 APPENDIX A - TIER 1 CHECKLISTS AND PROCEDURES This Appendix contains: • EMT Checklists: These are tables listing the key actions to be taken by EMT members

(both in Perth and on site) during a spill response. • Standard Operating Procedures: These set out methods for undertaking key tasks.

Methods may be recommended or mandatory. • Guidelines: These provide assistance in decision making processes.

These are listed (in order) in Table A.1 Table A.1 List of PTTEPAA OSR Checklists,

Standard Operating Procedures and Guidelines

Number Title Page IMT Checklists EMT-1 EMT Leader EMT-2 Liaison Officer EMT-3 SSHE Coordinator EMT-4 Planning Officer EMT-5 Operations Officer EMT-6 Logistics Officer EMT-7 Administration Officer EMT-8 Shore Base Logistics Coordinator EMT-9 Emergency Controller EMT-10 Vessel Master EMT-11 Person in Charge Standard Procedures and Guidelines OSCP-1 Preparation of the Incident Action Plan (IAP) OSCP-2 EMT Briefing Guideline OSCP-3 Sampling and Sample Control Procedure OSCP-4 Field Test for the Effectiveness of Dispersants OSCP-5 Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling Request OSRL Form 1 OSR Mobilisation Authorisation Form (Callout). OSRL Form 2 OSR Notification Form



EMT 01 13.1.1 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM (EMT LEADER)

Location ECC

Responsibilities: The EMT Leader is responsible for planning and managing all PTTEPAA oil spill response activities. In a Tier 2/3 response the EMT Leader will assist the nominated Control Agency Incident Controller (IC) and coordinate the allocation of PTTEPAA personnel to the response.

Response Phase Action Status/

Time 1 Response

Phase Immediate Response: Reporting and Mobilisation

Obtain details of spill and actions taken. 2 Verify that personnel and public are safe. 3 Authorise immediate response actions (containment,

security), deploy field response teams.

4 Ensure that POLREP (OSCP Form 01) has been completed. 5 Callout rostered EMT members. 6 Verify that POLREP (and telephone call) was received by: 7 a Production Operations Manager. 8 b Operations Manager. c CEO. 9 d Shore Base Supervisor (if a vessel spill).

10 If spill is (or could be) >80litres confirm notification of, or notify on behalf of the Operations Manager:

11 a AMSA. 12 b NT DoT. 13 c NOPSEMA. 14 d NT DME 15 e Port Authority (if a spill in Port). f. SEWPAC

16 Proceed to ECC. 17 Establish ECC. 18 Establish communications between ECC and agencies. 19 Predict slick trajectory and/or commission trajectory modelling 20 Confirm or revise immediate response actions taken. 21 Establish OSR surveillance and monitoring programme. 22 Initiate Planning and Response procedures 23 Incident

Assessment Reassess the incident. If a potential Tier2/3 consult Operations Manager (Crisis Manager).

24 In consultation with the Statutory Authority and AMSA, determine or confirm the following:

25 a Response Tier. 26 b Control Agency (if not Tier 1). 27 c IMT organisation. 28 Mobilise additional EMT resources as appropriate. 29 For Tiers2/3, formally request assistance from appropriate

Statutory Authority.

30 Response Maintain a personal log. 31 Within 2 hours, send updated POLREP or SITREP (OSR

Form 02) to Agencies (as per lines 10-14). Issue regular Situation Reports (SITREPs) as needed.

32 If needed, activate AMOSC via PTTEPAA Authorising Officer.



Continued Overpage EMT LEADER Checklist Page 2 of 2 EMT 01 CONT. EMT LEADER CONTINUED Location ECC


Time 33 Response

Continued Keep Agencies, PTTEPAA and Contractors informed via issue of SITREPs: 2 SITREPS per day recommended for days 1-2, then daily SITREP (ref. OSCP Section 5.4.3).

34 Plan response as per procedures in Section 7. 35 Undertake daily (AM) briefings. 36 Monitor slick through regular: 37 I Modelling. 38 Ii Surveillance (air and/or ground). 39 Monitor response. 40 Monitor EMT staffing needs and direct Logistics Officer to

appoint/contract staff as required.

41 Arrange relief for IMT members (prevent fatigue). 42 Coordinate PTTEPAA media and community liaison

operations.

43 Termination Terminate response if conditions are met (OSCP Section 12) or if instructed by Incident Controller (Tier 2/3).

44 Ensure that all EMT staff are informed of stand-down. 45 Monitor, and ensure a safe and complete demobilisation. 46 Undertake final debrief of EMT 47 If required or considered necessary, prepare written report.

END OF EMT LEADER CHECKLIST



EMT 02 13.1.2 LIAISON OFFICER

Location ECC

Responsibilities: The Liaison Officer will facilitate the exchange of information between the EMT Leader and Government agencies as required.


Time 1 Reporting &

Mobilisation If mobilised by the EMT Leader proceed to ECC or as directed.

2 Maintain a personal log. 3 Attend incident briefing and identify Government agencies

that require additional liaison. Note Environmental Agencies will generally deal through the SSHE Coordinator and AMSA will deal directly with the EMT Leader.

4 Response Advise EMT Leader of concerns/issues raised by Agencies 5 Monitor status of the response. 6 Monitor (and liaise with) Media group 7 Maintain a log of events 8 Termination Attend debrief as required.

END OF LIAISON OFFICER CHECKLIST



EMT 03

13.1.3 SSHE COORDINATOR Location ECC

Responsibilities: The SSHE Coordinator will advise the EMT Leader on environmental issues and will assist the EMT Leader in response planning, liaison with environmental agencies and waste management.


Time 1 Reporting &

Mobilisation If mobilised by the EMT Leader proceed to ECC or as directed.

2 Maintain a personal log. 3 Attend incident briefing and identify environmental issues 4 Response Contact AMSA ESC and request resource data from OSRA. 5

13.1.3.1 Run ADIOS model to predict oil behaviour.

6 Commission OILMAP modelling (see Attachment B). 7 Advise EMT Leader and OO of environmental sensitivities

and strategies for minimising harm.

8 Undertake a Net Environmental Benefit Assessment (NEBA) of response options as required.

9 Assist in operational monitoring. 10 If required establish environmental (scientific monitoring)

programme. (1)

11 Calculate waste type and volumes. Develop a Waste Management Plan if required (ref. Section 10).

12 Termination Attend debrief as required. 13 Review environmental and waste sections of OSCP.

END OF SSHEC CHECKLIST

(1) Refer to the following documents; available on the AMSA website:

a) AMSA, 2003a. Post Spill Monitoring: Background Paper. Prepared by Wardrop Consulting and the Cawthron Institute for the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) and the Marine Safety Authority of New Zealand (MSA). Published by AMSA, Canberra. ISBN: 0 642 70991 2.

b) AMSA. 2003b. Oil Spill Monitoring Handbook. Prepared by Wardrop Consulting and the Cawthron Institute for the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) and the Marine Safety Authority of New Zealand (MSA). Published by AMSA, Canberra. ISBN 0642709920.



EMT 04

13.1.4 PLANNING OFFICER (PO) Location: ECC

Responsibilities: The Planning Officer is responsible for the coordination and monitoring of the Incident Action Plan. The Planning Officer will collate the information and consolidate the policy, objectives, strategies and tactics developed by the EMT leader and EMT Officers.


Time 1 Reporting

and Mobilisation

Upon mobilization by the EMT Leader report to the ECC 2 Set up ECC 3 Ensure that notifications are complete (Check that POLREPS

have been sent)

4 Start and maintain a log of events and personal log 5 Response Assist EMT Leader as required. 6 Compile and disseminate initial Incident Action Plan (IAP) 7 Obtain aerial surveillance data, display and keep records. 8 Obtain trajectory modelling output, display and keep records. 9 Monitor response status against IAP

10 Notify EMT Leader of need to update IAP 11 Coordinate planning meetings and update IAP as required. 12 Manage ECC 13 Termination Upon instruction from the EMT Leader: 14 a Compile all data 15 b Ensure that all equipment is returned 16 c Assist EC in compiling Status Report

END OF PO CHECKLIST



EMT 05

13.1.5 OPERATIONS OFFICER (OO) Location ECC

Responsibilities: The OO will take all necessary action to limit the spillage of oil, restrict its spread and to mount an on-scene response.


Time Reporting and Activation

Proceed to ECC if mobilised to the EMT .Leader Check status of the release of oil; stopped/ continuing/ volumes.

Obtain details of the spill (obtain POLREP and/or attend EMT briefing).

Assess incident and immediate response status Assess health and safety situation. Verify that authorities have been notified and determine Control Agency.

Obtain details of field conditions (sea state, wind, temperatures etc.)

Provide spill control advice as able or needed

Start and maintain a log of events and personal log Incident Assessment

Assist EMT Leader in determining whether spill can be managed by on-site resources (i.e. is it a Tier 1) or not (Tier 2/3 response).

Response Keep vessel/ marine response personnel informed of the spill status.

Monitor movement of spill. Use available vessels if safe to do so, i.e. spill is not fresh condensate.

Obtain and deploy tracking buoy if needed. Maintain contact with EMT Leader and advise on changes. Keep informed of:

a Weather, sea state, trajectory. b Condition of slick. c Response actions.

On direction from the Operations Officer/ nominated IC undertake response as per OSCP.

Estimate waste volumes and provide data to the ERT Environmental Officer

Determine equipment, labour and other resource needs and supply to Logistics Officer

For Tier 2/3, follow directives of nominated IC. Termination Stand-down crew as directed by Operations Officer or IMT

Leader or IC.

Debrief crew as necessary. Compile a Post – Response Report if requested by the IMT Leader.

END OF OO CHECKLIST



Note: The OO may appoint a Marine Coordinator (MC) and/or a Shoreline Coordinator (SC) to assist in the response.

EMT 06 13.1.6 LOGISTICS OFFICER (LO)

Location ECC

Responsibilities: The Logistics Officer is responsible for obtaining equipment, services and transport for deploying resources to work sites.


Time Reporting and Activation

Proceed to ECC if mobilised to the EMT. Assist PO to set up ECC Attend briefing and make a list of immediate requirements re a ECC needs (stationary, communications etc.) b OSR equipment c OSR services d OSR personnel

Start and maintain a log of events and personal log Immediate Actions

Compile list of immediate needs. Acquire high priority materials and services as directed by the EMT LEADER

Response Ensure external resources and services are identified, available and procured as needed.

a Aircraft (observation and/or dispersant). b Vessels. c Marine response equipment. d Shoreline response equipment. e Personal protective equipment. f Waste containers. g Labour.

Maintain a record of contracted services, labour, equipment and supplies used.

If required, organise waste disposal. Ensure that PTTEPAA standards are met, including necessary approvals.

Termination Recover any deployed equipment and check against deployment log.

Collate costs for EMT Leader Submit records to the EMT Leader.

END OF LO CHECKLIST



EMT 07

13.1.7 ADMINISTRATION OFFICER (AO) (RECORD KEEPER)

Location ECC

Responsibilities: The AO is responsible for documentation and for the control and storage of documents. This includes data relating to finance (costs).

Response Phase Action Status

/ Time Reporting and Activation

Proceed to ECC if mobilised. Attend EWRG Leaders briefing Set up status boards, maps etc.. Set up communications network. Maintain a personal log.

Immediate Actions

Assist PO and LO is setting up the ECC Maintain a Log of all Section activities. Continually monitor expenditure and estimate costs and report these to the EMT Leader

Participate in, and document, planning meetings Set up/check communications network.

Response Maintain a personal log. Coordinate communications. Maintain records

Termination Assist EMT Leader in compiling documentation including financial records, insurance claims etc.

Submit records to the EMT Leader Attend debriefing as required.

END OF AO CHECKLIST



ERT 08 13.1.8 SHOREBASE LOGISTICS COORDINATOR (LC)

Location Darwin

Responsibilities: The Shore-base Logistics Coordinator is responsible for obtaining support services for deployment on site and will also provide support for vessels should they spill oil within Port. In such cases the LC will provide on-scene liaison with the Port Harbourmaster. Response

Phase Action Status/ Time

Reporting If a spill report is received from a vessel in Port or at the Shore Base: a Verify that Vessel Master has notified Port Harbourmaster. b Contact Harbourmaster and determine if assistance is

required.

c Obtain details and inform Operations Superintendent via phone and POLREP form.

Immediate Actions

Provide Vessel Master or Emergency Controller (on site) with material assistance as able.

Maintain a personal log. Response Ensure external resources and services are identified and available

in a response to an emergency:

a Aircraft (observation and/or dispersant) b Vessels c Marine response equipment d Shoreline response equipment e Personal protective equipment f Waste containers g Labour h Waste Contractors

Obtain Contractor services and equipment as directed by the EMT Logistics Officer

Maintain a record of contracted services, labour, equipment and supplies used.

Termination

Recover any deployed equipment and check against deployment log. Submit records to the Logistics Officer.

END OF LC CHECKLIST



EMT 09

13.1.9 EMERGENCY CONTROLLER (EC) Location On Site

Responsibilities: The On Site Emergency Controller is responsible for ensuring that an effective response is mounted by the Facility or Project ERT. The EC will authorise an immediate response (to be confirmed by the PTTEPAA Production Operations Manager.


Time Reporting and Mobilisation

Obtain details of spill and actions taken from the person in charge (PIC) on scene

Verify safety of personnel, vessel, aircraft and MODU Complete POLREP (OSCP Form 01) and send to PTTEPAA Production Operations Manager.

Inform on site PTTEPAA representative Call out Site/facility ERT

Incident Assessment

Assess the incident in consultation with PIC on scene If needed, request spill trajectory/fate predictions from EMT Leader

Immediate Response

Confirm and approve (or not) on site immediate response actions

Activate additional ERT members as needed Arrange for aerial surveillance through EMT. If necessary request permission for use of dispersants. Start and maintain a log of events and personal log

Response Ensure the ERT is briefed and given regular updates Undertake tasks as required by the EMT Leader Request provision of ERT support as required.

Termination

Terminate response if conditions are met (see Section 10) Inform all ERT staff of stand-down Ensure a safe and complete demobilisation

Obtain written report/ verbal debrief from ERT Officers Compile Incident Report



EMT 10

13.1.10 VESSEL MASTERS Location Vessel

Responsibilities: Vessel Masters are responsible for the safety of crew and vessels. They may, upon the direction of the Operations Officer (or EMT Leader) or Government Incident Controller (Tier 2/3 response), deploy booms or sorbents, monitor the slick or undertake other actions as may be required.


Time Reporting If spill report is received from crew:

a Verify report and obtain details (see OSCP Form 01). b Report spill as per OSCP Section 4.

Authorise application of fire foam (or dispersant) if and only if oil presents a fire hazard.

If spill is, or may be from vessel report spill to: a OIM if on site b Shore Base Logistics Coordinator if at sea or in Port c Port Harbour Master (spills to Port waters) d NT DoT Duty Officer (spills to NT waters). e AMSA (spills to Commonwealth waters).

Immediate Actions Response

Take steps to stop any release of oil from the vessel. Monitor slick and update Operations Officer or ECC. Take actions as directed by the EC (OIM on site) Operations Officer/ EMT Leader/ Incident Controller.

Maintain a complete log. Termination On notification by the EMT Leader/ Incident Controller, stop

operations.

Recover any deployed equipment and check against deployment log.

Undertake a roll call. Clean deck and crew. Proceed to nominated stand-down area. Debrief crew. Submit records to the EMT Leader/ State Incident Controller upon request.

END OF VM CHECKLIST



EMT 11

13.1.11 PERSON IN CHARGE (PIC) Location On Scene

Responsibilities: The PIC is the most senior person at the scene of an incident. The PIC should, provided it is safe to do so, follow the procedure outlined below.

Ref. Action Status 1 Raise the alarm. 2 Take all steps to:

a Control the source of the spill, e.g: i Activate Emergency Shutdown Procedure ii Stop loading/offloading operations

b Remove all ignition and other hazards. c Contain the spill.

Authorise application of fire foam (or dispersant) if and only if oil presents a fire hazard.

3 Note relevant details and report these to: 3.1 Process Superintendant (spills to land) or 3.2 Marine Coordinator (spills to the sea) or 3.3 Directly to the PTTEPAA Production Operations Manager 3.4 Vessel Master if spill is from a vessel.



PROCEDURE

13.1.12 PREPARATION OF THE INCIDENT ACTION PLAN

OSCP 1

Generally, a formal, written Incident Action Plan is not required for minor responses. However, the basic procedures for planning the response are the same for all spills. An asterisk (*) denotes steps likely to be needed only for Tier 2 or tier 3 responses.

This Procedure should be used by the EMT leader and/or Planning Officer

Phase/ Task

Action Responsibility Check

Briefing 1 Brief key EMT Officer/Coordinators: EMT Leader/ Planning Officer.

a Current situation:

i Spill location. ii Spill size. iii Statutory/Combat Agencies. iv Tier/ Resources mobilised.

b Predicted situation: i Trajectory. ii Resources at risk/ effects.

2 State Aim (or Policy) of Response. Develop IAP

3 Develop and rank response objectives, based on protection priorities.

OO, SSHEC

4 Develop Strategies for each Objective. OO 5 Develop Tactics for each Strategy. 6 Identify/obtain any permits required for

strategies, e.g. dispersant use. EMT Leader/ SSHEC

Sub-Plans 7 Prepare/Review Sub-Plans: * a Communications Sub-Plan. LO * b H&S Sub-Plan. SSHEC * c Wildlife Sub-Plan. SSHEC * d Media Sub-Plan. MLO *

Logistics 8 Determine need for and location of, Advanced Operations Centres or Staging Areas.

LO

IAP Preparation

9 Document Aim, Objectives and Strategies and prepare Draft Incident Action Plan.

EMT Leader/ PO

10 Attach Sub-Plans to Incident Action Plan (IAP).

PO *

11 Prepare revised lists of resource needs for submission to Logistics Officer.

All EMT Officers

Approval 12 Approve IAP. EMT Leader

PROCESS TO BE REPEATED THROUGHOUT THE RESPONSE AS SCENARIO, OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES OR TACTICS CHANGE END IAP PROCEDURE



GUIDELINE 13.1.13 BRIEFING MEETING PROCEDURE OSCP-2

Task Action Responsibilit

y Status

Preparation

1 Ensure that Status Boards and Wall Maps are displaying current information.

PO/AO

2 Check with EMT Leader: a Briefing time/location b Display equipment needed.

3 Set up additional maps/Video/TV as required.

Briefing Meeting

4 Introduction of new EMT personnel and roles (if assigned).

EMT Leader

5 Situation report: EMT Leader/ PO

a Location of slick. b Oil data (character and behaviour). c Conditions: Weather/Tides/Currents. d Summary of activities to date. e Location of AOCs/Staging Areas. f Constraints: access equipment/labour. g Spill trajectory. h Outline of Environmental resources at

threat and sensitivity data (OSRA). SSHEC

i Safety issues. SSHEC j Community issues. Liaison Officer k Government issues l Review communications needs. LO

6 Function/Section/Unit Reports if required: As appropriate a Media MLO b Community liaison Liaison Officer c ESC/Environment SSHEC d Planning PO e Operations

OO

i Marine ii Shoreline iii Aerial iv Wildlife

SSHEC v Waste

f Logistics LO g Finance and Administration

i Finance LOC ii Administration AO

7 Outline of new objectives, strategies and methods. EMT Leader

8 Any other business. END BRIEFING MEETING GUIDELINE



PROCEDURE 13.1.14 SAMPLING AND SAMPLE CONTROL PROCEDURES OSCP-3

Detailed sampling and sampling handling procedures are contained in NT MOP Manual Module M (Appendix M.2). The following is a summary only.

Note: This procedure is for general sampling and is not a procedure for sampling vessels for prosecution purposes.

Task Action Status 1 Establish reason for sampling and obtain any specific sampling, sample

handling requirements or equipment requirements from the receiving laboratory. In particular:

a Number of replicate samples. b Type of container. c Volume of sample needed. d Cooling needs and time needed to get to laboratory.

2 Sampling from the surface of water: a Thin films:

i Use sorbent discs/pads made from glass wool, teflon (PTFE) wool or stainless steel gauze.

ii Applied lightly to the water surface and then placed inside an airtight container (see 5) for transport to the laboratory.

ii The use of synthetic sorbents is not recommended. If used send a clean sample of the sorbent to the laboratory also.

b Thick slicks: i In the absence of specialised equipment, collect using clean

buckets, dustpans and wide-necked jars.

3 Sampling from solid surfaces: a Viscous oils and tarballs can be scraped off surfaces using clean steel

or wooden spatulas or spoons, and placed into sample containers.

b Oil adhering to sediment, seaweed, small pieces of wood, plastic materials or other debris may be collected by placing the oil and substrate material, into the sample container.

c Note: Oil samples should not be taken by washing oil from surfaces and no attempt should be made to heat or melt samples taken from solid surfaces so as to enable them to flow into a container.

4 Sampling from wildlife: a Cut oiled feathers of fur and place in containers. b Cut unoiled feathers or fur and send for analysis also. c Avoid taking samples from specimens that have been stored in plastic

containers.

5 Place each sample into a container: a Clean glass jars (250-500ml) with wide mouth should be used b Caps of the glass jars or bottles should be lined with either metal foil or

be made of teflon (PTFE).

6 Label each sample container with: a Identification code or sample number. b Date and time of sampling. c Brief description of sample and collection point location. Name of person taking sample (and witness).



SAMPLING AND SAMPLE CONTROL PROCEDURES CONTINUED

PROCEDURE SAMPLING AND SAMPLE CONTROL PROCEDURES OSCP-3

Task Action Status

7 Complete and attach a Chain of Custody label to each jar. This should contain the information on the label (see 6) and also:

a Signature and printed name of person who collected the sample. b Signature and printed name of person who witnesses the sample

collection.

c Chain of Custody record, i.e. repeated sequence of: i Sample handed/sent to. ii Signature. iii Date. iv Sample received by. v Signature. vi Date.

8 Separately record the following information on a Sample Record: a Identification code or sample number. b Date and time of sampling. c Description of sample. d Accurate location from which sample was taken. e Name, organisation and address of person collecting the sample. f Name, organisation and address of independent person witnessing

sample collection.

g Sample ownership (for who was it collected). h Method of sampling (describing any special technique or equipment

used).

i Particulars of any photographs taken. j Other relevant information e.g: k i suspected source. l ii suspected contamination of the sample i.e. have detergents been

used and if known their type and make.

m Chain of Custody record (see 7 above). 9 Send copy of the sample record to the laboratory.

10 Store sample: a In refrigerators or cold rooms (at not more than 5°C) and in the dark. b Ensure that room is secure or else place sample bottles/jars in

containers with tamper proof seals.

c For samples that may be stored for more than 24 hrs: To prevent biological degradation of wet samples, the addition of 1ml of 50% hydrochloric acid per litre of water samples is recommended. Additionally, displacement of air from the container with nitrogen or carbon dioxide can help to prevent degradation of the sample.

d Ensure sufficient space has been allowed in the container for any expansion of the sample that might occur.

11 Transport samples safely. Contact aerial carrier for specific conditions.

END SAMPLING AND SAMPLE CONTROL PROCEDURE



PROCEDURE 13.1.15 FIELD TEST FOR THE

EFFECTIVENESS OF DISPERSANTS

OSCP-4

The following field test was developed by Dr Don Palmer of the Victorian Institute of Marine Science, Queenscliffe (now the Martine and Freshwater Resources Institute, Dept

Natural Resources and Environment, Victoria). It is reproduced with permission.

Task Action Status 1 Obtain required equipment:

• Clean 20 - 25 ml screw top test tubes with screw cap and neutral plug. • Clean 1 to 2.5 ml disposable syringes with needle. • Various clean wide-mouth (pomade) jars for sampling in field. • Glass Pasteur pipettes and bulbs. • 10 ml glass syringe with large diameter cannula tip.

2 Place seawater (at ambient temperature of sea surface at spill scene) into test tube. Fill to mark or to about 2/3 tube volume.

3 Carefully add about 1 ml oil onto surface of water in test tube using an eye dropper or Pasteur pipette. Do not let the oil touch the sides of the tube - apply directly to the water surface. Note appearance of the oil’s lower and upper menisci (oil/air and oil/water interface). Both, but more importantly, the lower meniscus will be curved and the interface will have a smooth unblemished appearance.

4 With the test tube slightly above eye level and using another eye dropper or pipette, add one to two drops only of dispersant directly onto the surface of the oil. Keeping the test tube very still watch the under surface of the oil very carefully for signs of change.

5 Note any change to the undersurface of the oil. If the dispersant has penetrated and combined with the oil, the curved under surface of the oil will quickly flatten out and may take on a dull rough appearance to the interface. This indicates that the dispersant has combined with the oil and has lowered its surface tension. There may be evidence of a clear liquid emanating from the underside of the oil suggesting that the dispersant has not combined well and has passed through the oil into the water.

6 Carefully screw the cap onto the top of the test tube. Examine the underside surface of the oil again for signs of wisps of oil breaking away from the underside of the “slick” and entering the water.

7 In a smooth and steady manner, invert the test tube 180o and back to the upright position once every six cycles. Note the appearance of the oil.

a Has it entered the water? b Are small particles visible and can light penetrate through the

water/oil suspension?

c Has the water gone cloudy and opaque? d Is the oil still on the surface of the water or has it taken the form of

large particles on or near the surface?

If the oil has entered the water as an opaque brown coloured (but not white) cloud, the dispersant has been effective.



8 Place the test tube in an upright position and leave it to settle for five minutes. After five minutes, examine the test tube to see how much of the oil has returned to the surface. If the water is still cloudy, the dispersant has been very effective and the spilled oil is definitely amenable to treatment with the test dispersant.

END FIELD TEST FOR THE EFFECTIVENESS OF DISPERSANTS PROCEDURE



PROCEDURE 13.1.16 OIL SPILL TRAJECTORY MODELLING REQUEST OSCP-5

Email completed form to response staff or fax to ( After sending this request, please phone or use Asia-Pacific contact list.

Priority of request Urgent Exercise

Incident Name

Name of requesting person and position in response

Contact telephone number

Email address for model output (preferred method)

Fax number for receipt of model output

Surface oil spill Sub-surface oil spill (If sub-surface oil spill what is the estimated release depth (m) )

Spill start date (e.g. 23 08 2000) Spill start time (spill site local time, 24

hour clock) Day

Month

Year

Type of oil spilt or likely to be spilt e.g. Bunker C, Diesel Fuel, Crude

Name:

Current wind speed (knots) Current wind direction

NOTES

DISCLAIMER

Format of coordinates used (select one)

Latitude of spill

Longitude of spill

Degrees, minutes & seconds . . . .

Instantaneous Amount (select one) Tonnes Cubic meters Litres Barrels

Continuous Duration (hours)

Amount (per hour)

(select one) Tonnes Cubic meters Litres Barrels



Oil spill model predictions are based on assumptions and critical input information. Because cannot be guaranteed the accuracy and completeness of said information, A , its directors, and employees assume no responsibility and make no warranty or representations as to the accuracy or reliability of the predictions. Copies of this form can be obtained at:

13.1.17 OSR LTD MOBILISATION AUTHORISATION FORM (CALLOUT)

Oil Spill Response’s details: WARNING! Ensure telephone contact has been established with the Duty Manager before using e-mail and fax communications. To Southampton Emergency Fax

1

Email Authoriser’s Details Subject Mobilisation of Oil Spill Response Date Name Company Position Contact Telephone Number Contact Mobile Number Contact Email Address Incident Name Invoice Address I, authorise the activation of Oil Spill Response and its resources in connection with the above incident under the terms of the Agreement in place between above stated Company and Oil Spill Response Limited.

Signature:

If Oil Spill Response personnel are to work under another party’s direction please complete details below: Additional Details Name Company Position Contact Telephone Number Contact Mobile Number Contact Email Address



13.1.18 OSR LTD NOTIFICATION FORM

COMPLETE BOTH PAGES (Page 1 of 2) Oil Spill Response’s details: WARNING! Ensure telephone contact has been established with the Duty Manager before using e-mail and fax communications. To Southampton Emergency Fax

4

Southampton Telephone

@oilspillresponse.com Section 1 Obligatory Information Required – Please Complete All Details Name of person in charge Position Company Contact telephone number Contact Mobile number Contact fax number E-mail address Section 2 Spill Details Location of spill Description of slick (size, direction, appearance)

Latitude / longitude Situation (cross box) Land River Estuary Coastal Offshore

Port Date & time of spill GMT Local Source of spill Quantity (if known) Cross box if estimate Spill status (cross box) On-going Controlled Unknown Action taken so far Product name Viscosity API / SG Pour point Asphaltene Section 3 Weather Wind speed & direction



Sea state Sea temperature Tides Forecast

Section 4 Additional Information Required

Please Complete Details If Known

Resources at risk

Clean-up resources On-site / Ordered Nearest airport (if known) Runway length Handling facilities Customs Handling agent

Section 5 Vessel availability

Equipment deployed

Recovered oil storage

Section 6 Equipment logistics Transport Secure storage Port of embarkation Location of command centre

Other designated contacts Section 7 Special requirements of Country Security Visa Medical advice Vaccinations Others (specify) Section 8 Climate Information



13.2 APPENDIX B - RESPONSE SUPPORT CONSIDERATIONS Aircraft: Control

Request flight exclusion etc to Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) via AMSA.

Aircraft: Surveillance

If local aircraft are unavailable, or sources cannot be located, a request can be made to the Senior Search and Rescue Officer - Aviation (SARO) AusSAR Canberra. The request should specify the task to be performed by an aircraft. Where commercial aircraft are unsuitable, or not available, Defence Force aircraft may be available.

Aircraft: Spraying Operations

Activation of the Fixed Wing Aerial Dispersant Capability (FWADC) is through AMSA, EPG’s duty officer, who can be contacted via AusSAR.

Defence Force Assistance

Requests for Defence Force assistance are to be directed to the AMSA, EPG. After assessing and approving any requests, AMSA, EPG may seek the support of the resources of the Defence Forces through Emergency Management Australia (EMA), Canberra. EMA will arrange for Defence Force assistance once all avenues of utilising commercial resources have been exhausted, or where time frames are such that it is impractical to use normal commercial resources.

Dispersant: Health & Safety

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the available dispersants are provided in the PTTEPAA Chemalert system.

Dispersant: Supplies

If on site resources need to be supplemented, contact AMOSC. Note it will take a minimum of 24 hours to obtain supplies from AMOSC. AMOSC and AMSA personnel can assist in identifying closer available resources. AMSA approved dispersants are:

• Ardrox 6120 • BP-AB • Corexit 9500 • Corexit 9527

• Corexit 9550 • Dasic Slickgone NS • Shell VDC • Tergo R.40

Documentation

Appendix C contains the main PTTEPAA OSR reporting forms.

Environmental Information

The primary sources of environmental information are the project or site specific PTTEPAA Environmental Plan. It is recommended to also access

Section 9 Other Information



local information sources (NT, WA OSRA) through the AMSA ESC. See also “Oil Spill Response Atlas (OSRA)”.

Equipment : PTTEPAA

See Table 8.3 for typical equipment held for production and drilling activities. Actual equipment held will be specific to each project/facility.

Equipment: AMOSC

AMOSC equipment will be released on the request of a PTTEPAA Authorised Officer (CEO/OM/POM/EMT Leader).

Equipment: National Plan

National stockpiles are listed in the MOSES database. National Plan equipment can be released by contacting AMSA.

Equipment: Oil Industry

Under AMOSPlan industry can access mutual aid from other industry company resources. To activate the plan a request for assistance is made to AMOSC by a PTTEPAA Authorised Officer (CEO/OM/POM/EMT Leader).

Equipment: State

The equipment available nationally and in each state is listed in the MOSES list available from AMSA.

International Assistance

International assistance can be obtained directly from OSR (Southampton and Singapore). Request for assistance procedures and Form are in Appendix A.

Oil Character Refer to project or facility OSCP. Attachment 2 contains a general

description of oil and its potential behaviour if spilt. Attachment 3 contains results of commissioned studies of the trajectory, behaviour and fate of particular oils.

Oil Character Modelling

See above or the ADIOS model can be run by (see contact details in Appendix G): • Asia Pacific ASA. • AMSA. • SEER Associates.

Oil Spill Response Atlas (OSRA)

Information on environmental resources can be obtained from the Oil Spill Response Atlas (OSRA) held by: • WA: WA DEC via the WA ESC. • NT: DoT, accessed via the NT ESC. • National: Via AMSA, EPG.

Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling

Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling can be undertaken by Asia Pacific ASA (see Attachment G). During an oil spill, this can be obtained through the AMSA, Duty Officer, Canberra via the nominated Incident Controller.



The Oil Spill Trajectory Model (OSTM) can be accessed by contacting: • AMSA Duty Officer. • AMSA’s Web Site, www.amsa.gov.au. • After hours, AusSAR who will contact the AMSA, EPG Duty Officer. The AMSA “Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling (OSTM) Request” Form should be used and sent by either e-mail or fax. The form is available on the AMSA web site.

Arrangements may be made with AMSA for model output to be sent, (via

facsimile or e-mail) to the ECC (or ICC), or other location, at regular intervals.

Caution: Like all models, the output is a prediction only and is not a

substitute for field observations. Oil Spill Trajectory Calculation

The trajectory of a spill can be roughly calculated by adding the surface current velocity to 3% of the wind velocity. This is done using a “vector diagram” (see OSCP Section 8.3.3).

Oil Weathering Modelling

See “Oil Character Modelling” above. Oil fate predictions can be obtained from

Personnel: Industry

Assistance can be obtained through AMOSC (Contact details are in Appendix G)

Personnel: National

National Response Team (NRT) members can be seconded through AMSA (see Appendix G).

Response Role Checklists and Procedures

Appendix A provides Checklists for the main Tier 1 OSR roles. Major responses are likely to be under the control of AMSA, as the Control Agency under the national Plan and the higher-tiered role descriptions and Checklists in Attachment 1 should be consulted.

Vessels For offshore E&P operations a supply vessel and standby vessel will

generally be available. These are listed in the Project or facility OSCP. Weather Weather conditions and predictions are available from the Duty Officer of

the Bureau of Meteorology (24 hour contact). Local information should also be sought on ambient conditions from the nearest Port or Port Authority (Darwin, Broome, Wyndham).



TABLE 13.2 TIMEFRAMES FOR ACCESSING RESOURCES

Resource Indicative Timeframe

Comment

Equipment & Personnel: PTTEPAA Onsite

0-2 hrs Equipment available on Facility and/or supply vessel onsite. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

Support vessels (Field Monitoring)

0-36 hrs Dependent on supply vessel onsite, in transit or in Darwin at time of spill. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

Oil Spill Trajectory Modelling

2-4 hrs can undertake on urgent basis or via AMSA. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

Aircraft Surveillance 2-12 hrs Charter aircraft can be utilised from Darwin or Truscott. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

Equipment & Personnel: Supply Base PTTEPAA

36-48 hrs Supply vessel transport from Darwin Supply Base. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

Equipment & Personnel: AMOSC & Industry

24-48 hrs Equipment transported Geelong. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

Equipment & Personnel: National Plan

36-48 hrs AMSA equipment based in Darwin. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

Equipment: State 36-48 hrs NT Port equipment based in Darwin. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.

International Assistance – Equipment and Personnel (OSRL)

48 – 72 hrs Aircraft, equipment and Personnel available from Singapore. Timeframe based on minimum travel time from location.



13.3 APPENDIX C - DOCUMENTATION (STANDARD OSR FORMS)

C.1 THE NEED FOR DOCUMENTATION It is important that reporting, response actions, instructions and the use of chemicals and

equipment are all documented throughout a spill response, and that these records are systematically filed and maintained.

The information on these documents may be needed and used in support of:

• Spill response planning; - tier determination. - allocation of resources. - priorities.

• Documentation of costs; - equipment use. - equipment hire. - labour hire and use.

• Allocation of cause/liability for damages. • Post spill assessments.

C.2 OSCP FORMS The forms listed in Table C.1, and referred to throughout the OSCP, are consistent with

the forms used by Government response agencies. They should be considered as a resource to be used as required.

C.3 PTTEPAA OSR Forms This Attachment contains the main OSR PTTEPAA reporting forms:

• Pollution Report Form (POLREP). • Situation Reporting Form (SITREP).

POLREP The POLREP is the form used to report a spill and to provide details of the incident and

response. It is used to provide those details, as known, to enable a rapid and accurate assessment

of the incident and the required response but does not replace detailed incident reports. The POLREP is the principle means of notifying Government Agencies and must be sent

as soon as possible. If details are uncertain they can be supplied later. The distribution of POLREPS is shown in Figure 5.1 in Section 5 of this OSCP.



SITREP SITREPS are used to provide ongoing response information.

They should be compiled and distributed throughout the response.

Distribution frequency should reflect occurrence of significant progress or changes in the

response.

Generally a SITREP should be sent out when there has been a change in the Incident Action Plan or in incident details.

Table C1 List of Available Forms

Form No. Form Title Use

01

Pollution Incident Report Form (POLREP)

Primarily a “first report” and can be used notify Government agencies and PTTEPAA EMT of a spill. Generally issued once but can be updated and re-sent if more details of the incident become known. The final POLREP should be an accurate record of the incident and initial response actions.

02

Situation Report Form (SITREP)

Spill response activities are reported on this form. SITREPS should be issued regularly and are the initial source of information for the spill response coordinators, media officers etc.

03 Environmental Incident Form

Used to internally report any environmental incident. Incident is to be reported in the PTTEPAA Incident Reporting system (CRRS).

04 Personal Log Used by PTTEPAA to record their activities, instructions given to them and by them.

05 Aerial Surveillance Form To log the location, movement and character of oil

at sea and on shorelines. Also used to calculate spill volumes.

06 Shoreline Oiling Assessment Form

To report on oil distribution and character on shorelines.

07 Shoreline Cleanup Team Daily Work Report

A record of instructions given to work groups (many teams), and to document cleanup activities in the various shoreline Sectors.

08 Waste Handling Log To track waste produced; volumes movements and final disposal.

09 Labour Registration Form Questionnaire for potential recruits for spill response teams.



13.3.1 POLLUTION REPORT FORM (POLREP)

This Form is to be completed with as much information as possible (regardless of the size of the spill) and faxed to: • PTTEPAA Chief Operations Officer [KT comment: do

we have anyone with this title?]. If the spill is >80litres the OM will forward it to:

• PTTEPAA CEO. • AMSA EPG. • NT DoT. • NT DME • NOPSEMA.

Ref. No.

Date of POLREP __/____/____

Time of POLREP

___:___ (AM/PM)

Incident Name Date/Time of Incident ____ /____/ ______ ____ : _____ (AM/PM) Location of Incident

Latitude Longitude Original Report Source Name

Position

Contact Address Telephone Fax Mobile

Nature of the Incident & Spill Source

Point of Discharge from Source

Identity & Position of Adjacent Vessels (if source unknown)

Cause of Discharge Oil Type or Description Nature & Extent of Pollution

Movement & Speed of Pollution

Has Discharge Stopped ?

Weather/Sea/Tide Conditions

Combat Agency



Incident Controller (or PTTEPAA ERG Leader)

Name Contact: Telephone

Fax Mobile

Statutory Agency Initial Response Actions

Samples Taken? Yes/No

Images Taken? Yes/No Photos: Yes

No Video: Yes No

Additional Information

POLREP Prepared By Name Agency Position/Role Contact Telephone Fax Mobile

Attachments? Yes

No If Yes Note No of Pages Attached:________

Additional Comments, Notes or Diagrams:



13.3.2 SITUATION REPORTING FORM (SITREP)

Priority Urgent Immediate Standard/ Routine This Form is to be completed with as much information as possible (regardless of the size of the spill) and faxed to: • PTTEPAA Chief Operations Officer [KT Comment: we

do not have anyone with this title] who may forward it to:

• PTTEPAA CEO. • AMSA EPG. • NT DoT. • NT DME • NOPSEMA.

Ref. No.

Date of SITREP __/____/____

Time of SITREP

___:__ (AM/PM)

Final SITREP? Yes

No Next SITREP Due:

___:____ on ___ / ___ / ___

Incident Name POLREP Reference Location of Oil Description

:

Latitude Longitude SITREP Prepared By Name

Agency

Position/ Role

Contact Telephone

Fax Mobile

1. Summary of Incident Events Since Last Report (POLREP/SITREP)

Slick position Trajectory Slick description (aerial observation) Slick area Oil description Aerial response activities Marine response activities Shoreline activities Wildlife

2. Expected Developments

3. Areas Threatened



4. Planned Actions

SITREP PAGE 2 5. Resources Deployed (equipment and labour)

Aerial Marine Shoreline Other

6. Details of Assistance Required

Aerial Marine Shoreline Other

7. Other information

Attachments? Yes

No If Yes Note No of Pages Attached:________

Additional Comments, Notes or Diagrams:



13.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENT FORM

INCIDENT DESCRIPTION Incident Name Date/Time of Incident ____ /____/ ______ ____ : _____ (AM/PM) Location of Incident Name:

Latitude Longitude Combat Agency Oil Type or Description ENVIRONMENTAL (RESOURCE) IMPACT Impacted or Potentially Impacted Resources

Ref. No

Description Map Ref.

Priority Habitat/Type Species/Detail

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 Description of Conditions at Time of Resource Impact

Ref. Weather Sea State Tide 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 NOTES



See Overpage



STATUS Ref. No.

Location Name

Samples Taken Aerial Surveys Ground Survey Comment or Note Sed. Water Biota Oil Done Rec. Date Done Rec. Date

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

NOTES



13.3.4 PERSONAL LOG DATE/ TIME INSTRUCTION/ACTION STATUS



DATE/ TIME INSTRUCTION/ACTION STATUS

NOTES/ACTION ITEMS: DATE: ____/____/____



13.3.5 AERIAL OBSERVATION REPORT Incident Ref.

No.

Date ______ / ______ / ______ Time ____ : ___ (24 hr) Attachments No of Pages From: Observer’s Name Position

Aircraft Pilot Name Area/Region Time ______ : _____ (24 hr) Slick Position

Latitude Longitude Other

Slick Description

Slick Length

m Slick Width

m Area

km2

Percentage Cover/Colour

Clean Surface % Silver Sheen % Rainbow/Iridescence % Dull Colours % Dark Brown/Black % Light Brown (Emulsion) %

Other Description/Notes

Movement/ Behaviour

Visibility Weather Cloud Cover/Height

Other Notes

Flight Summary

CONTINUED OVERPAGE



Area/ Region

Time: ___ : ___ (24 hr)

Slick Position


Slick Description

Slick Length

m Slick Width m Area km2

Percentage Cover/Colour Clean Surface % Silver Sheen % Rainbow/Iridescence % Dull Colours % Dark Brown/Black % Light Brown (Emulsion)

%


Movement/ Behaviour


Other Notes



Area/Region Time ____ : ____ (24 hr) Slick Position


Slick Description

Slick Length

m Slick Width m Area km2

Percentage Cover/Colour Clean Surface % Silver Sheen % Rainbow/Iridescence % Dull Colours % Dark Brown/Black % Light Brown (Emulsion)

%


Movement/ Behaviour


Other Notes



13.3.6 SHORELINE OILING ASSESSMENT FORM Incident Ref. No.

Date _____ / _____ / _____ Time ______ : _____ (24 hr)

SEGMENT NO: REPORTING DETAILS: Topography/Other Map (No.): Assessment By Name: _______________

Map Reference: Position: _________________

Name of Beach or Location Description: Date: _____/____/___ Time: ____AM/PM

Report To Name: ________________

Access Via:________________________ Position: ______________

Foot only Road 4WD Boat Helo Date Rec’d: ___/___/__ Time: __AM/PM

Hazards? First Assessment for Segment? Yes No

OIL DISTRIBUTION AND CHARACTER

PARAMETER LITZ MITZ UITZ SUPRATIDAL Shoreline Type

Substrate Type

Width of Shoreline

Oil Band Width (m)

Cover in Oil Band (%)

Length of Coast Oiled

Surface Oil Thickness

Appearance

Debris Present

Oiled Debris

Depth of Oiling (From Surface)

Buried Oil Bands (Min.-Max. in m/cm)

Description of Buried Oil SEE OVERPAGE FOR PAGE 2 OF SHORELINE OILING ASSESSMENT FORM



SKETCH/MAP Scale:

NOTES



13.3.7 SHORELINE CLEANUP TEAM DAILY WORK REPORT

Date: _________________________ To: (Shoreline Coordinator) Location: (Sector/Segment) _______ From: __________________________

Deployment Details:

Time of Arrival (Depot): ______ AM/PM Time of Departure: __________ AM/PM

Time of Arrival On-Site: ______ AM/PM Time of Departure Off-Site:_____ AM/PM

Details of Team(s) Deployed:

Team Team Leader Staff No Team Team Leader Staff No

1. 6.

2. 7.

3. 8.

4. 9.

5. 10.

Description of Activities (Details for each team are on OSCP Form 005) AM: _________________________ PM ___________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Number of Waste Loads Transported

Segment

Type No Bags/ Volume

Segment


Segment




List of Consumables Used (Detail Below) Sorbents Dispersants Other

Item Sector / Segment Quantity Comment / Request

NOTES _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



13.3.8 WASTE HANDLING LOG Incident Ref. No.

From (Name) Position/Role Date ____ / ___ / ____ Time ___:___ (24 hr) To (Name) Position/Role CC:

Waste Despatch Waste Receipt/Collection Date/Tim

e Waste Type Quantity Storage Location Date/Time Received/Collected

By Quantit

y Notes

Key LO Liquid Oil LW Water SO Solid Oil SD Solid Debris OSy, Oily Synthetics OSed Oily Sediments

Volume or number of containers.

Drums, Bags, Skips, etc.

Check against despatch number



CONTINUED OVERPAGE



CONTINUED Waste Despatch Waste Receipt/Collection

Date/Time

Waste Type Quantity Storage Location Date/Time Received/Collected By

Quantity

Notes



13.3.9 LABOUR REGISTRATION FORM

Incident Ref. No. Date _____ / _____ / _____ Time ______ : _____ (24 hr)

To help us ensure workforce health and well-being and enable us to assign individuals

to suitable employment, please complete this questionnaire. Your answers will help us place you in an appropriate role and will ensure we provide

suitable induction and job training. Name: _______________________________________________ Do you have any: YES NO • Limitations on mobility (climbing rocks etc.) ? • Visual impairment other than prescription glasses ? • Heart disorders ? • Respiratory problems ?

Do you suffer from: • Diabetes ? • Epilepsy ? • Asthma ? • Effects of cold (Raynaud’s disease etc.) ? • Arthritis that is affected by cold or strenuous activity ?

Have you received induction in: • Occupational Health and Safety ? • Manual handling ? • Waste handling/segregation ? • Working with oil ? • Response organisation ?

Other • Do you have any other condition which may impair activity or

need to be considered in the allocation of tasks (e.g. pregnancy, hearing loss, previous back or joint injuries) ?

If “yes” the put details overpage or inform the Person In charge. Thank you for your assistance

Signed: ________________________ Date: ____ / ____ /

TURN OVER FOR PAGE 2 OF LABOUR REGISTRATION FORM



PAGE 2 OF LABOUR REGISTRATION FORM NOTES / DETAILS



13.4 APPENDIX D - DISPERSANT AND OIL MSDS

D.1 Approved Dispersants Dispersants are hazardous chemicals that must be handled carefully. Spray operators

should wear protective clothing; gloves and goggles or masks. Dispersants also have a degreasing action so all exposed parts of spraying aircraft and the

spray booms should be thoroughly washed down after spraying operations. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS's) for the following approved dispersants are available

from the PTTEPAA Chemalert system:

• Ardrox 6120 • BP-AB • Corexit 9500 • Corexit 9527 • Corexit 9550 • Dasic Slickgone NS • Shell VDC • Tergo R.40

D.2 Oil MSDS for crude oils are to be added as they are analysed and fuel oils (marine diesel and

lubrication oil) are available from the PTTEPAA Chemalert system.



13.5 APPENDIX E - MAINTENANCE OF OSR PREPAREDNESS E.1 THE PTTEPAA OSR PREPAREDNESS PROGRAMME PTTEPAA aims to maintain a high standard of OSR preparedness and this is to be done

through the development and application of an integrated oil spill programme. This programme has eight core features:

1. Assigning of clear responsibilities for OSR preparedness and response.

2. Maintenance of Oil Spill Contingency Plans (OSCPs) and supporting documents. 3. Training of PTTEPAA personnel, particularly those nominated to the Emergency

Management Team (EMT) or Crisis Management Team (CMT). 4. Ensuring that Contractors can respond as required, i.e. that they have sufficient levels

of trained personnel and response equipment. 5. Retaining ownership and control of all documents and associated procedures. 6. Maintenance of all OSR equipment. 7. Ensuring ongoing capability through exercises and drills. 8. Ongoing audits to ensure that the above are being effective.

Responsibilities for the maintenance of preparedness for oil spill response are shown in

Figure E.1. E.2 ASSIGNING OF CLEAR RESPONSIBILITIES Responsibilities must be clearly defined in

all OSR documents. This is particularly important for actions such as reporting and notifications which reflect legal or regulatory requirements.

Figure E.1 Distribution of OSR Preparedness Responsibilities

It is also important that each document

identify the individual or group for whom it has been developed.

E.3 MAINTENANCE OF OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLANS E.3.1 Responsibility for Oil Spill Contingency Plans Each OSCP must have a nominated

“Custodian” who is responsible for: • Distributing and tracking copies of the

OSCP as per the distribution list. • Monitoring National Plan or State/NT

Plan developments and ensuring ongoing compliance and integration of the OSCP.

• Accepting, assessing and collating requests for revision.

• Making revisions to the OSCP as authorised by the PTTEPAA SSHE Manager.

CEO

Production Operations

SSHE Manager

Operations Manager

Plan Custodians

• Ensure OSCP is complete and current. • Distribute and track OSCPs . • Coordinate revisions.

• Prepare or commission preparation of Facility or Project OSCP in consultation with SSHE Manager.

• Nominate Facility of Project OSCP Custodian.

• Monitor maintenance of OSCP. • Undertake facility or Project OSR

exercises.

• Prepare or commission preparation of Corporate OSCP.

• Nominate C OSCP Custodian. • Monitor maintenance of C OSCP. • Review all Facility or Project OSCPs for

compliance with C OSCP. Undertake or commission audits of facility and Project OSCPs . • Organise PTTEPAA Corporate training

and exercise programme.

• Oversee OSR Preparedness.

• Oversee OSR Preparedness. • Review Corporate OSCP for compliance

with PTTEPAA CM/ER system. • Undertake or commission audits of

Corporate OSCPs . • Facilitate PTTEPAA Corporate training

and exercise programme.



• Maintaining an up-to-date digital version of the OSCP and a copy of the OSCP as currently issued (the “Master Copy”).

• Issuing updates for revised sections. The Custodian of this OSCP is also responsible for verifying that Facility or Project

OSCPs are compliant with the requirements of this Plan. E.3.2 Responsibility for Other OSR Documents Any supporting documents must similarly have a nominated document custodian.

Responsibilities are as above. E.3.3 Non PTTEPAA OSR Documents PTTEPAA hold copies of the following OSR related documents:

• National Marine Oil Spill Contingency Plan. • National Marine Chemical Spill Contingency Plan (ChemPlan). • Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre Plan (AMOSPlan). • NT Marine Oil Pollution Manual. • NT Oil Spill Contingency Plan. • Port of Darwin Oil Spill Contingency Plan. • NT Wildlife Response Plan for Oil Spills. • NT Fire and Rescue Service Standard Operating Procedures. • WA Marine Oil Pollution Management Plan (WestPlan-MOP). • WA Hazardous Materials Emergency Management Plan (WestPlan-HAZMAT). • WA Oiled Wildlife Plan, administered by the Dept. Environment and Conservation.

These plans are held in the Document Control library. The SSHE Manager (or nominee) is responsible for ensuring that these documents are

current. E.4 TRAINING OF PTTEPAA PERSONNEL

PTTEPAA staff should receive OSR training commensurate with their anticipated involvement. This ranges from “introductory” level courses which provide an overview of oil spill response to “functional” training which trains personnel to undertake key EMT (or IMT) functions (Table E.1).

Table E.1 Training Terminology Used in this Attachment

Type Objectives/ Content Competency

Level Familiarisat

ion Courses.

These generally cover a broad range of spill response functions and issues.

• Awareness.

Functional Courses

These provide instruction on how to undertake specific spill response functions (e.g. incident control, shoreline response, aerial surveillance, planning, equipment operation).

• Knowledge. • Application of

knowledge (skill)

Management Courses

Provide instruction on high-level response management or major issues. Examples include liabilities, insurance and compensation, environmental issues.

• Knowledge.



13.5.1 Table E.2 Indicative OSR Training Levels for PTTEPAA

Team OSR Position Minimum Training Level

Course1 Frequency/Currency

CMT CMT Leader OSR Familiarisation Course (e.g. IMO Level II or III)2 Every 5 years

Senior Managers Course3 Every 3 years

EMT EMT Leader Incident Control System (ICS) training and Every 10 years

Incident Control Course (e.g. IMO Level III) and Every 5 years

OSR Desktop exercise 1 per year SSHE Coordinator Environmental OSR or related

course or participation in National ESC Workshop

Every 2 years

OSR Familiarisation Course (e.g. IMO Level II)2 and Every 5 years Liaison Officer All

Planning Officer Operations Officer

OSR Desktop exercise 1 per year Logistics Officer Administration

Officer

Other Support Staff

Media ER or OSR desktop exercise 1 per year

1. See recommended courses list. 2. 4 or 5 days. 3. 1 day. Contents can vary but should have a CM focus.

13.5.2 Table E.3 Indicative OSR Training Levels for Offshore Contractors

Contract Contractor Personnel

Minimum Level of Training1 No

Currency/ Certification or

Other MODU OIM OSR familiarisation: IMO Level II or

equivalent 11 Within past 2 years

Participation in an OSR exercise Within past 1 year

Emergency Response Team

Participation in an ER or 4 Within past 1 year

OSR practical ER or OSR exercise

Standby/ Supply Vessel

All Participation in an OSR deployment exercise or response Within past 1 year

Vessel Master Successful equipment deployment 1 Within past 1 year ERT Leader (if not the Vessel

Master)

Recognised oil spill equipment operators course or 1 Within past 2 year

Participation in a response Field deployment exercise Within past 1 year

Crew or designated ERT

members

Minimum 2 days training and/or 2,3 4 Within past 1 year

Field deployment exercise



1 Documentation Required. 2 Plus alternate. 3 Either a recognised OSR training organisation or other + field exercise. Unfortunately, although available OSR training in Australia is varied, only a few EMT/IMT

functions are specifically covered to a “functional” level. Consequently, with the exception of some key areas, applied skills are best learnt through exercises (see Section E.8). Guidelines for training are provided in Table E.2.

E.5 CONTRACTOR OSR CAPABILITIES Offshore contractors (MODU, standby and supply vessels) must have the equipment

specified within the relevant Facility or Project OSCP and also have sufficient trained staff to deploy it (see Table E.3).

It is the responsibility of the relevant Production or Project Manager to ensure that this is

done. The SSHE Manager may undertake an audit of Facility or Project OSR preparedness and this may include: • Audit of OSCP. • Inspection of certificates and equipment. • Partial or full OSR equipment deployment exercise.

E.6 RETAINING OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL OF ALL DOCUMENTS AND ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES As noted in Section E.3 each OSCP will have a nominated Custodian who is responsible

for maintaining OSCP quality and compliance with the standards and other requirements set out in this OSCP.

The SSHE Manager has overall responsibility for ensuring that all documents are

consistent with these standards. This encompasses: • Use of PTTEPAA terminology.

• Uniform EMT organisation (Note: Facility and Project ERT structure is flexible) • Consistent OSCP format. • Consistent priorities. • Compliance with minimum equipment and training requirements,

E.7 MAINTENANCE OF OSR EQUIPMENT Equipment held at any facility or on site for project activities must be complete and

maintained in good working order. This may be verified through a pre-deployment equipment audit and/or field deployment exercise. In cases where equipment held at any site for more than 3 months, a schedule for its maintenance must be included in the relevant OSCP.



E.8 ENSURING ONGOING CAPABILITY THROUGH EXERCISES AND DRILLS All operating facilities should undertake an OSR exercise at least once per year.

Equipment should be deployed annually.

E.9 AUDITS The SSHE Manager will be responsible for ensuring audit of this OSCP and PTEPAA

preparedness is undertaken.

13.6 APPENDIX F - MEDIA GUIDELINES F1.0 INTRODUCTION F1.1 The Importance of Media Management Management of information is a core requirement of spill response and this includes the

management of information external to the IMT. This encompasses information provided to Government Agencies and to the public. The media is an important conduit of information to both of these.

The media reaches a wide audience via television, radio, newsprint and the internet and

consequently management of the media can be an effective means of ensuring that the public is well informed regarding an incident, its effects and the response.

F1.2 Responsibility Within PTTEPAA’s CMT a Media Liaison Officer will have responsibility for media

management and will generally assist the CMT/EMT Leader on a day to day basis. Media releases and any Media Management Sub-Plan require the approval of the CMT Leader. Within PTTEPAA the MLO and Media Liaison Unit are part of the Crisis Management Team.

F1.1 Media and Public Expectations Media The media generally wants facts and wants them quickly. This includes pertinent details of

what occurred, what response has been mounted and what is planned. They may also want information about long term effects, causes of the incident or other information that may not be readily available. The visual media (television, newspapers and internet) also want good images.

The media can be an effective means of ensuring that the public is well informed

regarding an incident and its effects. If the media cannot get the information from well-informed sources they may approach someone less knowledgeable.



Public The expectations of the public are essentially the same as those of the media (Table F1). Some sections of the public, as well as NGOs, may expect to be involved in the response

or even the decision-making process, particularly if they are affected by the incident or the response.

Local community concerns should be listened to and taken into account, and by including

representation of relevant groups, it is an opportunity for PTTEPAA to promote better understanding between the public and responders, and to encourage constructive involvement of the public.

F1.3 Common Concerns The public and media typically express many concerns during an oil spill (Table F.2).

These concerns are sometimes ill-founded but are often fed by groups and politically motivated individuals who are (at least initially) operating with very limited information.

Table F1 Information Demands after an Incident The Incident What happened? How did it happen? Where and when? What has been spilled and how much? What was the cause? Who is involved? What has the Company or Responsible Party got to say about it? Who is liable? Consequences Where has the oil gone and where is it going? What are the effects on personnel, the environment etc.? What are the public health and safety issues? The Response What is being done about it? How effective is the response? How effective is the cleanup going to be Government

Reaction What is going to be done to prevent a recurrence.

In the absence of accurate, and supported, information public and media impressions can

become inaccurate and their expectations of what should be being done can become unrealistic. This can lead to unfair pressures and inappropriate response decisions.

Community concerns should be listened to and addressed through the provision

appropriate information. Table F.1 Concerns and Related Information Requirement Concern Information Needed to Address Concern Immediate environmental

damage Observations and/or predictions of exposure of wildlife and habitats to oil

Oiled wildlife numbers, including number oiled, cleaned (and in recovery) dead

Autopsy results from oiled wildlife Information from operational monitoring programme



Early commitment to (and implementation of) longer term monitoring if impact has occurred

Long-term effects of subsurface oil, oil on the seabed, or oil in food chains

Boil character and behaviour (likelihood of persistence) Potential for, or scale of, shoreline impact Post cleanup data re residual oil

Response is perceived as inefficient or too slow

Response resources deployed (number, type) Visual images of cleanup all activities Use of dispersants Net environmental benefit analysis Monitoring data (effectiveness, dilution) Maps showing locations and areas affected relative to the

wider area F1.4 Approaches to Dealing with Media and the Public The main objective of media engagement is to demonstrate the ability of PTTEPAA (or the

higher-tier Combat Agency) to control the situation and to ensure competent management of its personnel under emergency circumstances.

Without such an engagement, and the cooperation that may come with it, PTTEPAA can

expect inaccurate comments and judgements of journalists based on incomplete information, incorrect interpretation and explanation of the facts. This may ultimately affect both the reputation of PTTEPAA and its leadership

Establishing good working relations with the media may give the following advantages

in an emergency situation:

• PTTEPAA becomes the primary or preferred source of reliable information about the incident.

• Journalists are kept from communicating with third-party representatives. • PTTEPAA can control the outgoing information. • PTTEPAA comes to be considered as capable of control of the emergency situation. • This behaviour contributes to the positive image of PTTEPAA in these conditions. • PTTEPAA has an opportunity to manage the outgoing information and avoid

contradictory allegations. • Journalists are kept at a safe distance from the offices and emergency response

location. This gives PTTEPAA an opportunity to convince the media of professionalism of the

personnel and the company as a whole



F.2 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT OF MEDIA IN PTTEPAA Personnel involved in the relations with the media or public in an emergency situation

must be (conventionally) divided into two groups:

• Nominated Company’s Spokespersons who will represent PTTEPAA at briefings, press-conferences or TV interviews.

• Media Liaison Officer and Media Liaison Unit. The MLU answers phone enquiries and manages external communications to the media.

F2.1 Company Spokespersons A PTTEPAA Spokesperson will be expected to provide information on two fronts: the

cause of the incident and the response measures in hand to prevent it getting any worse. He/she must be aware of what PTTEPAA must do to meet regulatory requirements and the information needs of the authorities, and how PTTEPAA is working jointly with the authorities and the local community to respond to the oil spill. During the early stages of an incident, when public and media interest is at its height, precise details of the cause will probably not be known. Rather than speculate, the spokesperson should try to focus on the present and proposed response measures.

F2.2 Media Liaison Officer (MLO) and Media Liaison Unit (MLU) The MLO reports to the CMT Leader and the EMT Leader.

From the outset of an oil spill response emergency, the MLU should be ready to talk with the people who may potentially be affected, and be prepared to work cooperatively with the media.

Ideally the MLU should know in advance who to talk to and should have already

developed a good relationship with media and public representatives. Involving affected parties from the earliest stage by seeking their advice, support and involvement in the response, is often key to pre-empting criticism or even hostility from the local community.

The MLU role is to: • Manage company communications with the media, the public, NGOs and external

stakeholders. • Ensure external communications are consistent with internal communications. • Provide press releases and organise media briefings and interviews. • Oversee communications with State and Commonwealth Government. • Monitor and provide feedback on media and public relations.

• Develop a Media Management Sub-Plan • Ensure a holding statement is issued as soon as practicable after the oil spill

emergency has been declared. • Assist company spokespersons with media interviews. • Issue press releases and set up a company information phone line. • Monitor and review media coverage (radio, television, newspapers)



F3.0 GUIDELINES F3.1 Preparing a Press Release • All press releases and public statements issued should be numbered and logged,

noting the date and time of release. • DO NOT RELEASE NAMES of casualties until the authority has been received from

the CEO (or Designate). • Do not speculate on causes or allocate blame. • Do not discuss compensation issues. • Typically a holding statement (initial press release) will contain:

- An expression of regret along with confirmation of an accident, location and brief details of accident. - A factual comment on person involved and numbers of casualties if any, but no names. - Remedial action being taken by Company. - Contact number.

F3.2 Preparing for Media Briefings and Interviews • Develop key messages, predict likely questions, and prepare answers.

• Have information sheets ready to hand out at the interview. • Maps, diagrams and photographs are useful tools when trying to explain a complex

point. Make sure they are clear, professionally prepared and easily visible to everyone.

• Ensure that company spokespersons are trained in media management, well briefed, fully understand the situation and are ready for questions.

• Briefings should provide a clear explanation of PTTEPAA’s response actions to

date, and planned response actions. • Become recognised as a reliable source of information, by giving regular press

briefings and ensuring that the press is notified of the times and venue. • If it seems that the cleanup at a remote site will last for days, or even weeks,

arrange for the comfort of news teams. Caravans, tents, toilets, telephones, fax, power, and light refreshments.

• At a big news conference, provide space in front. An elevated desk is probably better than a podium and make sure there is no feedback from microphones. Make sure the room is big enough, provide seating and have a clear area at the back of the room for TV crews.

F3.3 Media Interviews If you are chosen to act as PTTEPAA spokesperson, consider the following guidelines:

• Stick to PTTEPAA policy on communications with the media.

• If you arrange to speak with a reporter or set a time to provide information, be punctual.

• Dress for the occasion. A smart executive suit might be appropriate to the boardroom but not at the site of an oil spill.

• Always observe local safety regulations and insist that news teams do likewise. • If there are operational reasons why you have to keep the interview short, let

journalists know before you start, say your piece and then get out. Give yourself a clear exit.



• At a news conference, make sure everyone is ready - especially TV news cameramen - before you make your statement. Even so, you might be asked to repeat it again for someone wanting a different location, a latecomer or a TV crew with equipment problems.

• Limit the time you make available. Hand out a prepared statement. Make a short précis of what it contains.

• Give only the facts as you know them. But be prepared to have a "personal" opinion. We have all seen spokespersons caught out when asked: "We know what the company says but what do you think?"

• Emphasise positive points and keep returning to key achievements. • Be aware of your body language. • Write out a list of the points you want to make and do not be afraid to repeat yourself. • Leave out adjectives. A ‘small’ spill of crude oil in industry terms is a ‘large’ spill in

journalistic ones. • If you can, memorise your most important statement and say it without referring to your

notes. • Record the interview whether you are talking to one reporter or 100. Be obvious about

it. • When you invite questions, ask journalists to give their names and organisation and try

to remember them. Write them down if you can. • Keep answers to questions short, and keep them simple. • If you do not have an immediate answer, say so, but offer to obtain the information as

soon as possible. • Avoid answering technical questions unless you are sure that you know the answer.

Have experts on hand to answer technical questions, but brief your experts and do not let them take over your news conference. Access to your experts should be through you.

• Remain in charge. Share the questioning, do not let any one reporter dominate. If you

think you have already answered something, say so. • Do not ridicule a completely uninformed questioner. Be patient and calm. The other

journalists will be just as irritated by the questioner as you. • If you are saying something and are interrupted, complete the point you were making

before replying. • If you did not hear a question or cannot understand, ask for it to be repeated. Do not

answer until you have a clear understanding of what is being asked. • Rude and aggressive questioners need careful handling. Do not get angry, do not get

personal.

Things to avoid

• Do not speculate. • Do not use PTTEPAA abbreviations or oil industry jargon. • Do not become aggressive or rude. • Do not read from notes – it gives the impression that you are not speaking with

conviction. • Avoid giving unsubstantiated facts or opinion when “off camera”. Be aware that you are

being interviewed the whole time while you are with a journalist.



13.7 APPENDIX G - CONTACT DIRECTORY This Appendix is the PTTEPAA Emergency Management Plan – Contact Directory.



14 ATTACHMENTS

14.1 ATTACHMENT 1 – INCIDENT CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TIER 2 AND TIER 3 RESPONSE

1.0 INTRODUCTION This Attachment describes the general features of the Incident Control System (ICS) used

for oil spill response (OSR) in Australia and provides information relating to the management of higher-tiered (Tier 2 and Tier 3) responses.

It is provided so that PTTEPAA personnel can be familiar with the higher-tier organisation

(State, NT and Commonwealth) in which they may participate should a large scale spill occur.

2.0 THE INCIDENT CONTROL SYSTEM (ICS) An Incident Control (or Command) System is a standardised system for managing the

response to emergencies or other incidents. . It includes not only an organisation structure but also facilities, equipment, personnel, procedures, and communications.

Two closely related systems are used in Australia: • Oil Spill Response Incident Control System (OSRICS) currently used under the

National Plan by most States and the Northern Territory. • The Australian Inter-service Integrated Management System (AIIMS) used by the WA

DoT and most state emergency services. The latter is for general emergencies not OSR.

Similarities and differences between the two systems are explained in Sections B9.

B2.1 Elements of an Oil Spill Response Incident Control System The Incident Control System (ICS) is implemented during the “response” and “recovery”

phases of oil spill response management and comprises: • An Incident Management Team (IMT) structure (ref. Figure B.1) which is flexible and

expandable. • A management process which; - Sets clear objectives, - Develops plans to reach these, - Effectively identifies, acquires, distributes and tracks resources, - Disseminates and executes the plans, - Monitors performance and - Revises plans as required. • A clear division and allocation of responsibilities functions to and specific “Functional

Groups” (or Sections) and to personnel who form the Incident Management Team (IMT) (refer to OSCP Section 4 and this Attachment). This is designed to avoid overlapping of tasks.

• Documented procedures for fulfilling these roles and functions. These procedures are contained in the OSCPs.

• Identified resources (listed in the OSCPs) including equipment, personnel and services. • Communications systems. • Information management system.

http://www.definitions.net/definition/communications



B2.2 ICS for OSR in Australia PTTEPAA E&P activities are predominantly in Commonwealth jurisdictions and so any

escalated (higher-tier) response is likely to be managed by AMSA using OSRICS. Nevertheless personnel coming into a higher-tier IMT may come from any state and it is prudent to note the small differences in ICS used within Australia.

B2.2.1 Terminology There are minor differences in terminology amongst State/NT Plans and in the National

Plan. A number of Industry OSCPs use overseas terms but these are not usually operationally significant. OSRICS uses standard terms to denote management levels and functions within the IMT and these are shown in Table B.1.

Table B.1 Terms Used to Describe IMT Positions under OSRICS

IMT Title Responsibility or Ranking Controller Person in overall control of the response to an incident Officer Person in charge of a Functional Group or Section. Coordinator Person in charge of a Unit. Manager Person in charge of a particular task, location(site) or facility Supervisor Person in charge of a number of response teams involved in a particular

task or teams operating within a particular geographical Sector of operations

Team Leader

Person in charge of a team of personnel undertaking a particular task

Some overseas ICS use different definitions for the three key terms;

“Control”, Command” and “Coordinate” than those used within Australia. The OSRICS definitions are provided in Table B.2.

Table B.2 OSRICS Definitions

Term Meaning Control Control is the overall direction of a response to an incident. Authority for

control is established in legislation or in a Contingency Plan and carries with it responsibility for tasking and coordinating other organisations in accordance with the circumstances of the incident. Control relates to situations and operates horizontally across organisations.

Command Command is the direction of members of a particular agency. The authority to command is either based on legislation or on the organisational hierarchy of an agency. The term ‘command’ relates to single agencies and operates vertically within an agency.

Coordination This is the bringing together of organisations and elements to ensure an effective response. Coordination relates primarily to the acquisition and utilisation of agency, human and material resources. Coordination operates vertically within an organisation as a function of the authority to Command and across organisations as a function of the authority to Control.



A large amount of ICS support material is available on the internet. While both OSRICS and AIIMS are largely compatible with overseas systems such as the US National Interagency Incident Management System (NIIMS),there are differences. Most of these relate to the organisation of sub-functions. Care should be taken when incorporating overseas text or procedures into OSCPs and other OSR documents.

B2.2.2 IMT Structure

Figure B.1 Basic ICS Incident Management Functions (OSRICS)

Under OSRICS incident management is divided into five main functions (Figure B.1):

• Incident Control. • Planning. • Operations. • Logistics. • Finance and Administration.

Figure B.2 Basic ICS Incident

Management Functions (AIIMS) During a large-scale response these are

allocated to “Functional Groups” within the Incident Management Team (Figure 1).

OSRICS also stipulates Health and Safety and Environmental functions under Incident

Control. Media Liaison, is also generally shown as within the IMT although this is often included under higher levels (e.g. Crisis management).

The AIIMS arrangement of functions (used in WA under WestPlan MOP) is slightly different

with Finance being included under Logistics and Administration under Planning. 2.2.3 Levels of IMT Activation

Figure B.3 Full IMT Structure under the National Plan (OSRICS)

Although the scale of marine pollution response is described in terms of 3 distinct “Tiers”, the ICS allows for a gradual and seamless escalation or reduction in the size of the management structure employed.

The size of the Incident Management Team activated is determined by the Incident Controller, usually in consultation with the relevant Statutory Authority. The size of the team, and amount of equipment mobilised defines the Tiers (ref. OSCP Section 3.5).

Planning Operations Logistics Finance & Administration

Control

Planning Operations Logistics

Control

AdministrationUnit

Finance Unit

Records Unit

ProcurementUnit

ServicesUnit

TransportUnit

CommunicationsUnit

Medical Unit

Aviation Unit

Shoreline Unit

Wildlife Unit


SituationUnit

Resource Unit

Environment Unit

ConsultationUnit

IncidentController


OperationsSection

LogisticsSection

PlanningSection

Incident Safety Officer

Media Liaison Officer

OH&S Unit

Marine Pollution Controller

Marine Unit


ESC



However, regardless of the size of the mobilised Incident Management Team, or the incident, the essential functions of the ICS must still be undertaken. All key functions are covered in the PTTEPAA EMT structure (OSCP Section 4).

Figure B.3 shows a fully expanded IMT structure, as may be activated during a large Tier

2 or a Tier 3 response. The responsibilities of each of the Sections and Units are provided in subsequent Sections of this Attachment.

B3.0 HIGHER LEVELS OF MANAGEMENT As noted in Section 3.3 of this OSCP the National Plan provides for high level Government

oversight of any oil spill response. B3.1 State/NT Marine Pollution Controllers Each State/NT has appointed a Marine Pollution Coordinator (MPC) who will monitor all

marine oil pollution responses in their respective State/Territory. The MPC is usually a senior officer of the State/NT maritime agency and has the authority

to be, r nominate the IC of any higher tiered response undertaken by the State/NT Combat Agency.

In higher tiered response the MPC may take control of the “Crisis” aspects of the response

e.g. media. B3.2 Commonwealth Maritime Emergency Response Commander (MERCOM) At the Commonwealth level a Maritime Emergency Response Commander (MERCOM)

has been appointed. The MERCOM is responsible for the management of responses to shipping incidents in Commonwealth waters, with intervention powers to take such measures as may be necessary to prevent, mitigate or eliminate a risk of significant pollution, including the power to direct a port to release a tug to provide emergency assistance to a vessel at risk or designate a place of refuge for a ship in emergency situations that present a risk of significant pollution.

The MERCOM has the statutory powers to enable effective decision-making consistent

with the aim of the National Marine Emergency Response Arrangements (NMERA). B4 THE INCIDENT CONTROL FUNCTION B4.1 Responsibility In all responses a nominated Incident Controller (IC) exercises the incident control function

and is responsible for directing all aspects of the response. The Incident Controller is responsible for the management of the incident response and control of the Incident Management Team (IMT). This extends over all phases of the response from the initial assessment to response termination and demobilisation.



B4.2 Key Tasks Incident control encompasses all the elements of the response, i.e. to: • Mobilise the IMT.

• Establishing a suitable Incident Control Centre. • Ensure safety of all personnel and the public. • Establish effective Communications. • Plan the response. • Undertake the response. • Ensure information is collated, transmitted and stored.

• Determine when objectives have been achieved.

• Demobilise. B4.3 The Structure of the Incident Control Section In addition to Planning, Operations, Logistics and Finance and Administration, the IC may

appoint a number of individuals or form a number of teams to support incident Control. These are noted below.

B4.3.1 Technical Advisers The Incident Controller (IC) may seek advice on any aspect of the response or on any

issues arising as a result of the incident. Advisers may be appointed to: Represent the interests of any involved party (e.g. insurers, ship owners, salvors). Provide specialist technical, scientific or other expertise (e.g. chemical response

[HAZMAT], environmental, legal or product information). Provide liaison with related emergency response operations (e.g. salvage, fire, and

health emergency). B4.3.2 Media Liaison Relations with the media are of sufficient importance to require direct control by either the

Sate/NT MPC or the IC. The Media Liaison function is consequently incorporated into Incident Control.

The Media Liaison Unit is managed by the Media Liaison Officer (MLO) who is responsible

for the implementation of a Media Sub-Plan and for advising the IC or State/NT MPC on all matters relating to public relations and the media. The MLO will:

• Arrange for media conferences to be held. • Prepare media releases. • Coordinate on-scene media visits. • Monitor media.

B4.3.3 Community or Other Liaison For spills in urban areas or high profile incidents, community concerns may be high. These

concerns may need management beyond the media function.



Spills that impact shorelines, resources or activities (e.g. fishing) in indigenous areas or across national boundaries may require management by personnel (Liaison Officers) with specific linguistic and cultural skills.

Responsibility for dealing with these matters may be taken up by the relevant State/NT

MPC or the relevant Government department. However, the IC must ensure that any communities affected by marine pollution incident or consequent response actions are managed and that their concerns are addressed.

B4.3.4 Incident Safety The IC may appointment an Incident Safety Officer (ISO) or Health and Safety Coordinator

(HSC) to advise on safety and to oversee incident health and safety. The ISO may be required to develop and implement an Incident Health and Safety Plan.

B5.0 THE PLANNING SECTION B5.1 Responsibility The Planning Section is managed by a nominated Planning Officer. B5.2 Key Tasks The Planning Section coordinate the preparation of an Incident Action Plan (IAP) on behalf

of the IC. The PO will collate information and consolidate the policy, objectives and strategies developed by the IMT.

The Planning Section continues to monitor the response, collect and collate data and will

advise the IC when the IAP needs revision. B5.3 Structure of the Planning Section The Planning Section may comprise a number of Units (Figure B.4). B5.3.1 Response Planning Unit Figure B.4 The

Planning Section This Unit is responsible for the coordination, development,

monitoring and review of the Incident Action Plan.

B5.3.2 Situation Unit Responsible for the collection, processing and organisation of

information. This unit will work closely with the Records Unit under Finance and Administration in ensuring that information is stored and accessible.

B5.3.3 Resource Unit This Unit tracks the deployment and condition of resources, both

human and material. B5.3.4 Environment Unit

SituationUnit

Resource Unit

Environment Unit

ConsultationUnit

PlanningSection



This Unit is responsible for the collection and collation of environment data and advice. This may include the management of State Oil Spill Resources Atlas or other Geographic Information System (GIS). This Unit will liaise closely with the ESC.

B5.3.5 Consultation Unit This Unit coordinates and undertakes local community and commercial consultation and

will liaise with the Community Liaison Officer if appointed by the IC. B6.0 THE OPERATIONS SECTION B6.1 Responsibility The Operations Section is managed by an Operations Officer who is responsible for

ensuring that the field Objectives and Strategies outlined in the Incident Action Plan are carried out effectively. The Operations Officer is responsible for determining how resources are distributed amongst the various functions or units in the Section and for coordinating joint activities.

B6.2 Key Tasks The Planning Section coordinates the preparation of an Incident Action Plan (IAP) on

behalf of the IC. The PO will collate information and consolidate the policy, objectives and strategies developed by the IMT.

The Planning Section continues to monitor the response, collect and collate data and will

advise the IC when the IAP needs revision. B6.3 Structure of the Operations Section As noted above, the Operations Section encompasses all “field” operations and each of

the field (response) components is undertaken by an operations unit: B6.3.1 Marine Unit Figure B.5 The

Operations Section This Unit coordinates and directs all activities undertaken by

waterborne craft and equipment. The unit may also deploy equipment from the shore in support of the Shoreline Unit.

B6.3.2 Aviation Unit Coordinates all activities undertaken utilising fixed wing aircraft or

helicopters. This includes aerial support (spotting), aerial dispersant spraying operations, aerial surveillance and air transport.

B6.3.3 Shoreline Unit This Unit plans and coordinates all shoreline assessment and

cleanup activities. B6.3.4 Wildlife Unit

Aviation Unit

Shoreline Unit

Wildlife Unit


OperationsSection

OH&S Unit

Marine Unit



This Unit implements the Oiled Wildlife Plan; i.e. undertakes the collection, treatment and rehabilitation of oiled wildlife. The Wildlife Unit is unusual in that it is generally managed and staffed by personnel from only one Government Agency (the relevant State/NT Wildlife authority).

B6.3.5 Health and Safety This Unit undertakes field health and/or safety support. It may include field deployments of

first aid or medical support and implementation of the Incident Health and safety Plan. B6.3.6 Waste Management Unit The Waste Management Unit coordinates the containment, storage, transport and disposal

of recovered oil and oily waste. The Unit may also instruct shoreline cleanup or marine response teams in the safe handling and storage of waste and/or in on-site separation and treatment.

B7.0 THE LOGISTICS SECTION Figure B.6 The

Logistics Section B7.1 Responsibility

The Logistics Section is responsible for ensuring that the IMT is provided with adequate resources to enable an effective response. The Section is directed by a Logistics Officer.

B7.2 Key Tasks The logistics section may be required to locate, acquire and

distribute a range of goods and services including: • Response equipment.

• ICC equipment.

• Personnel. • Personnel support facilities. • Personal protective equipment. • Communications. • Equipment support services (refuelling, maintenance). • Personnel support services (accommodation, food, decontamination). • Transport.

B7.3 Structure of the Logistics Section The Section may be divided into a number of Units. B7.3.1 Procurement Unit This Unit is responsible for acquisition of personnel and equipment. This will include

defining of specifications and preparation of contracts. B7.3.2 Services Unit

ProcurementUnit

ServicesUnit

TransportUnit

CommunicationsUnit

Medical Unit

LogisticsSection



Responsible for the acquisition of services and facilities other than transport, communications and medical. This includes catering, security, decontamination and washing facilities, toilets and accommodation.

B7.3.3 Transport Unit Responsible for the provision of aviation, land and sea transport services. B7.3.4 Communications Unit The communications Unit is responsible for preparing a Communications Sub-Plan and for

ensuring the provision of communications services and support. B7.3.5 Medical Unit The Medical Unit will identify available medical services and ensure that they are provided

where needed. This Unit shall confer with the H&S Coordinator (in the Operations Section) so that medical services are integrated into the Site H&S Plan. The Medical Unit is under the direction of a Medical Manager.

B7.3.6 Staging Area Unit Staging areas may be established for the forward storage of equipment, provision of

services in remote areas, or for the deployment of equipment and personnel. Each of Staging Area may be under the management of Staging Area Manager.

B8.0 FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION B8.1 Responsibility The Finance & Administration Section is headed by the Finance & Administration Officer

(FAO). B8.2 Key Tasks The Finance & Administration Section is responsible for the provision of administrative

services to the Incident Controller and the IMT, and for the management of financial (costs) information. Functions include:

• Transmittal of documentation and information within the ICC • Maintenance of a central record of; - Activities of response Sections, Units and Teams. - Planning Strategies and decisions taken. - Personnel and equipment both in the ICC and in the field. • Provision of administrative/ clerical support services within the ICC. • Recording and tracking of purchasing activities and expenditure. • Management of the Incident Control Centre. • Accounting and payment of accounts. • Documentation of claims.

B8.3 Structure of the Finance and Administration Section



The Section may be divided into a number of Units. B8.3.1 Administration Unit Figure B.7 Finance

and Administration Section

This unit provide administrative services including staff to operate

telephones, facsimiles, computers, radios (if qualified) and messenger services.

B8.3.2 Finance Unit This unit undertakes accounting and contracting services. B8.3.3 Records Unit The Records Unit implement a records management system for

the response, i.e. the collation and filing of all records and forms including:

• Response personnel time sheets.

• Equipment usage records. • Personnel records.

B8.3.4 Incident Control Centre Management Unit The ICC Management Unit ensures effective operation of the ICC. This includes:

• Management of the transfer of information within the ICC; - Updating Status Boards. - Downloading data from status boards. - Ensuring that faxes and other messages are sent and received. • Administering the meeting schedule of the IC. • Administer ICC security.

B9.0 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN OSRICS AND AIIMS OSRICS, like most overseas ICS relating to oil spill response, has a Finance and

Administration (F&A) Section. This reflects the importance of documentation in oil spill response, particularly the financial aspects of the response. Under the AIIMS organisation there is no separate F&A Section. The Financial Unit is located under Logistics function with the remaining Units being included under Planning function.

The functions of the Units remains essentially unchanged.

AdministrationUnit

Finance Unit

Records Unit





SUPPLEMENT B.1 UPPER TIER IMT CHECKLISTS

IMT 1.0 INCIDENT CONTROLLER IC

The Incident Controller is responsible for the management of the incident response and control of the Incident Management Team (IMT). This extends over all phases of the response from the initial assessment to response termination and demobilisation.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation the IC will: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to current Incident Controller (if relieving)

2 Start Personal Log. Assuming Control

3 Arrive at ICC (if not first reporting location) and log time. 4 Review ICC layout. 5 Review IMT staffing. 6 Ensure that all reporting has been completed. Issue a new

SITREP.

Initial Assessment

7

Obtain details of spill and any actions taken (via POLREP; OSR Form 01). Check the following:

a Time of initial (this) call. b Name/title of caller. c Location of incident. d Nature of incident. e Time of incident/incident report. f Source of the report. g Volume of oil spilled. h Type of oil spilled. i Wind & current data.

8 Determine trajectory: a Manual estimate. b Commission trajectory computer modelling.

9 Determine resources at risk. 10 Determine Response Tier, in consultation with the HMA. 11 If State MPCs or other Govt. agencies are activated (upper

Tier 2 or Tier 3) determine the media liaison arrangements i.e. the location and reporting of the Media Liaison Unit and MLO.

12 Establish communications with agencies. Planning 13 Arrange aerial surveillance (or direct Planning Officer).

14 Convene planning meeting: a Determine Incident Response Aim (Policy). b Determine Priorities and Objectives. c Determine Strategies.

15 Determine preliminary resources list (labour, equipment, transport and other support) and give to Logistics Officer.

16 Direct Section Officers to develop tactics to implement strategies.

17 Instruct Media Liaison Officer to develop incident Media Plan. 18 Direct Planning Officer to compile Incident Action Plan.

Ongoing Response

19 Implement spill response actions as per relevant OSCP. 20 Monitor the response by scheduling and undertaking regular

briefings/debriefings of IMT.

21 If necessary call for additional resources:



a AMSA. b AMOSC c Other

22 Issue regular SITREPS:

A1.0 CONT INCIDENT CONTROLLER IC Response


23 Monitor H&S performance through ISO or Operations Officer/H&S Coordinator.

24 Monitor waste volumes and management through Operations Officer/Waste Management Coordinator. If necessary arrange for the development of a Waste Management Plan. Confirm that this complies with relevant State standards.

25

If a Tier 1 or lower Tier 2 response: a Commission and authorise media statements from MLO. b Schedule and attend media conferences.

26 If an upper Tier 2 or Tier 3 response liaise with AMSA re media.

27 If approved, authorise the use of dispersants; in consultation with the ESC and Environment Unit (via Planning Officer).

28 Arrange relief for IMT members. 29 Continue to monitor slick (position, trajectory, behaviour)

through the Planning Officer.

Response Termination

30 Terminate response on instruction of AMSA or other Combat Agency.

31 Ensure that all IMT members and Support Agencies are informed of stand-down (issue SITREP).

32 Monitor, and ensure a safe and complete demobilisation 33 Debrief IMT.

Post Response

34 Attend debrief if required. 35 Ensure that all records are retrieved, collated and stored. 36 Provide schedule of costs and supporting documentation to

Combat Agency.

END OF TIER 2/3 IC CHECKLIST



IMT 1.1 MEDIA LIAISON OFFICER MLO

The MLO manages media relations. Prepares press statements, organises press briefings and supports the IC in dealing with media.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to IC

2 Start Personal Log. 3 Attend briefing with IC .

Planning 4 Review any existing IMT Media Sub-Plan and modify if required.

5 Prepare, in consultation with the IC, a schedule for media releases and conferences.

Ongoing Response

6 If located in the ICC, assist in the preparation of SITREPS (OSR Form 02).

7 Monitor media broadcasts and newspapers and advise the IC of issues arising.

8 Prepare and release (as authorised by the IC) regular media bulletins.

9 Arrange media conferences or discussion forums as required, and authorised by the IC.

10 Liaise with Govt. Department officers as required. 11 Arrange facilities for media representatives through the ICC

Manager or other nominated person.

12 Arrange field visits for the media. 13 Brief IMT members for interviews and attend those interviews

if requested.

14 Attend regular briefings. Post Response

15 Prepare a report on the Media aspects of the response if requested by the IC,.

16 Attend debrief if requested. END OF TIER 2/3 MLO CHECKLIST



IMT 1.2 INCIDENT SAFETY OFFICER ISO

The ISO is responsible for the development and implementation of the Occupational Health & Safety Sub-Plan.


Time Mobilisation 1 Upon mobilisation by the IC:

a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to IC. 2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Response 4 Develop a site H&S Plan. 5 Implement H&S induction process for all personnel. 6 Ensure that proper H&S procedures have been implemented for

the response.

7 Rectify any practices which breach the H&S procedures implemented for the response.


8 Inform all H&S Unit personnel of response termination. 9 Ensure that all Field Teams return safely. 10

Attend IMT debrief if required.

11

Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section.

12

Ensure that all records are given to IC.

END OF TIER 2/3 ISO CHECKLIST



IMT 2.0 PLANNING OFFICER PO

The Planning Officer is responsible for managing the Planning Section of the IMT. The Planning Section is responsible for the preparation of an Incident Action Plan on behalf of the Incident Controller. It is also responsible for the collation and interpretation of required data.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Incident Controller. 2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Assessment

4 Obtain available data re: a Weather. b Tides, currents. c Topography & shoreline character (from OSRA). d Environmental sensitivity data (OSRA). e Spill trajectory (observed or by modelling). f Oil data (character and behaviour). g Community issues. h Action taken to date.

5 In consultation with the IC determine level of response and staffing requirements.

Establishing Section

6 Call in required staff (Obtain authority of IC and recruit via, or notify, the Logistics Officer).

7 Allocate tasks. 8 Verify that the ICC Manager has posted appropriate Status

Boards and Maps.

Planning 9 Attend initial planning meeting with IC and other Section officers, and record:

a Incident Response Aim (Policy). b Priorities and Objectives. c Strategies.

10 Distribute draft Incident Action Plan to Section Officers MLO and Advisers.

11 Obtain and collate Sub-Plans: a Communications Sub-Plan from Communications

Coordinator, via Logistics Officer.

b Health & Safety Sub-Plan from OH&S Adviser or OH&S Coordinator, via Operations Officer.

c Operations Sub-Plans from the Operations Officer. 12 Present Incident Action Plan to IC for approval & distribute.

Ongoing Response

13 Issue regular SITREPS (Form REP 01) to the IC for authorisation and despatch.

14 Monitor status boards, maps and charts –liaise with ICC Manager.

15 Monitor response: Update Incident Action Plan if needed. 16 Advise IC of need for Planning Meetings. 17 Monitor performance of Planning Section staff.


18 Inform all Planning Section staff of response termination. 19 Debrief Planning Unit coordinators. 20 Attend IC debrief. 21 Ensure that all records are given to Finance and Admin Officer.

12 Ensure that all records are given to IC.



END OF TIER 2/3 PO CHECKLIST

IMT 2.1 RESPONSE PLANNING COORDINATOR RPC The Response Planning Coordinator is responsible for compiling the Incident Action Plan and for monitoring activities against stated objectives.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or PO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Planning Officer. 2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Response 4 Coordinate the preparation of the Incident Action Plan. 5 Schedule and prepare briefing for P/IC 6 Maintain minutes and records of IMT meetings. 7 Ensure the documentation of all response decisions. 8 Monitor achievement of objectives or changes in situation that

alter objectives or priorities. Alert the Planning Officer of these.


9 Inform all Unit staff of response termination. 10 Attend Planning Unit debrief. 11 Ensure that all records are collated and given to the Planning

Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 RPC CHECKLIST

IMT 2.2 SITUATION COORDINATOR SiC The Situation Unit Coordinator is responsible for monitoring the progress of the response and keeping the IC informed (via the Planning Officer).


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or PO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Planning Officer.

2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Response 4 Obtain and interpret and supply data and supply to the ICC Manager for update of Status Boards:

5 Commission the Oil Spill Trajectory Model and monitor model output. These may be provided by the Environment Unit (Checklist A2.2.4).

6 Obtain and interpret pollution fate and behaviour predictions (ADIOS Model). These may be provided by the Environment Unit (Checklist A2.2.4).

7 Provide mapping and photographic services. 8 Issue SITREP (OSR Form 02).



Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 SiC CHECKLIST



IMT 2.3 RESOURCE COORDINATOR RC

The Resource Coordinator is responsible for tracking of the deployment of resources. Response


Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or PO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Planning Officer.


Response 4 Maintain information summaries on the types and location of resources deployed in the response.

5 Maintain status information of resources (e.g. deployed, available, en-route, unserviceable).

Response Continued

6 Prepare and maintain the incident organisation chart (supply to ICC Manager for display in ICC).

7 Monitor rosters for all response personnel (obtain from relevant Section Officers).



Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 RC CHECKLIST

IMT 2.4 ENVIRONMENT COORDINATOR EC The EC is responsible for the collection and collation of environment data/ advice e.g. obtains environmental data from OSRA, the ESC and local sources.


Time Mobilisation


Response 4 Collect and collate environment and socio-economic resource information using Coastal Resources Atlas (OSRA).

5 Rank environmental and socio-economic resources for protection and cleanup.

6 Provide advice on the environmental implications of proposed response and clean-up measures.

7 Provide advice on temporary and permanent waste management strategies.

8 Provide advice on post spill monitoring and resource rehabilitation programs.

9 Coordinate advice from on site environmental specialists. Response Termination


Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 EC CHECKLIST



IMT 2.5 CONSULTATION COORDINATOR ConC

The Consultation Coordinator is responsible for community and commercial consultation. Response


Mobilisation


Response 4 Identify community and commercial groups which may be affected by the incident.

5 Develop and implement consultation programs specific to the affected community or commercial group.

6 Input information developed within the consultation process into response planning.



Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 ConC CHECKLIST

IMT 3.0 OPERATIONS OFFICER OO The Operations Officer is responsible for ensuring that the Objectives and Strategies outlined in the Incident Action Plan are carried out effectively. The Operations Officer is responsible for determining how resources are distributed amongst the units in the Section and for coordinating joint activities.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Incident Controller 2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Assessment

4 Obtain available data re: a Weather. b Tides, currents. c Topography & shoreline character (from OSRA). d Environmental sensitivity data (OSRA). e Spill trajectory (observed or by modelling). f Oil data (character and behaviour). g Action taken to date.

5 In consultation with the IC determine level of response and staffing requirements.

Establishing Section

6 Determine need for Advance Operations Centre. 7 Establish AOC if needed (liaise with IC and Logistics Officer). 9 Call in required staff.

10 Allocate tasks. 11 Brief Section personnel. 12 Notify the Planning Section of the names & locations of Section

and Unit personnel.



Planning 13 Attend initial planning meeting with IC and other Section

Officers, and record:

a Incident Response Aim (Policy). b Priorities and Objectives. c Strategies.

14 Develop and collate Operations Sub-Plan, encompassing: a Marine Response Sub-Plan. b Aviation Sub-Plan. c Shoreline Response Sub-Plan. d Waste Management Sub-Plan. e Wildlife Sub-Plan.

Planning Continued

15 Supply Operations Sub-Plans to Planning Officer, as developed and amended.

16 For each of the Operational Sub-Plans, advise Logistics Officer and Planning Officer of :

a Equipment needs. b Labour needs (numbers, training level). c Transport requirements. d Any other needs.

Ongoing Response

17 Coordinate and monitor performance of Operations Section Functional Units.


18 Inform all Operations Section Unit Coordinators of response termination.

19 Debrief Operations Unit Coordinators. 20 Attend IC debrief. 21 Ensure that all Field Teams return safely. 22 Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section. 23 Ensure that all records are given to Finance and Admin Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 OO CHECKLIST



IMT 3.1 MARINE COORDINATOR MC

The MC is responsible for coordination and direction of all activities undertaken by waterborne craft and equipment.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or OO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Operations Officer.


Response 4 Develop and update a Marine Sub-Plan to implement the marine response strategies in the Incident Action Plan.

5 Calculate marine response equipment/ labour/ transport requirements and request through Operations Officer.

6 Obtain regular (daily) data: a Location of slick: aerial surveillance reports. b Condition of the oil (field reports, modelling). c Sea state and weather

7 Prepare work-orders for marine response teams. 8 Ensure that Marine Response Teams receive required:

a Information; i.e. Briefings/ Inductions/ Weather. b Personal protective equipment. c Supplies.

9 Monitor activities of non-response craft and request (via Operations Officer) an exclusion zone -if necessary.

10 If permission is given to use dispersants, coordinate vessel based dispersant operations.

11 Arrange aerial observer support for containment and recovery operations, and for vessel dispersant spraying operations, (with Aviation Coordinator via Operations controller).

12 Inform Waste Management Coordinator (via Operations Officer) of anticipated waste volumes and type.


13 Inform all Marine Unit personnel of response termination. 14 Ensure that all Field Teams return safely. 15 Debrief Unit Team Leaders 16 Attend OO debrief if required. 17 Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section. 18 Ensure that all records are given to Operations Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 MC CHECKLIST



IMT 3.2 AVIATION COORDINATOR AC

The AC is responsible for the coordination and direction of all activities undertaken utilising aircraft, e.g. aerial dispersant spraying, aerial surveillance and transport.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or OO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Operations Officer.


Response 4 Develop and update an Aviation Sub-Plan to implement aviation response strategies in the Incident Action Plan.

5 Calculate equipment/labour/transport requirements and request through Operations Officer.

6 Obtain data (daily) re: a Weather. b Slick location (modelling data).

7 Coordinate aerial transport operations as required. 8 Coordinate aerial surveillance operations on behalf of the

Planning Officer.

9 Coordinate aerial dispersant operations. Response Termination

10 Inform all Aviation Unit personnel of response termination. 11 Ensure that all Aircraft and support crew return safely. 12 Debrief pilots if required. 13 Attend Operations Officer debrief if required. 14 Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section. 15 Ensure that all records are given to Operations Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 AC CHECKLIST



IMT 3.3 SHORELINE COORDINATOR SC

The SC is responsible for planning and coordination of shoreline assessment and cleanup activities.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or OO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Operations Officer. 2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Response 4 Develop and update a Shoreline Sub-Plan to implement the Incident Action Plan & shoreline response strategies.

5 Calculate shoreline response equipment/labour/transport requirements and request through Operations Officer.

6 Obtain regular (daily) data: a Location of oil: aerial surveillance reports and Shoreline

assessment Team data.

b Condition of the oil (field reports, modelling). c Sea state and weather.

7 Prepare work-orders for shoreline response teams. 8 Ensure that Shoreline Teams receive required:

a Information; i.e. Briefings/ Inductions/ Weather. b Personal protective equipment. c Communications equipment (in accordance with the

Communications Sub-Plan).

d Supplies. 9 Monitor activities of non-response personnel and request (via

Operations Officer) security or an exclusion zone -if necessary.

10 If permission is given to use dispersants, ensure that all H&S Sub-Plan procedures are followed.

11 Coordinate land transport for shoreline cleanup and assessment teams (obtain resources via Logistics Officer).

12 Coordinate Shoreline Assessment Teams. 13 Coordinate Shoreline Cleanup Teams.


14 Inform all Shoreline Unit personnel of response termination. 15 Ensure that all Field Teams return safely. 16 Debrief Team Leaders if required. 17 Attend OO debrief if required. 18 Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section. 19 Ensure that all records are given to Operations Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 SC CHECKLIST



IMT 3.4 WILDLIFE COORDINATOR WC

Note: This is a State or Commonwealth Government role. Industry personnel are unlikely to be assigned this function.

IMT 3.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR

WMC

The WMC is responsible for the coordination of the containment, storage, transport and disposal of recovered oil and oily waste. Also instruction in on-site handling, storage and/or separation and treatment.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or OO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Operations Officer. 2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Response 4 Develop and update a Waste Management Sub-Plan to support the Incident Action Plan.

5 Advise Planning Officer (via Operations Officer) of waste volumes and transport and disposal costs.

6 Advise marine and shoreline response field teams on the temporary storage of collected oil.

7 Coordinate the transport of oil and oiled debris to central storage, or permanent disposal, sites.


8 Inform all Waste Management Unit personnel of response termination.

9 Ensure that all Field Teams return safely. 10 Debrief Team Leaders if required. 11 Attend OO debrief if required. 12 Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section. 13 Ensure that all records are given to Operations Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 WMC CHECKLIST



IMT 4.0 LOGISTICS OFFICER LO The Logistics Officer is responsible for activating and managing the Logistics Section of the IMT. The Logistics Section is responsible for ensuring that the IMT is provided with adequate resources to enable an effective response. This encompasses facilities, services, equipment and materials. The Logistics Officer participates in the development and implementation of the Incident Action Plan.


Time Mobilisation 1 On mobilisation by the IC:

a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Incident Controller.


Assess-mint 4 In consultation with the IC determine level of response/staffing needs.

Establish-in Section

5 Call in required staff. 6 Allocate work locations and tasks to Section personnel. 7 Notify the Planning Section of the names/locations of

personnel.

8 Brief Section personnel. Planning 9 Attend initial planning meeting with IC and other Section

officers and:

10 Identify service & support requirements for planned operations. 11 Develop a Communications Sub-Plan. 12 Develop Logistics Sub-Plan to cover any Logistics Strategies

identified in the Incident action Plan, and submit to the Planning Officer.

Ongoing Response

13 Co-ordinate and process requests for resources. 14 Prepare & record all procurement documents and service

contracts.

15 Liaise with Finance and Administration Officer (FAO). 16 Establish staging areas, transport, and equipment storage

facilities as required.

17 Keep the Planning Officer appraised of service & support capabilities.

18 Liaise with the Planning Officer and calculate future service & support requirements.

19 Ensure safety & welfare of all Section personnel. 20 Maintain a Log of all Section activities. 21 Coordinate and monitor performance of Logistics Section.


22 Inform all Logistics Section Unit Coordinators of termination. 23 Debrief Logistics Unit Coordinators. 24 Attend IC debrief. 25 Ensure that all equipment is returned to Logistics Section. 26 Ensure that equipment is cleaned, repaired, returned to

owner/supplier.

27 Compile final list of consumed, lost or damaged equipment. 28 Ensure that all records are given to Finance and Admin Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 LO CHECKLIST



IMT 4.1 Procurement Coordinator PC

The PC is responsible for the location and acquisition of personnel (labour) and equipment for the response. As such, the PC will liaise with AMSA EPG, AMOSC and State Government agencies with regard to resources


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or LO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Logistics Officer.


Response 4 Procure personnel and equipment as directed. 5 Provide adequate storage for equipment. 6 Delivery of resources.


7 Inform all Unit members of termination. 8 Attend LO debrief if required 9 Ensure that all equipment is returned. 10 Compile final list of consumed, lost or damaged equipment. 11 Ensure that all records are given to Logistics Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 PC CHECKLIST

IMT .2 Services Coordinator SerC The SerC is responsible for the location and acquisition of services for the response. As such, the SerC will locate predominantly private sector contractors such as catering, accommodation and other personnel support needs.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by IC or LO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Logistics Officer.


Response 4 Provide shelters and amenities for response personnel. 5 Provide accommodation for all response personnel. 6 Provide catering services. 7 Provide decontamination facilities for personnel and

equipment.

8 Provide security for all areas of the response. Response Termination


END OF TIER 2/3 SerC CHECKLIST



IMT 4.3 Transport Coordinator TC

The TC is responsible for the location acquisition and scheduling of aviation, land and sea transport services for the IMT. The TC may need to develop a Transportation Sub-Plan.


Time Mobilisation 1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or LO:

a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Logistics Officer.


Response 4 Arrange for supply of transport to meet operational requirements.

5 Arrange for the supply of fuel. 6 Arrange for the maintenance of all forms of transport.



END OF TIER 2/3 TC CHECKLIST

IMT 4.4 Communications Coordinator CC The Communications coordinator is responsible for the preparation of Communications Sub-Plan and for ensuring the provision of communications services and support.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by IC or LO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Logistics Officer.


Response 4 Develop and maintain a Communications Sub-Plan. 5 Acquire and distribute appropriate communications equipment to

meet operational requirements.

6 Ensure appropriate communications and support facilities as required to meet operational requirements.

7 Provide technical support for all response communications. Response Termination

8 Attend LO debrief if required 9 Ensure that all equipment is returned. 10 Compile final list of consumed, lost or damaged equipment. 11 Ensure that all records are given to Logistics Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 CC CHECKLIST



IMT 4.5 Medical Manager MM The MM is responsible for ensuring that medical services are provided for the IMT. This would generally include assistance in the development of the OH&S Sub-Plan and for establishing medical, first aid and ambulance service centres where needed.


Time Mobilisation



Response 4 Provide first aid services. 5 Provide ambulance services. 6 Maintain a record of First Aid/CPR trained personnel.


7 Attend LO debrief if required 8 Compile final list of consumed, lost or damaged equipment. 9 Ensure that all records are given to Logistics Officer.

END OF TIOER 2/3 MM CHECKLIST IMT 4.6 Staging Area Managers SAMs

Staging Area Managers are responsible for the running of Staging Areas. These are generally field facilities that undertake specific functions such as equipment maintenance, storage and deployment.


Time Mobilisation



Response 4 Provide check in/out procedures and records for personnel. 5 Provide check in/out procedures and records for equipment. 6 Refurbish equipment for return or redeployment.


7 Attend LO debrief if required 8 Ensure that all equipment is returned. 9 Compile final list of consumed, lost or damaged equipment. 10 Ensure that all records are given to Logistics Officer.

END OF TIER 2/3 SAMs CHECKLIST



IMT 5.0 FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION OFFICER FAO

The Finance and Administration Officer (FAO) is responsible for managing the Finance and Administration Section. The Finance & Administration Section is responsible for the provision of administrative services to the Incident Controller and the IMT, and for the management of financial (costs) information.


Time Mobilisation 1 Upon mobilisation by the IC:

a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Incident Controller


Assess-mint 4 In consultation with IC determine response level and staffing needs.

Establish-in Section

5 Call in required staff. 6 Allocate work locations and Tasks to Section personnel. 7 Notify the Planning Section of names/locations of Section

personnel.

8 Brief Section personnel. Planning 9 Attend initial planning meeting with IC and other Section officers.

10 Identify service & support requirements for planned operations. 11 Develop Finance and Administration Sub-Plan. 12 Ensure that the IC and Section Officers are aware of the

administrative arrangements in place.

Ongoing Response

13 Log all procurements and, where appropriate, commence payment/cost recovery procedures.

14 Overview legal requirements and take action/advise IC as appropriate.

15 Review Incident Action Plan on a regular basis and estimate future Section needs.

16 Record and process all damage claims. 17 Record and process all workers compensation claims. 18 Ensure safety & welfare of all Section personnel. 19 Maintain a Log of all Section activities for Administrative Support

Report.

20 Continually monitor expenditure and estimate costs and report these to the Planning Officer.

21 Co-ordinate and monitor performance of Operations Section Functional Units. As per A2.5.1 – A2.5.4.


22 Inform all Finance and Administrations Section Unit Coordinators of response termination.

23 Debrief F&A Unit Coordinators. 24 Attend IC debrief.

Post Spill 25 Assist Incident Controller/Offshore Australia Drilling & Completions Manager in documentation and compilation of insurance claims and other cost recovery.

END OF TIER 2/3 FAO CHECKLIST



IMT 5.1 Administration Coordinator AdminC The Admin C coordinates administrative services such as telephones, fax, computers, radios (if qualified) and message services.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or FAO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Finance and Administration Officer.


Response 4 Provide staff to undertake administrative services, including: a Communications; telephones, facsimiles radios (qualified

personnel only), courier services.

b Clerical services; typing. Response Termination

5 Inform Unit members of response termination. 6 Attend F&A debrief if required. 7 Collate records and give to FAO

END OF AdminC CHECKLIST

IMT 5.2 Finance Coordinator FC The FC provides accounting and contracting services. The FC is responsible for ensuring that all expenditure is documented and collated and that a running account is available to the FAO and the IC.

Response Phase

Action Status/ Time

Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or FAO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Finance and Administration Officer. 2 Start Personal Log 3 Attend Initial Briefing.

Response 4 Administer contracting services. 5 Pay all accounts and costs associated with the incident. 6 Collate expenditure records for cost recovery.



END OF TIER 2/3 FC CHECKLIST



A2.5.3 Records Coordinator RecC

The Records Coordinator is responsible for the collation and filing of records and forms including, time sheets, equipment use and personnel records.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or FAO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Finance and Administration Officer.


Response 4 Collate response personnel time sheets. 5 Collate equipment usage records. 6 Collate personal records of personnel. 7 Implement a records management system for the response.



END OF TIER 2/3 RecC CHECKLIST

A2.5.4 Incident Control Centre (ICC) Manager ICC M Ensures effective operation of the ICC, including management of information transfer of within the ICC, (Status Boards/faxes/messages delivery/ dispatch), administering the meeting schedule, ICC security etc.


Time Mobilisation

1 Upon mobilisation by the IC or FAO: a Proceed to nominated location. b Report to Finance and Administration Officer. 2 Start Personal Log

Records 3 Establish ICC (refer to relevant OSCP). 4 Maintain Status Boards. 5 Manage information flow within the ICC. 6 Administer ICC security.



END OF TIER 2/3 ICC M CHECKLIST



14.2 ATTACHMENT 2 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN OSR F1 INTRODUCTION F1.1 Use of this Technical Attachment This Technical Attachment is to be used by the SSHE Coordinator within the PTTEPAA

Emergency Management Team (or by the designated Environmental Coordinator of a higher-tier Incident Management Team).

It provides guidelines for the management of environmental issues during the response

and also provides information to be used in decision making as follows: Supplement F1 – Regional Environmental data for Timor Sea Supplement F2 – NEBA Procedure

The information provided is an outline, for guidance only, and is not a substitute for

training or the consulting of relevant expertise. The strategies and methods identifies in this OSCP are based on an assessment of

resources at risk, oil spill trajectories, oil character and behaviour, metocean conditions and logistics considerations (distance),location of resources etc.). Many of these considerations are predictive in nature and real incidents may present new considerations.

Environmental data relating to the areas in which PTTEPAA operates is included in

Supplements to this Attachment. F1.2 Objectives of Environmental Management During an Oil Spill Response A primary objective of oil spill response is the protection of the environment. All response

activities should be focussed on minimising environmental harm, providing that health and safety is not compromised.



F2.0 ROLE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATOR The Environmental Coordinator’s key function is to ensure that the response remains

focussed on the above objective. The Environmental Coordinator may be asked to undertake a number of tasks during, or following, a response:

1. Assist in the formulation of response priorities (protection and cleanup) (Section

F1.3). • Obtain, assess and provide information regarding the location of resources. • Provide information regarding the sensitivity (likelihood of suffering damage) of

these to oil impact and to the response. • Provide information pertinent to the effectiveness of protecting or cleaning the

resources (safety, access, amenity to cleanup) 2. Assist in the selection of response strategies and methods (Section F1.4), in particular;

• Undertake, on behalf of the EMT Leader (or Incident Controller) Net Environmental Benefit Analysis of response options.

3. Assist in the design and management of Operational Monitoring of the spill response (Section B.1.5). 4. Assist in the design and implementation of Scientific (post spill) Monitoring (Section F1.6) 5. Assist the EC (or IC) and/or Govt. agencies in identifying personnel with expertise that can facilitate the above.

F2.1 Input into Response Priority Assessments Response priorities must consider a number of factors: • Vulnerability of each resource: The likelihood of an impact (contact) by the oil.

• Sensitivity of each resource: The likelihood and scale of harm that could result from impact.

• Sensitivity of the resource to response methods. • Significance of harm to each resource or resources. • Speed of recovery after impact and including the potential for restoration. • Feasibility of the response including effectiveness and scale of required effort.



F2.2 Assessing Response Strategies and Methods Strategies and methods must be assessed on a case by case basis. In most cases the

probability of impacting resources will be very low and monitoring the dissipation of surface oil may be sufficient.

Example: Dispersants If oil does threaten coastlines, the recommended protection action in most cases is to

attempt to disperse oil in deep waters (> 20m water depth) to prevent oil reaching landfall. For larger spills the use of dispersants is likely to be the only option because of the speed of mobilising this response and the greater potential to treat large slicks at sea.

However, dispersant use does not remove oil from the sea but only from the surface.

The distribution of oil from the surface into underlying waters does protect birds and shorelines from impact but does so at the cost of increased exposure of species in the water column (plankton, fish) and, in shallow waters, on the seafloor.

The relative risks must be assessed through a “Net Environmental Benefit Analysis

(NEBA)”. Table F.1 provides an indicative list of considerations for dispersant use. Similar considerations for other response strategies are detailed in Section 8.2 and Attachment 2 (Supplement F1, Table 15). A detailed NEBA should be constructed for each decision using guidance included in Supplement F2.

It should be noted that all strategies and methods should be reassessed throughout the

response to ensure that any assumptions made through the NEBA process are correct. For dispersants this may require field monitoring of effectiveness and distribution (area, depth, concentration) and dissipation of dispersed oil. This would form part of an “Operational Monitoring” programme (Section F1.5).

F3.0 MONITORING The National Plan defines two types of monitoring for oil spill response:

• Type I or “Operational Monitoring”. • Type II or :Scientific Monitoring” These are discussed below.



Table F.1 Considerations in Dispersant Use Decision making Ref Consideration Positive Negative 1 Health and

Safety Fire hazards are reduced through chemical dispersion.

Personnel using dispersants must wear suitable PPE.

2 Effectiveness May be the only method that can be used due to weather or sea state.

Dispersants are not effective against heavy or waxy oils, and emulsions.

3 Environmental Risk (Short Term)

Dispersed oil is less subject to movement due to wind, consequently coastal impacts may be avoided.

Dispersants are toxic to flora and fauna. Direct application to fauna/flora is to be avoided.

4 Oil is removed from the water surface and therefore poses a reduced risk to birds.

Dispersed oil penetrates more deeply into the water column and may affect subsurface organisms.

5 Environmental Risk (Longer Term): Fate of Oil

Biodegradation of dispersed oil appears to be more rapid than undispersed oil.

Dispersion reduces the potential for loss of volatile (light) hydrocarbons through evaporation.

6 The formation of stable water-in-oil emulsions can be prevented.

These consequently enter the water column in greater amounts and more quickly.

7 Dispersed oil tends to adhere to surfaces less than undispersed oil.

Dispersion may inhibit the photo-oxidation of oil. However, this is a relatively minor degradation pathway.

8 Onshore use of chemical dispersant is likely to increase the penetration of oil into porous sediments. However, there is little to suggest that such oil is generally more persistent than undispersed oil.

F3.1 Operational (Type I) Monitoring Operational (Type I) monitoring is undertaken in order to obtain information which will

assist in the planning and execution of the oil spill response and the achieving of its stated aim of minimising environmental harm. The nature of the monitoring programme implemented will depend on the needs of the incident and may involve:

• Aerial surveillance;

- Oil location. - Oil slick description and volume estimation. - Presence of megafauna. - Presence of fishing vessels.

• Remote (satellite) sensing (see above). • Oil sampling; - Identification (fingerprinting). - Oil character and behaviour. - Estimation of weathering. • Shoreline assessment; - Oil distribution and character. • Oiled fauna surveys. • Water quality sampling; - Dispersed oil distribution and persistence. - Presence of dissolved hydrocarbons. • Sediment sampling (presence of hydrocarbons). • Fisheries surveys (tainting).

Methods for the planning and execution of Operational Monitoring are provided in the Oil



Spill Monitoring Handbook (AMSA, 2003). Type I monitoring provides data in a usable time-frame and this sometimes compromises

scientific rigour. However, as noted in Section F1.6, data obtained under this monitoring may be required to support longer term Type II studies and this must be considered in the design of Type I studies.

F3.2 Scientific (Type II) Monitoring Scientific (Type II) monitoring is undertaken in order to obtain information which will provide

indicative or quantitative data for short term and longer term environmental effects assessment.

Type II monitoring has a high requirement for accuracy and data may be challenged. Scientific monitoring programmes, if required must be negotiated between PTTEPAA and

the relevant authority (SEWPAC). F3.3 Integration of Type I and Type II Monitoring Type I monitoring may become Type II monitoring if it continues after response termination.

An example of this is studies of oil in shorelines sediment. This is of operational significance when used to monitor the success (or otherwise) of cleanup but may also be required for longer term study of oil persistence, perhaps linked to studies of habitat recovery.

It is important that Type I monitoring is undertaken in a manner that will allow data to be

used for Type II studies if required. F4.0 RESOURCING THE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE. Locating, assessing and disseminating environmental data can be labour intensive and the

need for skilled support should not be underestimated. Data that may take time to obtain should, wherever possible, be obtained before an

incident occurs (e.g. OSRA maps). Operational Monitoring can generate a lot of data (including digital and paper) and needs

to be processed quickly. Staff or contractors trained in GIS, database management and OSR need to be identified quickly (see Attachment E to the OSCP).

The time and skill required to manage, coordinate or even scope Scientific Monitoring can

also be high. The need for speedy contracting services should also not be overlooked.



SUPPLEMENT F.1 REGIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL DATA

TIMOR SEA



1.0 Physical Environment 1.1 Climate The climate of the region is tropical monsoonal with two distinct seasons: • Northwest monsoon period (November-March).

• Southeast monsoon period (April-September). Brief transitional periods occur in April and September/October. Air Temperature There is little variation in the mean monthly temperature with winter averages of 27oC

and summer averages of 28oC. More extreme temperatures do occur (see Table 1) and temperatures at the time of an incident should be verified in order to feed into the: • Spill modelling of oil fates. • Health and safety for vessel-based responders.

Table 1 Seasonal Temperature (oC) Range: Timor Sea

(Based on data from Jabiru Venture cited in AIMS, 1997) Minima Mean Maxima Summer (wet) 19.8 28.4 34.2 Winter (dry) 20.1 26.9 32.5

Significance for OSR

No potentially spilled oils have pour points within or close to ambient air temperature range - Temperature is unlikely to have a great influence on oil character or behaviour (see Technical Appendix C).

Temperatures may make extended vessel deck-work unsafe during an extended response.

Action Verify temperatures at time of incident. Monitor field conditions Humidity The highest humidity occurs from October to May during the Northwest Monsoon season. Rainfall The rainfall within and near to the area is characterised as monsoonal. There is high

rainfall associated with the northwest monsoon and low rainfall associated with the southeast monsoon. It should be noted that heavy rainfall is associated with tropical cyclones and thunderstorm activity.



Winds The area is subject to two distinct wind regimes: • A period of steady south-

easterly air flow originating over the Australian mainland (the southeast monsoon).

• A steady moist west to northwest wind caused by a semi-permanent heat low over central Australia during the summer months (northwest monsoon).

Figure 1 Wind Roses for Permit Area

Occasional tropical

cyclones occur during the northwest monsoon period. These result in short lived, severe storm events, often with strong but variable winds (Figure 1). There are five storm types that may occur in the Timor Sea and these are described in Table 2.


Wind speed and direction will determine spill trajectory and persistence of oil on the sea.

Wind strength will determine the amount of oil penetrating into the oil column. This may be important for predicting potential environmental harm.

High winds and storms will act to break up surface slicks. Storm conditions render response unsafe.

Action

Ensure input of ambient conditions into spill trajectory and fates modelling.

Obtain weather forecasts and regular updates. Monitor field conditions

1.2 Oceanography Surface Water Temperature Mean monthly sea surface temperatures in the Timor Sea range from 26oC to 30oC.

Surface waters are well mixed with a weak thermocline in summer.

2007/5/14IW6126.WNELon(Deg) Lat(deg) Start Date End Date days Sample Time123.75 -14.29 1999/1/1 2006/12/30 2920 6hrsLEGEND

Period Percentage% Calm

(wind from)Northspeed

knots

Sample CountMax.Speed(knots)Ave.Speed(knots)

0.10.3

0.5

0.70.9151020

1020

3040

50Yearly% Calm0.28

11681388.9

January% Calm0

9923810.3

February% Calm0

9043811.68

March% Calm0.3

992358.32

April% Calm0.31

960207.47

May% Calm0.2

9922610.83

June% Calm0.1

9602412.44

July% Calm0.3

9922510.17

August% Calm0.3

992237.15

September% Calm0.73

960205.7

October% Calm0.4

992196.53

November% Calm0.52

960187.11

December% Calm0.2

985339.33



This results in a seawater temperature drop of 3-4oC between the surface and mid depths (40-50 m). In winter, the water temperature varies little in the top 70 metres or so. Seawater temperatures measured in the Timor Sea are relatively constant.


No potentially spilled oils have pour points within or close to ambient surface water temperature range - Temperature is unlikely to have a great influence on oil character or behaviour.

Action Verify temperatures at time of incident. Monitor field conditions Table 2 Timor Sea Storm Types

Type Description

Tropical Cyclones

At maturity, the tropical cyclone is one of the most intense storms in the world; winds exceeding 50ms-1 are common with mature storms, as is torrential rainfall.

Tropical cyclones form in the area generally south of the equator in the east Indian Ocean area and the Timor and Arafura seas.

Most cyclones approach the permit area heading in a west or south-west direction.

The majority have occurred between December and April. Bureau of Meteorology cyclone records shows that since 1964 an average of

2.6 cyclones per year have occurred in the area bounded by 5oS to 16.5oS and 121oE to 132oE

The majority (75%) of these cyclones were not fully matured with an estimated wind speed of less than 80km/hr

A severe cyclone with wind speeds exceeding 100km/hr occurs on average once every 2.6 years.

Monsoonal Surge

Regular surges occur in the monsoonal flow throughout the summer months. These surges result in winds increasing typically 8 to 12ms-1 for periods of one

to three days. Occasionally surges may attain speeds of 20ms-1

Squalls

These are associated with thunderstorms occurring during the northwest monsoon period (November to March).

They are of relatively short duration and are usually accompanied by heavy rain, thunder and lightning.

Winds are usually 12 to 25ms-1 but in extreme cases may reach 25 to 30ms-1 with gusts to 45ms-1.

Trade Wind Surge

These are the result of surges in the easterly trade winds during the winter period and typically result in winds strengthening to about 12ms-1 for a three to five days.

Tornadoes and Water

Spouts

Tornadoes and water spouts occur in the region associated with thunderstorm activity and tropical cyclones.

No reported information exists on their intensity or frequency, however in general very high winds (in the order of say 50ms-1) could be expected for a short duration.

Tides Tides are semi diurnal and, in the surface waters, flood to the west-northwest. A weaker

ebb to the west-southeast results in a net surface movement to the west-northwest. Currents Currents are predominantly tidal. Readings at Jabiru, to the north of the Permit Areas,

indicate a maximum spring tidal current of 1.0 m/s and neap tide velocities of 0.4 m/s. These are orientated in a NW-SE axis and have a mean tidal excursion of 7-10 km along the NW-SE axis and about 6 km on the SW-NE axis.



Wind generated currents are to the west during the winter southeast monsoon and reverse during the summer northwest monsoon.

Local wind driven surface currents may attain speeds of 0.6 ms-1 during monsoonal or

Trade Wind surges. Drift current velocities are in the vicinity of 0.1 m/s to 0.3 m/s. Significance

for OSR Current speed and direction will determine spill trajectory.

Action Trajectory modelling contractors will ensure input of current data into spill trajectory modelling.

Waves Total waves are composed of sea waves that are a locally generated in response to wind

conditions and swell waves that result predominantly from storms in the Southern Ocean or the southern portion of the Indian Ocean. High sea wave conditions will normally occur within 250 km of tropical cyclones and swell waves may occur at further distances.

Bathymetry The water depth of the permit areas ranges from approximately 80 m to 200 m. The

dominant feature of the region is the edge of the Australian continental shelf which is aligned south-west to north-east. Beyond the continental shelf the seabed slopes away sharply to a maximum depths of over 1000m.


Deep waters around the well-sites make impact of non-coastal seafloor sediments benthic communities by surface oil unlikely.

Releases at the seafloor or spills of mud may result in the impact of sediments close to the well-site

Action

Assess incident for possible seafloor impact. Consider need for monitoring (release volume, location of

discharge, oil type etc.)



2.0 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 2.1 Regional Overview

PTTEPAA’s production and exploration operations are located within the North West Marine Region (NWMR) and North Marine Region (NMR) (SEWPAC 2012a, b; Figure 2 and Figure 3, respectively). The NWMR covers Commonwealth waters from the WA/NT border in the north to Kalbarri in the south. A number of regionally important marine communities and habitats have been identified as part of the NWMR bioregional plan and WA state planning processes, including Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island, Seringapatam and Scott Reefs which have been identified as regionally important areas supporting a high biodiversity of marine life and feeding and breeding aggregations. The continental slope demersal fish communities of the NWMR have been identified as an important marine community, due to high species diversity and endemism. The carbonate bank and terrace system of the Sahul Shelf has also been identified as regionally important as it is a unique sea floor feature which contributes to the biodiversity and productivity of the local area. Other priority areas in the NWMR include Rowley Shoals and Ningaloo Reef (both of which are outside the area of interest for PTTEPAA’s operations. The NMR encompasses Commonwealth waters from west Cape York Peninsula to the Northern Territory–Western Australia border. While the NMR marine environment generally has a high diversity of tropical species, it is characterised by relatively low endemism. Regions which have a high biodiversity include the Gulf of Carpentaria coastal zone, plateaux and saddle north-west of the Wellesley Islands, and the submerged coral reefs of the Gulf of Carpentaria. The Gulf of Carpentaria coastal zone supports many protected species such as marine turtles, dugongs and sawfish while the basin and submerged corals reefs support moderately abundant and diverse communities of infauna and mobile epifauna and assemblages of pelagic fish species. The region also provides key bird, marine turtle and dugong breeding, feeding and nursery sites. Protected species known to occur in the region include six species of turtle, Australian snubfin dolphin, sawfish, sea snakes (28 of the 35 known Australian species), saltwater crocodile and a vast array of seahorse and pipefish species. The coral reef systems of the region support some endemic species and are highly diverse. Other priority areas in the NMR include the pinnacles of the Bonaparte Basin, carbonate bank and terrace system of Van Diemen Rise, shelf break and slope of Arafura Shelf and tributary canyons of the Arafura Depression. The key environmental features in relation to PTTEPAA’s production and exploration operations are shown in Figure 4.



Figure 2 North West Marine Region (Source: SEWPAC 2012a)

Figure 3 North West Marine Region (Source: SEWPAC 2012a)



Figure 4 PTTEPAA’s Production and Exploration Operations and Key Environmental Features



2.2 Timor Sea The broad marine habitats recognised in the Timor Sea include:

• Open water habitat

• Deep water benthic (seafloor) habitats • Submerged reefs and shoals • Banks and offshore intertidal reefs • Coastal reefs and shorelines. The most ecologically productive offshore areas in the Timor Sea region are those associated with banks or shoals in shallower waters (such as Vulcan, Barracouta, Karmt and Big Bank Shoals) and coral reefs (such as Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and Hibernia Reef). In addition, there are numerous poorly described deep-water seamounts throughout the Sahul Banks area. 2.3 Marine Reserves In 2012, Commonwealth Government released the North-west Marine Bioregional Plan and North Marine Bioregional Plan and Commonwealth marine reserve network for the regions. These Plans include the Kimberley Commonwealth Marine Reserve and North Commonwealth Marine Reserve, which cover the nearshore waters of the Kimberley and North regions, respectively. The Plans describe the marine environment and conservation values of the region, identify regional priorities and outline strategies to address them, and provides advice to decision-makers and operators planning to undertake activities in the regions in relation to some of the conservation values. The final marine reserve network included 13 Commonwealth Marine Reserves in the NWMR and 8 reserves in the NMR (Figure 5).



Figure 5 PTTEPAA’s Production and Exploration Operations and NWMR and NMR Commonwealth Marine Reserves Network



2.4 Plankton Plankton (both phytoplankton and zooplankton) biomass in the Timor Sea has not been

extensively studied. Plankton distribution is reported to be generally patchy and associated with localised and seasonal productivity that produce sporadic bursts plankton production (DEWHA 2008). Fluctuations in abundance and distribution occur both horizontally and vertically in response to the tidal cycles, seasonal variation (light, water temperature and chemistry, rainfall, currents and nutrients) and cyclonic events. The seasonal cycles and spatial distribution/ abundance of biological productivity still remain largely unknown (DSD 2010), although coral spawning events will produce concentrations of plankton.

Plankton are both sensitive and vulnerable to surface oil via direct or indirect means.

Direct impacts include ingestion, absorption and coating while indirect impacts include smothering, ingestion of contaminated food and behaviour changes (e.g. decline in feeding and growth rates). However, long term damage to populations is mitigated by the wide distribution of plankton relative to the areas affected by surface oil and that affected seas are generally rapidly re-colonised by plankton from clean areas. Post spill surveys of plankton rarely find any effects on populations. However, effects of oil on seasonal spawning of coral and fish are nevertheless a concern and advice on current conditions should always be sought from relevant State and Commonwealth Government agency/research institute in the event of a spill.


Effects on plankton are possible but unlikely to be detectable at a population level.

Actio

n

Obtain information on current state of spawning. Avoid use of dispersants near known or likely aggregations If dispersants are used, monitor effectiveness and distribution of

dispersed oil plume.



2.5 Fish Numerous fish species are known to occur in the regions, including commercially significant

species, such as Scarlet Sea Perch, Red Emperor, Red Snapper, Goldband Snapper, Saddletail Sea Perch, and various shark species. The EPBC Act Protected Matters search identified 41 fish species (all listed Marine species) that may occur in or have habitat in PTTEPAAs production and operational areas. Of these 41 species, four are considered ‘Vulnerable’ and one is a ‘migratory’ species. The species include sharks, ray-finned fishes and are either pipefish or seahorses (family Syngnathidae). With the exception of the sharks (Whale shark, Shortfin Mako and Longfin Mako), these fish species will most likely be confined to the shallow waters of shoals and reefs. Table 3 outlines fish listed under the EPBC Act. Whale sharks (Rhincodon typus) are listed as Vulnerable and Migratory under the EPBC Act and Vulnerable under the on the World Conservation Union’s ‘Red List’ of Threatened Species (IUCN 2010). They are generally found in areas where the surface temperature is 21–25 °C, preferably with cold water of 17 °C or less upwelling into it, and salinity of 34 to 34.5 parts per thousand (ppt) (Pogonoski et al. 2002). Whale sharks have a broad distribution in tropical and warm temperate seas. In Australian waters, they are known to aggregate at Ningaloo Reef (approximately 1,500 km south-west of the key area of interest for PTTEPAA’s operations sometime between May and June and in the Queensland Coral Sea (approximately 2,400 km east of the key area of interest for PTTEPAA’s operations) between November and December. The Whale shark is a highly migratory fish and only visits Australian waters seasonally. Whale sharks are not known to feed or breed in the key area of interest for PTTEPAA’s operations. However, whale sharks may occur in PTTEPAA’s exploration and operations areas due to their widespread distribution and highly migratory nature, albeit in very low numbers. The Shortfin mako (Isurus oxyrinchus) and the Longfin mako (Isurus paucus) are offshore epipelagic species found in tropical and warm-temperate waters. Both species occur in Australia in coastal waters off WA, NT, QLD and NSW at depths ranging from shallow coastal waters to at least 500m. These species may migrate through PTTEPAA’s exploration and operations areas. Three species of sawfish potentially occur in the coastal areas in the vicinity of Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply base. While the species recorded in the area are typically found throughout northern Australia, accurate distributional information is not available due to lack of surveys and anecdotal reports (Morgan et al. 2009). However, the Pilbara coast and west Kimberley are known to represent important areas for these species. Sawfish generally return seasonally to inshore coastal waters to breed and pup, with limited research suggesting that pupping may occur during the wet season (Peverell 2005).



Table 3 Fish of Conservation Significance in the Timor Sea

Common Name

Scientific Name

Distribution and Habit

EPBC Status

Whale shark Rhincodon typus

Migratory. Species or habitat likely in project area. Aggregate at Ningaloo (WA, 1300km) and in Coral Sea (2000km)

Vulnerable Migratory

Shortfin Mako, Mako Shark

Isurus oxyrinchus

Offshore littoral and epipelagic species which is widespread in tropical and warm-temperate water to depths of at least 500m. It is occasionally found in inshore wasters where the continental shelf is narrow.

Migratory

Longfin Mako Isurus paucus

While it appears to be widely distributed in tropical and temperate waters, the species distribution in Australian waters is poorly known. It is generally thought to be a deep-dwelling shark, although the species has been sighted on the ocean surface.

Migratory

Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish1

Pristis clavata

Occur mainly in inshore coastal waters and riverine environments of tropical northern Australia. Considered to extend north from Cairns around the Cape York Peninsula in Qld, across northern Australian waters to the Pilbara coast in WA. Commonly inhabits shallow (2m to 3m) coastal waters and estuarine habitats.

Vulnerable

Freshwater Sawfish1

Pristis microdon

Potential distribution in all large river systems in northern Australia from Fitzroy River WA to west Cape York Qld. Species likely to occur in the broader Darwin and Truscott Mungalalu Airport area.

Vulnerable

Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish1

Pristis zijsron Found north of Cairns Qld to Shark Bay WA. Species likely to occur in the broader Darwin and Truscott Mungalalu Airport area.

Vulnerable

Corrugated Pipefish, Barbed Pipefish

Bhanotia fasciolata

May occur infrequently in the North Marine Region. Known to occur in the NWMR.

Listed

Three-keel Pipefish

Campichthys tricarinatus

Found in association with rocky reefs and mangroves. Recorded adjacent at Darwin Harbour, New Year Island and Milingimbi NT. Species likely to occur in the broader Darwin and Truscott Mungalalu Airport area.

Listed

Pacific Short-bodied Pipefish, Short-bodied Pipefish

Choeroichthys brachysoma

Preferred habitat of seagrass, reef and coral at depths less than 5 m, however the species has been found in waters up to 27 m depth. Recorded from Darwin Harbour, Cobourg Peninsula, the Gove Peninsula and Bremer Island, and Vanderlin Islands in the southern Gulf of Carpentaria NT.

Listed

Pig-snouted Pipefish

Choeroichthys suillus

This species occurs in inshore reef habitats from southern WA around the north of Australia and along the Qld coastline. Mainly found in tropical northern Australia.

Listed

Fijian Banded Pipefish, Brown-banded Pipefish

Corythoichthys amplexus

The species occurs in tropical Indo-West Pacific region and is commonly found in hard and soft corals habitats, including outer reefs, reef edges, coral gutters, bomboras, reef walls, rubble, lagoons, sand and fine silt.

Listed



Reticulate Pipefish, Yellow-banded Pipefish, Network Pipefish

Corythoichthys flavofasciatus

May occur infrequently in the North Marine Region. Limited information available. Recorded in association with algal-matted rock and living corals of lagoon and seaward reefs to a depth of approximately 25m.

Listed

Australian Messmate Pipefish, Banded Pipefish

Corythoichthys intestinalis

Recorded in north-west and north-east Australia and inhabits sheltered sponge and coral reefs in shallow lagoons and harbours at depths of 5m to 10m.

Listed

Schultz's Pipefish

Corythoichthys schultzi

In Australia, the species is known from the offshore islands of north-western WA and the entire length of the Great Barrier Reef, Qld. Occurs in association with rocky and rubbly substrates close to coral reefs at depths from 1m to 30m. May occur infrequently in the North Marine Region.

Listed

Roughridge Pipefish

Cosmocampus banneri

May occur infrequently in the North Marine Region. Limited information available.

Listed

Banded Pipefish, Ringed Pipefish

Doryrhamphus dactyliophorus

Found in tropical and sub-tropical waters in association with coral reefs at depths between 5m and 56 m. It has also has been observed to live in caves and crevices.

Listed

Bluestripe Pipefish, Indian Blue-stripe Pipefish, Pacific Blue-stripe Pipefish

Doryrhamphus excisus

Recorded in association with reefs in depths ranging between 2m to 50m.

Listed

Cleaner Pipefish, Janss' Pipefish

Doryrhamphus janssi

Preferred habitat is coral reefs, reef flats, live corals, sponges, seagrass, algae, coral rubble, lagoons, sand and silt. Recorded at Oxley Island and Darwin NT.

Listed

Tiger Pipefish

Filicampus tigris

May occur infrequently in the North Marine Region. Limited information available.

Listed

Brock's Pipefish

Halicampus brocki

In Australia, the species is known from scattered localities in northern WA, NT and Qld. Occur in association with reefs in depth ranging between 2m to 23m.

Listed

Red-hair Pipefish, Duncker's Pipefish

Halicampus dunckeri

Recorded across northern Australian from sand, rubble or reef habitats to a depth of at least 14 m.

Listed

Mud Pipefish, Gray's Pipefish

Halicampus grayi

Found in association with muddy and silty sediments from inshore to offshore waters. Recorded from Darwin Harbour and the western Gulf of Carpentaria NT.

Listed

Spiny-snout Pipefish

Halicampus spinirostris

Known to occur in shallow coral rubble habitats in lagoons and intertidal zones of inshore coral reefs in depth of 5m to10m.

Listed



Ribboned Pipehorse, Ribboned Seadragon

Haliichthys taeniophorus

Distributed from Shark Bay WA around northern Australian to Cape York Peninsula Qld. Occurs in the weedy zones of shallow waters (depths up to 16 m) which border open substrates such as tidal. However, they also occur in deeper waters on soft bottom substrates. Recorded from Darwin Harbour, Arnhem Land coast and Gulf of Carpentaria NT.

Listed

Beady Pipefish, Steep-nosed Pipefish

Hippichthys penicillus

Occurs in the lower reaches of streams and rivers, seagrass beds in estuaries and other shallow inshore habitats, including mangrove estuaries and tidal creeks.

Listed

Spiny Seahorse, Thorny Seahorse

Hippocampus histrix

The species is relatively rare but widespread throughout the Indo-Pacific. While it occurs on a variety of substrates, including sponges, weedy rocky reefs, soft corals, its preferred habitat appears to be seagrass beds. Commonly recorded at depths ranging from 6m to 20m.

Listed

Spotted Seahorse, Yellow Seahorse

Hippocampus kuda

Occurs in shallow inshore waters (up to depths of 40m to 50m) and in association with mangroves, seagrass beds, estuaries and steep mud slopes. The species has also been found in open water habitats and attached to drifting macroalgae up to 20 km away from land.

Listed

Flat-face Seahorse

Hippocampus planifrons

Limited information is available on the species, however it is known to inhabit shallow waters.

Listed

Hedgehog Seahorse

Hippocampus spinosissimus

Occurs in association with reef systems and areas with silt/sand sediments at depths often ranging between 8m and 70m.

Listed

Tidepool Pipefish

Micrognathus micronotopterus

In Australia, the species is known from Known from north and west Australia and has been observed in association with coral reefs, tidal rock pools, coral heads, coral rubble, mud, silt, sand, seagrasses and mangroves. Recorded from Oxley Island, Darwin Harbour, Yirrkala and Milingimbi NT.

Listed

Pallid Pipehorse, Hardwick's Pipehorse

Solegnathus hardwickii

Occurs in WA, the Arafura Sea, Qld and NSW. These species have been recorded from depths ranging 12m to 100m (in trawling operations) from the Arafura Sea.

Listed

Gunther's Pipehorse, Indonesian Pipefish

Solegnathus lettiensis

Known from Indonesian waters to Australia, Indian Ocean WA and the Arafura Sea NT. Recorded in association with coral, soft corals, sponges and sand in depths ranging between 42m and180m.

Listed

Robust Ghostpipefish, Blue-finned Ghost Pipefish

Solenostomus cyanopterus

Occurs in seagrass beds and deeper coastal reefs to depths of 15m to 25 m in tropical waters of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. The species is predominantly pelagic and settles on a suitable substrate for breeding.

Listed

Rough-snout Ghost Pipefish

Solenostomus paegnius

Found in tropical and sub-tropical waters of the Indo–West Pacific region and on the NT coast, the Timor Sea and the east coast of Australia. Preferred habitat appears to be live corals, crinoids (basket stars), green weed, kelp beds, lagoons, pools, rubble slopes and rocky and sandy habitats in depths of 1m to 54m.

Listed



Double-end Pipehorse, Double-ended Pipehorse, Alligator Pipefish

Syngnathoides biaculeatus

Occurs in weedy habitats in coastal shallow waters; however juveniles have been found offshore. Recorded from Port Essington and Bing Bong Creek (McArthur River) NT.

Listed

Bentstick Pipefish, Bend Stick Pipefish, Shorttailed Pipefish

Trachyrhamphus bicoarctatus

In Australia, it is known from the central coast of Western Australia, around the tropical north, and south to central New South Wales. Occurs in bays and estuaries on sand or mud, from shallow waters to at least 40 m depth.

Listed

Straightstick Pipefish, Long-nosed Pipefish, Straight Stick Pipefish

Trachyrhamphus longirostris

In Australia, it is known from the North West Cape of WA, northwards around the tropical north to approximately Magnetic Island, Qld. Found in association with muddy to sandy-bottom habitats, which support seagrasses, algae, sponges, sea pens and hydroids, in depths ranging between 16m and 91m.

Listed

Reef-top Pipefish2

Corythoichthys haematopterus

Found in shallow protected areas with a rubble and sand habitat. While they are common at depths between 0 and 3 m, they can occur up to depths of 21m.

Listed

Girdled Pipefish2

Festucalex cinctus

Endemic to Australia and is known to occur in inshore waters of the NT, Qld and NSW. Commonly found in sheltered coastal bays, often on patches of rubble, sand or in sparse algal growth in depths of 10 m to 20 m. However, it has been recorded in deeper waters by trawling operations.

Listed

Blue-speckled Pipefish, Blue-spotted Pipefish2

Hippichthys cyanospilos

Found in estuaries, lower reaches of coastal rivers and streams and mangroves.

Listed

Short-keel Pipefish, Short-keeled Pipefish2

Hippichthys parvicarinatus

Occur in freshwater and estuarine habitats in the NT. Listed



1 Recorded in Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu Airport Protected Matters Search only

2 Recorded in Darwin Port Protected Matters Search only

Source: DEWHA (2008), SEWPAC (2012c), IUCN Red List (2012), Australian Museum (2012) and Froese and Pauly (2011). Fish kills after oil spills are rare, especially in open waters. Loss of pelagic eggs and fish larvae can occur if present in the contact zone of an oil spill and this may have longer term effects on fish numbers. Adult pelagic fish are considered to be at low risk due to a reduced likelihood of exposure (i.e. contact), greater mobility and, possibly, a capacity to avoid floating oil. Those fish species which inhabit the water column near the sea surface are able to detect and avoid contact with surface hydrocarbons spills, therefore fish mortalities rarely occur in the event of a surface hydrocarbons release (Scholz et al. 1992). Fish communities located in shallow reef or coastal environments, such as those present at Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and the mainland, may be more susceptible to the effects of hydrocarbon spills as many reef species display residential behaviour and are unlikely to relocate even in the event that their habitats are impacted. Most severe effects are associated with large spills of fresh oils (particularly of light oils) in coastal areas. Potential effects on fisheries are outlined in Section 2.3.


Effects on adult pelagic fish are unlikely. Effects on planktonic larvae or eggs are possible (see plankton above).

Obtain information on current state of spawning. Avoid use of dispersants near known or likely aggregations Avoid use of chemical agents in or near spawning areas or known

fishing areas.



2.6 Cetaceans A search of the EPBC Act Protected Matters database identified 24 listed cetaceans that

may occur or have habitat in PTTEPAA’s exploration and operations areas. These species are listed in Table 4 and a summary of threatened and migratory cetacean species is provided below. It has been observed that offshore waters surrounding Browse Island support a larger number of cetacean species in comparison to other locations on the Western Australian coast, including large pods of oceanic dolphins, Melon-headed Whales, Pygmy Killer Whales (Feresa attenuata), False Killer Whales (Pseudorca crassidens), Minke Whales (Balaenoptera acutorostrata) and Pilot Whales (Globicephala spp.) (Jenner and Jenner 2007 cited in DEWHA 2008). Due to the largely open oceanic conditions of PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas, there are no features such as feeding or breeding grounds that will cause cetaceans to concentrate. PTTEPAA’s exploration and operations areas are also not located near any known migration routes (Jenner et al. 2001). There is potential for cetaceans to travel through the area however, most of these species tend to move individually or in small pods and do not aggregate. Two cetacean species are listed as threatened under the EPBC Act and may occur in or around PTTEPAA’s production and exploration operations areas: the Blue Whale, Humpback Whale. Both species annually migrate between Antarctic/sub-antarctic water and temperate/tropical waters during the Australian winter. Further detail on these species is provided below. Blue whales (Balaenoptera musculus) are widely distributed throughout the worlds’ oceans. It is generally accepted that there are two subspecies in the Southern Hemisphere: the southern blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus intermedia) and the pygmy blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus brevicauda) (DEWHA 2008). In general, the southern blue whale is found south of 60° S and pygmy blue whales are found north of 55° S (DEWHA 2008), making it likely that any blue whales frequenting the waters surrounding PTTEPAA’s exploration and operations areas would be pygmy blue whales. Blue whale migration is thought to follow deep oceanic routes, although little is known about their precise migration routes (SEWPAC 2012). The only area off the Western Australia coast where pygmy blue whales aggregate with some predictability is in the Perth Canyon a considerable distance from PTTEPAA’s exploration and operations areas. This represents a significant feeding ground for Pygmy Blue whales between January and April (McCauley and Jenner 2010). Blue whales are believed to calve in tropical waters in winter and births peak in May to June, however the exact breeding grounds of this species are unknown (Bannister et al. 1996). Humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae) have a wide distribution and have been recorded from the coastal areas off all Australian states except the Northern Territory (Bannister et al. 1996). Humpback whales migrate north and south along the eastern and western coasts of Australia from calving grounds in the tropical north to feeding grounds in the Southern Ocean (DEH 2005). Peak migration off the north-western coast of Australia occurs from late July to early September. From June to mid-September the inshore waters (landward of the 100 m isobath) between the Lacepede Islands and Camden Sound, (both of which are outside the key PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas) are used as a calving area for this species (Jenner et al. 2001). The SEWPAC Protected Matters database indicates that PTTEPAA’s production and exploration operations are located outside of the recognised humpback whale migratory routes which are usually within 30



kilometres of the coastline. Two coastal dolphin species, listed as Migratory, have the potential to occur in the vicinity of Darwin Port or the Truscott Mungalalu supply bases: Irrawaddy Dolphin/ Australian Snubfin Dolphin (Orcaella brevirostris/ Orcaella heinsohni) and Indo-pacific Humpback Dolphin (Sousa chinensis). Refer to Table 4 for further details.

Table 4 Cetaceans of Conservation Significance in the Timor Sea Region

Common Name

Scientific Name


EPBC Status

Blue Whale Balaenoptera musculus

Open ocean, wide distribution. Known Feeding areas within Australia’s Exclusive Economic Zone include Bonney upwelling, (south-east SA to western Victorian waters), Duntroon Basin (SA) and Perth Canyon off Rottnest Island (WA). Believed to calve in tropical waters with a peak in May-June. While breeding areas have not yet been identified, it is likely that they occur in tropical areas. PTTEPAA’s production and exploration areas do not include any recognised migratory routes or known feeding, breeding or resting areas. However, they may occasionally pass through the drilling area.

Endangered Migratory

Short-Finned Pilot Whale

Globicephala macrorhynchus

Tropical to temperate (10-32°C) oceanic waters, generally occurring at the edge of the continental shelf and over deep submarine canyons. Exist as large social groups. Likely to be present in the general area all year round.

Listed

Minke Whale

Balaenoptera acutorostrata

Often seen in Australian waters. Listed

Antarctic (Dark-Shoulder) Minke

Balaenoptera bonaerensis

Found in primarily offshore and pelagic habitats within cold temperate to Antarctic waters between 21° S and 65° S. May occur within the project area Migratory

Sperm Whale

Physeter macrocephalus

Word-wide distribution; all oceans, particularly deeper waters (>200m depth). Sperm Whales occur around Australia's sub-Antarctic islands, such as Macquarie and Heard Island, where they tend to feed on deep water species. The species also often feeds in warmer equatorial waters in summer. No specific calving localities are recognised in Australian waters. May transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Migratory

Killer Whale

Orcinus orca Preferred habitat includes oceanic, pelagic and neritic (relatively shallow waters over the continental shelf) regions, in both warm and cold waters. However, they are generally more common in cooler waters. Occur as single individuals or in groups.

Migratory

False Killer Whale

Pseudorca crassidens

Widespread distribution in Australian waters. Prefer tropical to temperate (10-32°C) oceanic waters.

Listed

Bryde’s Whale

Balaenoptera edeni

Found in most warm water areas. May transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas. Migratory

Melon-headed Whale

Peponocephala electra

Found in most warm water areas. Recorded from WA, Qld, NSW and NT. Based on stranding information, it is probable that this species occur across the entire northern half of Australia, north of 35° S.

Listed



Pygmy Killer Whale

Feresa attenuata

Found in tropical and subtropical oceanic waters, generally 18oC or warmer and not ranging north of 40° N or south of 35° S (Jefferson et al. 1993). Likely to transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Humpback Whale

Megaptera novaeangliae

Migrate from Antarctic to subtropical waters in winter to spring to breed. Peak July-September.

Vulnerable Migratory

Pygmy Sperm Whale

Kogia breviceps

Occurs in pelagic temperate to tropical waters. May transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Dwarf Sperm Whale

Kogia simus Occurs primarily over continental shelf and slope off tropical and temperate coasts. May transit through PTTEPAA’s project areas.

Listed

Cuvier's Beaked Whale, Goose-beaked Whale

Ziphius cavirostris

Oceanic species which appears to be confined to waters within the 10° C isotherm and the 1000m bathymetric contour (Houston 1991; Robineau and di Natale 1995 cited in SEWPAC 2012). Data suggests that the species may undertake seasonal latitudinal migrations (most likely between January to July), similar to Humpback Whales (Bannister et al. 1996; Dalebout et al. 2005 cited in SEWPAC 2012c).

Listed

Spotted Bottlenosed Dolphin

Tursiops aduncus

Wide distribution. Common. In Australia, the species is restricted to inshore areas such as bays and estuaries, nearshore waters, open coast environments, and shallow offshore waters including coastal areas around oceanic islands (Hale et al. 2000; Kogi et al. 2004; Möller and Beheregaray 2001; Wang et al. 1999 cited in SEWPAC 2012c). Highly likely to transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas. Note: The Arafura/Timor Sea populations are listed as Migratory and known to occur in WA and NT waters.

Listed

Bottlenose Dolphin

Tursiops truncatus s. str.

In Australian, they are commonly found offshore in waters deeper than 30 m (Hale et al. 2000; Ross 2006) but also appear be found in some coastal waters (Hale et al. 2000, Kemper 2004). Likely to transit through PTTEPAA’s project areas.

Listed

Irrawaddy Dolphin/ Australian Snubfin Dolphin12

Orcaella brevirostris/ Orcaella heinsohni

The Australian Snubfin Dolphin occur in shallow tropical and subtropical waters up to 20km from the Australian mainland. While there is limited information regarding their abundance and distribution, important areas for this species include Beagle and Pender Bays (Dampier Peninsula, WA) and tidal creeks to the north and around Yampi Sound and between Kuri Bay and Cape Londonderry (DEWHA 2009 cited in Woodside 2011). The dolphin has also been regularly sighted in Roebuck Bay to the south of the Dampier Peninsula (Woodside 2011). Likely to transit waters surrounding the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu.

Migratory

Common Dolphin

Delphinus delphis

Wide distribution in Australian offshore waters. However, they are rarely seen in northern Australian waters (Jefferson and Waerebeek 2002; Ross 2006 cited in SEWPAC 2012c). Usually found in areas where surface water temperatures are between 10°C and 20°C.

Listed



Indo-pacific Humpback Dolphin1

Sousa chinensis

Most commonly found in shallow (<20m in depth) coastal, estuarine, and occasionally riverine habitats, in tropical and subtropical regions. Occur along the northern coastline of Australia, extending to Exmouth Gulf on the west coast (25° S), and the Queensland/NSW border region on the east coast (34° S) (Corkeron et al. 1997 cited in SEWPAC 2012c). The species has also been observed 55km offshore in shallow water habitats (Corkeron et al. 1997, Jefferson 2000 cited in SEWPAC 2012c). May transit waters surrounding the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu.

Migratory

Spotted Dolphin

Stenella attenuata

Wide occurrence in northern waters. Inhabit both near-shore and oceanic habitats in tropical and warm temperate seas. May transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Migratory

Striped Dolphin

Stenella coeruleoalba

Often in large groups. Occur in pelagic and oceanic, tropical and warm waters. May transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Long-snouted Spinner Dolphin

Stenella longirostris

Often in large groups. Occur in tropical, subtropical and occasionally temperate waters and are primarily pelagic. May transit through PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Migratory

Risso’s Dolphin

Grampus griseus

Mainly occur in tropical and warm temperate waters on steep sections of the upper continental slope (Baumgartner 1997 cited in SEWPAC 2012c) and in waters >1000m (Ross 1984 cited in SEWPAC 2012c).

Listed

Rough Toothed Dolphin

Steno bredanensis

Wide distribution in the tropics in pelagic and oceanic waters. Listed

Source: SEWPAC (2012c) 1 Recorded in Darwin and Truscott Mungalalu Airport Protected Matters Search only

2 Although the Irrawaddy Dolphin is listed by SEWPAC as potentially occurring in the search areas, the species is no longer recognised as occurring in Australian waters. The Australian species originally considered to be the Irrawaddy Dolphin was described as a separate species in 2005 and is called the Australian Snubfin Dolphin (Beasley et al. 2005 cited in Woodside 2011).




Whales may not be alarmed or adversely affected by surface oil but a precautionary approach should be adopted.

The possible exposure of cetaceans to oil is of public concern and these concerns need to be addressed.

Monitor presence of cetaceans close to oil or response vessels. If present for a significant period or frequency, consider use of marine

Mammal Observers (MMOs) on aerial surveillance or response vessels.

Do not attempt hazing or other methods to move cetaceans on. Reduce speed of response vessels to avoid whale contact/impact. Do not use dispersants close to cetaceans. Consider need for monitoring of oil exposure, behaviour etc.

The potential impacts of oil spills on cetaceans is summarised in Table 11. Cetaceans are highly mobile and may transit though PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas. The feeding and behavioural difference between species of marine mammals mean that oil spills may have varying impacts, depending on seasonality and grouping of individuals. In the event of a large oil spill, there is a risk that humpback or blue whales in the area will be affected. However, it is unlikely that any of the species of cetacean listed will be impacted due to their migratory patterns and distributions. Studies and field observations also suggest that cetaceans may be able to detect and avoid hydrocarbon slicks (Geraci and St Aubin 1988; Smith et al. 1983).

A precautionary approach should be used and the presence of cetaceans near surface oil or response vessels should be reported and monitored.



2.7 Dugongs Dugongs (Dugong dugon) are protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 WA

and are listed as migratory and protected species under the EPBC Act. Dugongs feed exclusively on seagrass and are found in shallow, protected waters in tropical and sub-tropical regions. The distribution of dugongs in Australia ranges from Shark Bay in WA extending around the Northern Territory coastline to Moreton Bay in Queensland (Marsh and Lefebvre 1994). A recent survey of Vulcan Shoal observed an extensive area of seagrass (Heyward et al. 2010) and, while not observed, it is possible that dugongs frequent these shoals. Dugongs are also known to breed in the Oceanic Shoals of the region.

Dugongs are known to frequent Ashmore Reef, with estimates of between 10 to 60

individuals (Whiting and Guinea 2005), and are likely to extend to Cartier Island as critical seagrass habitat is available (Commonwealth of Australia 2002). A dugong has also been recorded 130 km east of Ashmore Reef, indicating that dugongs may also use other shallow shoals on the Sahul Banks (Whiting and Guinea 2005). Although there is limited information on the presence of dugongs in deeper offshore waters, the absence of food would suggest this is unlikely. Dugongs may pass through the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply bases areas in those areas which support suitable seagrass habitats.

Table 5 Dugong Presence in the Timor Sea

Common Name

Scientific Name


EPBC Status

Dugong Dugon dugon

Coastal breeding and feeding. Commonly occur where there is suitable seagrass habitat as they feed exclusively on seagrass. May transit through PTTEPAA’s production and operations areas.

Migratory

While there is limited information relating to the effects of oil on dugongs or treatments

should impact occur, potential impacts are summarised in Table 9. However, in the event of a large release, there is a risk that dugongs in the area will be affected. Dugongs are vulnerable to the effects of hydrocarbons as they need to come to the surface to breathe.


As air breathers, dugongs must be considered as vulnerable to oil impact. There is little or no data on the potential effects of fresh or weathered oil on

dugongs (or other manatees).

Report any observations of dugongs in oil impacted areas or areas at risk.

Contact relevant authority (SEWPAC) and assess feasibility of management measures.



2.8 Turtles The EPBC search recorded six species of marine turtle that may occur in, or relate to

PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas (see Table 6). Turtles are oceanic species except at nesting time when they come ashore. Turtles utilise seagrass and algal meadows as feeding areas and nest above the high water mark on sandy beaches and islets. The nesting season is species-dependent, but generally occurs between September and March (Pendoley 2005), with a peak in December. Hatchlings appear from January to May. Turtles have been observed in the vicinity of the Montara field. Surveys conducted in response to the Montara incident recorded a total of 25 individual turtles in open water. Two species were confidently identified: Loggerhead turtle and green turtle (Watson et al. 2009). Land based surveys recorded green turtle and hawksbill turtle tracks on the islands associated with Ashmore Reef (Watson et al. 2009). While sea turtles are expected to pass through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas during their migrations, the open oceanic conditions mean that there are no features, such as emergent land, shallow sub-tidal features or other habitats, to support feeding or breeding grounds that will result in concentrations of these species directly adjacent to the project areas. Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and Hibernia Reef (all more than 100 km from PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas) are important feeding grounds and/or nesting sites for green, loggerhead and hawksbill turtles. The six turtle species are described below, with their distribution and key nesting sites shown in Figure 6. Table 6 Sea Turtles of Conservation Significance in the Timor Sea Region

Common Name

Scientific Name


EPBC Status

Leatherback Turtle

Dermochelys coriacea

The Leatherback turtle has the widest distribution of any marine turtle, and can be found in tropical, subtropical and temperate waters throughout the world (Marquez 1990). Nesting occurs on tropical beaches and subtropical beaches (Marquez 1990) but no major centres of nesting activity have been recorded in Australia, although scattered isolated nesting (1-3 nests per annum) occurs in southern Qld and NT (Limpus and McLachlan 1994). Breeding occurs between December-January. Therefore, it is expected that no to very low numbers of Leatherback turtles will be encountered foraging but not breeding in PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Endangered, Migratory

Hawksbill Turtle

Eretmochelys imbricata

Hawksbill turtles are found in tropical, subtropical and temperate waters in all oceans of the world. There is no known nesting or breeding areas in or near to PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas. In WA, the Dampier Archipelago is an important migration route for Hawksbill turtles, as are those between Scott Reef and the Joseph Bonaparte Gulf (SEWPAC 2011). Hawksbill turtles nest all year round in WA, with a peak in October and January (SEWPAC 2011). In WA, the major nesting sites include the Dampier Archipelago, along the Ningaloo and Jurabi Coasts, Thevenard Island and the Barrow-Lowendal-Montebello island complex (SEWPAC 2011). Nesting has also been recorded on Varanus Island and

Vulnerable, Migratory



Rosemary Island in WA (Pendoley 2005). In the NT, nesting occurs at Coburg Peninsula and between Nhulunbuy and northern Blue Mud Bay (East Arnhem Land) (DEH 2005). Hawksbill turtles are also found in the reserves of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island where they feed throughout the year (Guinea 1995). Due to the distance from nesting sites and the lack of foraging habitats in PTTEPAA’s production and exploration areas, only low numbers of hawksbill turtles are expected to be observed, in transit from WA to the NT.

Green Turtle

Chelonia mydas

Green turtles are found in tropical and subtropical waters throughout the world (Marquez 1990; Bowen et al. 1992) but normally remain within the northern and southern limits of the 20°C isotherms (Marquez 1990). The closest known significant breeding/nesting grounds to PTTEPAA’s project areas are the Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island Reserves. The species is also known to nest on Browse Island and Scott Reef, Arnhem Land, Coburg Peninsula, Blue Mud Bay and Groot Eylandt. Green turtle nesting has been observed at Cassini Island (D. Oades pers. comm. 2009; Prince 1994; DEC 2009a cited in RPS 2010) and the island is recognised as a significant green turtle rookery (Conservation Commission 2010). Green turtles may pass occasionally through the project areas as satellite tracking studies have shown that green turtles migrate between Scott Reef and NT waters via the south Timor Sea to feed (Pendoley 2005). Sandy Islet at Scott Reef is a green turtle nesting site, with summer months from November through to February being the preferred nesting period (Guinea 2006). While no published literature is available relating to turtle activities around Seringapatam Reef, it can be assumed that no nesting occurs due to the lack of permanent land. (e.g. an sandy islet or island). However, turtles are likely to visit the reef system as part of transitory foraging behaviour. It has also been noted that Green turtles (as well as Hawksbill and Loggerhead turtles) may feed around Barracouta Shoal based on the proximity of the shoal to Cartier Island (Fugro 2009).


Flatback Turtle

Chelonia depressa

The Flatback turtle is found in the tropical waters of northern Australia and is the most widely spread nesting marine turtle species in the Northern Territory (Chatto and Baker 2008), nesting on a wide variety of beach types around the entire coastline. The Flatback turtle also nests in the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, with Cape Dommett (Bowlay and Whiting 2007) and Lacrosse Island important nesting areas. The north-west and southern Gulf of Carpentaria supports major breeding rookeries including nearby Crab Island, Deliverance Island, Kerr Island, Wellesley Island and Sir Edward Pellew Island (Limpus et al. 1983b,




1989, 1993, 1995a; Hamann et al. 2006 cited in SEWPAC 2012c). The species is also known to breed on Maret Islands, Coburg Peninsula, Field Island and Greenhill Island. While Flatback turtles make long reproductive migrations, up to 1,300 km from nesting beaches (Limpus et al. 1983), movements are restricted to the continental shelf. Flatback turtles nesting within the Pilbara region migrate to their foraging grounds in the Kimberley region along the continental shelf at the end of the nesting season (RPS 2010). Due to their migrations between the Pilbara and the Kimberley regions of WA, individual flatback turtles may transit the area during migration. However, given the distance from known aggregation areas, it is unlikely that significant numbers of Flatback turtles will be encountered within PTTEPAA’s production and exploration areas.

Olive Ridley Turtle

Lepidochelys olivacea

The Olive Ridley Turtle has a circum-tropical distribution, with nesting occurring throughout tropical waters (except the Gulf of Mexico) and migratory circuits in tropical and some subtropical areas (Pritchard 1969). No concentrated nesting has been found in Australia, although low density nesting occurs along the Arnhem Land coast of the NT, including the Crocodile, McCluer and Wessel Islands, Grant Island and Cobourg Peninsula (Chatto and Baker 2008). Therefore, Olive Ridley turtles are not likely to be encountered offshore but may transit through the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply base areas.


Loggerhead Turtle

Caretta caretta The Loggerhead turtle has a global distribution throughout tropical, sub-tropical and temperate waters (Marquez 1990). Nesting is mainly concentrated on sub-tropical beaches (Marquez 1990). Known breeding/nesting grounds include Muiron Island (100km SW of WA 403-P) and the beaches of the Northwest Cape (Baldwin et al. 2003). Loggerhead turtles have been recorded in the reserves of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island (Guinea 1995). Therefore, Loggerhead turtles are not likely to be encountered within the area in significant numbers.




Figure 6 Turtle Distribution and Nesting Sites Marine turtles are susceptible to the effects of hydrocarbon spills during all lifestages (NOAA 2010). Turtles can be exposed to surface oil at sea or oil may impact their nesting beaches. Refer to Table 11 for a summary of the potential impacts. Turtles are in frequent contact with the sea surface and show little avoidance behaviour to the presence of oil slicks which makes them vulnerable to coating and inhalation of toxic vapours. Significant turtle breeding and nesting sites are known to occur at Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island, Cassin Island and Sandy Islet, with nesting generally occurs between September and March (Pendoley 2005).


As marine turtles are in frequent contact with the sea surface they must be considered as vulnerable to oil impact. Nesting sites on sandy beaches, such as Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island,



Scott Reef and Browse Island, may also be potentially affected by an oil spill.

Action

Report any observations of sea snakes in oil impacted areas or areas at risk. Contact relevant authority (DEWHA) and assess wildlife response needs (surveys and/or cleanup).

2.9 Sea Snakes All sea snakes in Australia are listed as protected species under the EPBC Act. The

Kimberley region (encompassing part of the NWMR and NMR) is noted as supporting some of the highest abundance of sea snakes anywhere off the Australian coast (Guinea and Whiting 2005). Sea snakes are air-breathing reptiles which feed in shallow, benthic areas and therefore are typically found in shallow inshore regions and islands. However, they also occur at nearby islands and further offshore at atolls such as Scott Reef, Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and Hibernia Reef (Guinea 2006). Only a few species of sea snake are known to inhabit deep pelagic environments with observations indicating that most sea snakes are rarely found in depths exceeding 30 m (Cogger 1975). All of the listed sea snakes prefer to reside and feed within shallow waters associated with reef systems, with the exception of the Yellowbellied sea snake. A search of the EPBC Act Protected Matters database identified 22 species of sea snake that may occur in, or have habitat in, PTTEPAA’s production and operations areas (Table 7). Surveys conducted in response to the Montara incident recorded a total of 62 individual sea snakes in open water. Four species were confidently identified: olive sea snake, horned sea snake, spotted sea snake and the olive-headed sea snake (Watson et al. 2009). The most commonly encountered species was the spotted sea snake. Ashmore Reef is noted as having a high abundance of sea snakes from 13 species (Guinea and Whiting 2005). The general distribution and movements of sea snakes are largely species-dependent with some species travelling large distances, while others are usually more residential to a particular area. Tagging of sea snakes at Ashmore Reef has also confirmed this, with some species remaining within the reef area for some years (Guinea and Whiting 2005). Six species of sea snake have been identified at Scott Reef, with only one species (Olive sea snake) endemic to the region (Minton and Heatwole 1975, URS 2006, 2007). Surveys of sea snakes at Seringapatam Reef were also undertaken by URS (2006, 2007), however, the results of these surveys are not publically available. AIMS are currently undertaking biodiversity studies at Seringapatam Reef and recent observations confirm the presence of sea snakes at this location (pers. comms. AIMS 2012).



Table 7 Sea Snake Species of Conservation Significance in the Timor Sea

Region Common Name

Scientific Name


EPBC Status

Horned Seasnake

Acalyptophis peronii

Occurs in tropical waters from Barrow Island in WA to Moreton Bay in Qld. Typically found on sandy substrates in waters <20m deep. Highly likely to transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Dubois’s Seasnake

Aipysurus duboisii

Occurs between Exmouth Gulf in WA and Hervey Bay in Qld. Recorded at Ashmore Reef and the Sahul Shelf. Preferred habitat appears to be shallow water near protected coral reefs (depths of 3-4 m. However, trawling operations have caught the species at depths up to 50m. Likely to transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Spine-tailed Seasnake1

Aipysurus eydouxii

Tropical northern Australia from Exmouth Gulf in WA to Fraser Island in Qld. Occurs in shallow bays and estuaries and is commonly associated with soft muddy substrates. May occur in the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply base areas.

Listed

Leaf-scaled Seasnake

Aipysurus foliosquama

Found only on the reefs of the Sahul Shelf in WA, especially on Ashmore and Hibernia Reefs in the NWMR. May transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Critically Endangered

Olive Seasnake

Aipysurus laevis Occurs in coastal and coral reef waters across northern Australia. May transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Stoke’s Seasnake

Astrotia stokesii Occurs in tropical waters of northern Australia in depths up to 20m. At Ashmore Reef, Stokes' Seasnake is associated with inner reef drop-offs at water depths of 7-10m. The species has also been recorded on muddy substrates at depths of 10m.

Listed

Spectacled Seasnake

Disteira kingii Occurs between Safety Bay in WA and across the northern coastline of Australia down to Moreton Bay in Qld. Poorly known – deeper waters on a variety of seabeds.

Listed

Olive-headed Seasnake

Disteira major Widely distributed in tropical waters in sand or mud habitats in water depths between 3-10m. May occur in the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply base areas.

Listed

Turtle-headed Seasnake

Emydocephalus annulatus

Occurs from Shark Bay in WA to the southern Great Barrier Reef. Associated with reefs and shallow waters (<10m) and found at the edges of lagoons amongst coral outcrops. May transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Slender-necked Seasnake

Hydrophis coggeri

Found in northern Australia. Occurs at reefs, seagrass flats and deeper waters. Recorded at Ashmore Reef inhabiting the deeper (30-50m) water beyond the reef edges as well as the reef flat. May transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Elegant Seasnake

Hydrophis elegans

Widespread in tropical Australia. Occurs in a range of marine and estuarine habitats, including sandy substrates in depths <2m to depths of approximately 80m. May transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed



A seasnake Hydrophis ornatus

Found in tropical northern WA, NT and northern Qld in a range of habitats, including clear water near coral reefs and turbid water in estuaries. May transit through the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas.

Listed

Yellow-bellied Seasnake

Pelamis platurus

Generally occurs within a few kilometers of the coast and prefers shallow inshore waters ranging from 11°C to 36°C. May transit through the project area.

Listed

Beaked Seasnake

Enhydrina schistosa

Found in tropical waters off NT and Qld. Occurs in mud and sand environments in estuaries, harbours and shallow bays. May occur in the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply base areas.

Listed

Spine-bellied Seasnake

Lapemis hardwickii

Found in tropical waters off WA, NT and Qld. Occurs in coastal habitats ranging from shallow reefs with clear water to turbid inshore estuaries, and usually occurs in water that is less than 30m deep. May occur in the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply base areas.

Listed

Dusky Seasnake

Aipysurus fuscus

Restricted to the reefs of the Sahul Shelf in Western Australia, in particular Ashmore, Hibernia and Scott Reefs. Found in inner coral reef lagoons and occurs amongst corals and on a substrate of sand at depths of less than 10m.

Listed

Black-ringed Seasnake1

Hydrelaps darwiniensis

Found in shallow coastal waters, commonly the intertidal zone of tidal creeks and flats of relatively compact mud or sandy mud with crab and mud skipper holes. May occur in the Darwin Port and Truscott Mungalalu supply base areas.

Listed

Black-headed Seasnake2

Hydrophis atriceps

Found in northern Australia, between Darwin and the coast of Papua New Guinea. Recorded at depths between 20m to 40m during trawling operations.

Listed

Plain Seasnake2

Hydrophis inornatus

Little is known, however the species has been recorded in association with muddy substrates.

Listed

Small-headed Seasnake1

Hydrophis macdowelli

Found in tropical waters off WA, NT and Qld. The species has been recorded on the northern Australian continental shelf in waters up to 50m deep, in river estuaries and other turbid inshore waters.

Listed

Large-headed Seasnake2

Hydrophis pacificus

Found in tropical waters off NT, including the Gulf of Carpentaria, and Qld. Recorded in open water up to 50m deep and in association with soft sea bed sediments.

Listed

Northern Mangrove Seasnake2

Parahydrophis mertoni

Found in tropical waters off NT and Qld. Commonly associated with coastal mangrove or saltmarsh species.

Listed

Source: SEWPAC (2012c) 1 Recorded in Darwin and Truscott Airport Protected Matters Search only 2 Recorded in Darwin Protected Matters Search only



While little information is available on the impact of hydrocarbon spills on sea snakes, one Horned Sea Snake (Acalyptophis peronii) death was recorded within oil affected waters associated with the Montara spill (Watson et al. 2009). Therefore, some sea snake species may be impacted by hydrocarbons. In general, sea snakes may be vulnerable to oil spills as they are air-breathing species and may spend time on the sea surface basking in the sun.


As sea snakes come to the surface they must be considered as vulnerable to oil impact.

Action

Report any observations of sea snakes in oil impacted areas or areas at risk. Contact relevant authority (DEWHA) and assess wildlife response needs (surveys and/or cleanup).

2.10 Crocodiles The EPBC search recorded two species of crocodile that may occur in, or relate to, PTTEPAA’s production and exploration operations area (see Table 8). The Salt-water Crocodile usually inhabits the lower reaches of rivers while the upper reaches are inhabited by the Freshwater Crocodile. Estuarine crocodiles (Crocodylus porosus), listed as Migratory under the EBPC Act and protected under the WC Act, are regularly found along coastal waters, typically associated with estuaries, mangrove and intertidal habitats. Estuarine crocodiles generally nest during the wet season between November to May, with a peak in January and February (SEWPAC 2012c). It is noted that there is limited suitable breeding habitat (i.e. freshwater swamps) for estuarine crocodiles in the Kimberley. In the Northern Territory, most nest sites are found on the north-west banks of rivers (SEWPAC 2012c).

Table 8 Crocodiles of Conservation Significance in the Timor Sea Region

Common

Name Scientific

Name Distribution and

Habit EPBC Status

Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile1

Crocodylus porosus

Coastal waters, estuaries, freshwater lakes, mangroves, inland swamps and marshes. Preferred nesting habitat is elevated isolated freshwater swamps. Nest sites in the NT commonly occur on the north-west banks of rivers.

Migratory, Listed

Freshwater Crocodile, Johnston's Crocodile, Johnston's River Crocodile1

Crocodylus johnstoni

Restricted to tropical northern Australia. Occurs in freshwater habitats upstream of tidal influence, including rivers, creeks, swamps, floodplain lakes and lagoons. In some rivers, the species may extend into tidal, saline waters. However, colonisation of these areas may be restricted by the Salt-water Crocodile.

Listed

Source: SEWPAC (2012c), Webb, G.J.W. and Manolis, S.C (2010) 1 Recorded in Darwin and Truscott Airport Protected Matters Search only




As crocodiles come to the surface to breath/bask, they can be considered as vulnerable to oil impact. There is little or no data on the potential effects of fresh or weathered oil on dugongs

Action

Report any observations of crocodiles in oil impacted areas or areas at risk. Contact relevant authority (SEWPAC) and assess wildlife response needs (surveys and/or cleanup).

2.11 Avifauna

Numerous species of birds frequent the NWMR and NMR or over fly it on annual migrations. The EPBC search recorded 47 species of avifauna that may occur in, or relate to, PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas. Many of these species are listed under Japan-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (JAMBA), China-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (CAMBA) or Republic of Korea-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (ROKAMBA). Those species listed as threatened under the EPBC Act are detailed in Table 9, with the remaining EPBC species listed in Table 10. Seabird feeding grounds, roosting and nesting areas are found on the offshore atolls, particularly Ashmore Reef. Most seabirds generally breed at offshore sites, such as Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and Browse Island, between mid-April to mid-May (Clarke 2010). The peak migration time of migratory shorebirds is between October to December (Clarke 2010). It is expected that some individuals of these species would pass through PTTEPAA’s production and exploration areas area during their annual migrations and may form temporary feeding aggregations, subject to the availability of food. A survey conducted in rapid response to the Montara incident recorded a total of 2,801 individual birds in open water (Watson et al. 2009). Twenty of the species observed were true seabirds with the most common species being: Common Noddy (Anous stolidus, represented 77% of all bird observations), Brown Booby (Sula leucogaster), Bridled Tern (Onychoprion anaethetus) and Sooty Tern (Onychoprion fuscata). Three species identified as land/shore birds that were migrating: Rainbow Bee-eater (Merops ornatus), Barn Swallow (Hirundo rustica), Lesser Sand Plover (Charadrius mongolus). The survey also identified a number of pelagic migratory species, including Wedge-tailed Shearwater (Ardenna pacifica), Streaked Shearwater (Calonectris leucomelas), Tahiti Petrel (Pseudobulweria rostrata), Bulwer’s Petrel (Bulweria bulwerii) and Matsudaira’s Storm-Petrel (Hydrobates matsudairae). These Procellariformes (petrels and shearwaters) are present as summer visitors to these waters, with the exception of the Wedge-tailed Shearwater which is known to breed in small numbers at Ashmore Reef. In addition, two species of rarely recorded in Australian waters were observed in very small numbers: Jouanin’s Petrel (Bulweria fallax) and Swinhoe’s Storm-Petrel (Hydrobates monorhis). In general, the survey observed that bird species were widely distributed throughout the region, with some densities of hotspots such as waters surrounding reefs (Watson et al. 2009). Ashmore Reef supports a large population of seabirds, including some of the most important seabird rookeries on the NWMR (Commonwealth of Australia 2002, Milton 2005 cited in Clarke 2010). The majority of seabirds are breeding visitors and present in large numbers on a seasonal basis. Species observed include Sooty Terns, Crested Terns, Common Noddies, Lesser Frigatebirds, Brown Boobies Wedge-tailed Shearwaters, Masked and Red-footed Boobies, Great Frigatebirds, Little Egrets, Eastern Reef Egrets and Black Noddies (Clarke 2010). While there is limited information on seabird populations at Cartier Island and Browse Island, Crested Terns have been observed to nest at Browse Island (Smith et al. 1978 cited in Clarke 2010). Browse



Island is also likely to have supported significant numbers of other tropical seabirds (Serventy 1952 cited in Clarke 2010). Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and Browse Island are also important foraging areas for migratory shorebirds visiting the region from the northern hemisphere, with numbers highest between October and April (Clarke 2010). However, large numbers of shorebirds are present year round as many species ‘over winter’ in their first years of life (Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service 1989, Higgins and Davis 1996 cited in Clarke 2010).

Table 9 Threatened Marine Avifauna in the Timor Sea Region

Common Name

Scientific Name


EPBC Status

Australian Painted Snipe

Rostratula australis

Recorded at wetlands in all states in Australia and the NT. Commonly occurs in shallow terrestrial freshwater (occasionally brackish) wetlands, including temporary and permanent lakes, swamps and claypans. The species also uses inundated or waterlogged grassland or saltmarsh, dams, rice crops, sewage farms and bore drains.

Vulnerable, Migratory (CAMBA)

Source: SEWPAC (2012c)



Table 10 EPBC Listed Marine Avifauna in the Timor Sea Region Common Name

Scientific Name

EPBC Status

Streaked Shearwater Calonectris leucomelas Migratory Wedge-Tailed Shearwater Puffinus pacificus Migratory Lesser Frigatebird, Least Frigatebird

Fregata ariel Migratory

Eastern Reef Egret Egretta sacra Migratory Great Egret, White Egret Ardea alba Migratory Cattle Egret Ardea ibis Migratory Roseate Tern Sterna anaethetus Migratory Lesser Crested Tern Sterna bengalensis Migratory Little Tern Sterna albifrons Migratory Fork-tailed Swift Apus pacificus Migratory Common Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Migratory Ruddy Turnstone Arenaria interpres Migratory Sharp-tailed Sandpiper1 Calidris acuminata Migratory Magpie Goose Anseranas semipalmata Listed Sanderling Calidris alba Migratory Red Knot Calidris canutus Migratory Curlew Sandpiper Calidris ferruginea Migratory Pectoral Sandpiper Calidris melanotos Migratory Red-necked Stint Calidris ruficollis Migratory Long-toed Stint Calidris subminuta Migratory Great Knot Calidris tenuirostris Migratory Little Ringed Plover Charadrius dubius

Migratory

Greater Sand Plover, Large Sand Plover

Charadrius leschenaultii Marine

Lesser Sand Plover Charadrius mongolus Migratory Red-capped Plover Charadrius ruficapillus Marine Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel Charadrius veredus Migratory Swinhoe's Snipe Gallinago megala Migratory Pin-tailed Snipe Gallinago stenura Migratory Oriental Pratincole Glareola maldivarum Migratory White-bellied Sea-Eagle Haliaeetus leucogaster Migratory Grey-tailed Tattler Heteroscelus brevipes Migratory Wandering Tattler Heteroscelus incanus Migratory Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus Migratory Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica Migratory Broad-billed Sandpiper Limicola falcinellus Migratory Asian Dowitcher Limnodromus

semipalmatus Migratory

Bar-tailed Godwit Limosa lapponica Migratory Black-tailed Godwit Limosa limosa Migratory Eastern Curlew Numenius

madagascariensis Migratory

Little Curlew, Little Whimbrel Numenius minutus Migratory Whimbrel Numenius phaeopus Migratory Pacific Golden Plover Pluvialis fulva Migratory Grey Plover Pluvialis squatarola Migratory Australian Pratincole Stiltia isabella Marine Wood Sandpiper Tringa glareola Migratory Marsh Sandpiper, Little Greenshank

Tringa stagnatilis Migratory

Terek Sandpiper Xenus cinereus Migratory



Both resident and migratory birds could be impacted by oil. Matting of feathers, by oil,

results in a loss of trapped air in the feathers, which in turn can lead to death through drowning due to loss of buoyancy. Oil deposited on eggs by even lightly oiled adults can suppress hatchability. Seabirds and migratory shorebirds are particularly vulnerable to hydrocarbon spills as they frequently come into contact with the sea surface or shoreline for resting or feeding purposes. Seabirds in the Timor Sea feed by diving for prey and this involves partial or complete submersion of the bird making them highly susceptible to severe oiling and associated physical effects (Scholz et al. 1992). Physical contact with surface hydrocarbons may result in irritation or injury to a bird’s eyes, mouth cavity and skin. Oil ingested by the birds through preening can cause gut irritation while oil absorbed through the gut may cause tissue damage. Ashmore Reef supports a large population of seabirds while Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and Browse Island are important foraging areas for migratory shorebirds.

If birds are affected by oil it may be necessary to mount an oiled wildlife response. This

will be done by the affected Commonwealth, WA or NT wildlife department. If a wildlife impact is suspected, wildlife monitoring teams may need to be deployed to

assess the extent of any effects and determine whether a wildlife response is required or feasible.


Birds are both vulnerable and sensitive to oil. Numbers of potentially affected birds can be high. Potentially large numbers, coupled with the remoteness of the region

indicate that a wildlife response could be difficult. Wildlife hazing methods are generally effective only over small areas

and for short durations.

Action

Report any observations of birds (or dead birds) in oil impacted areas or areas at risk.

Contact relevant authority (DEWHA ESC) and assess wildlife response needs (surveys and/or cleanup).

Consult DEWHA regarding carcase handling procedures and management.



2.12 Potential Impacts of Oil on Marine Fauna Table 11 provides a summary of the potential impacts of a hydrocarbon spill on key sensitive marine fauna.

Table 11 Potential Impact of Oil on Marine Fauna

Marine Fauna Potential Effect of Oil Fish External effects – Effect of dispersed oil on eggs, larvae and young fish

including larval abnormalities. Smothering or coating. Reduced energy available for growth and reproduction. Reduced recruitment due to reduced competitive or reproductive fitness (fertility); or increased mortality of juvenile or settling stages Internal effects – Damage to olfactory cells, reduced sperm activity and fertilisation success, reduced growth, starvation due to a reduction in available prey. Organ failure or death. Gonad damage.

Marine Reptiles (turtles and sea snakes)

External effects – Smothering or coating. Irritation of mucus membranes (eyes, nose and throat) leading to inflammation or ulceration. Absorption of oil through the skin. Penetration of oil through turtle shell membranes of eggs on nesting sites inhibiting development. Internal effects – Contamination of food supply resulting in ingestion leading to damage of internal organs, direct physical ingestion of oil leading to damage of airways and lungs. Gastrointestinal inflammation, ulcers and bleeding in the stomach from direct ingestion. Impaired feeding. Gonad damage. Organ failure or death.

Marine Megafauna (particularly cetaceans and dugongs

External effects – Limited impact on skin of smooth skinned species compared to those with fur/hair. Change in skin conductance resulting in hypothermia, eye and skin lesions. Coating of baleen inhibiting feeding. Vapours may affect eyesight, interruption of mother – young bond (Pinnipeds). Internal effects – Direct ingestion resulting in damaged airways and lungs. Contamination of food supply leading to internal digestive damage. Impaired feeding. Organ failure or death. Gonad damage.

Seabirds/ Shorebirds

External effects – Smothering or coating. Impact on feathers including reduction in insulation and waterproofing properties, matting resulting in reduced flying ability and loss of buoyancy. This will reduce the ability to feed and may result in starvation. Loss or damage of feeding, nesting and roosting habitat for shorebirds. Internal effects – Direct ingestion resulting in damage to red blood cells, liver metabolism, tissues and intestines. Reduced reproductive ability and fertility of eggs may also occur resulting in effect on reproduction.



2.13 Deep Water Benthic Habitat The NWMR, which is generally representative of a significant portion of the Timor Sea, is

mostly dominated by soft sediments (sand and mud), with occasional patches of coarser sediments (Woodside 2011). The extensive soft sediment habitat, in combination with little topographic relief, results in vast expanses of monotonous benthos as there are limited different habitats or niches for animals to occupy. Therefore, sea floor communities in deeper waters are generally depauperate or impoverished. However, while sea floor communities in deeper waters are generally depauperate, recent studies have identified deep water coral habitat between 30 - 70 m (Woodside 2011), with 80% of corals recorded at Scott Reef growing below 30 m (AIMS 2006). The zone of greatest coral density/diversity is 35 - 50 m and is likely due to a balance between cyclone damage and elevated water temperatures near the surface, and reduced light availability at depth. The deepest coral reefs were recorded at 50 - 60 m. The structure of corals also varies with depth. Soft corals (particularly of the genus Dendronephytha) become increasingly dominant with increasing depth (25 - 80 m), with limited hard coral abundance due to reducing light levels (INPEX 2010). Further studies have been noted that benthic primary producers (e.g. algae and reef building corals) can be dominant to depths of up to at least 50-60 m, based on general observations in the Timor Sea (Heyward et al. 2010). In general, most of the information currently available relates to hard corals, with little detail on soft corals. Across the northern continental shelf, the predominant benthic infaunal species are polychaetes (burrowing worms) and crustaceans (prawns, shrimp, crabs, etc.) (Heyward et al. 1997). These two groups comprised 84% of the total species in sediment samples with a high diversity of species but a low abundance of each individual species (Heyward et al. 1997). The remaining 16% of species included echinoderms (sea stars, sea urchins, feather stars, etc.), molluscs (both gastropods and bivalves), nemerteans (ribbon worms), sponges and fish. Historically, few studies have been undertaken of benthic communities on the continental shelf. The most comprehensive research to date was undertaken by CSIRO in 2007 and comprised an extensive benthic habitat mapping and epibenthic fauna survey in deep waters (100 m to 1,000 m) of the North-west Shelf (Williams et al. 2010 cited in Woodside 2011). The survey observed that that similar benthic habitats occurred at the continental shelf margin (~100 m depth) at all sites along the North West Shelf. Typical epifauna included scattered hydroids, sea fans and soft corals, and often small sponges. At the continental shelf edge (~200 m depth), only two sites were surveyed, both of which were characterised by coarse substrate and scattered individual soft corals, anemones, glass sponges and stalked crinoids (Williams et al. 2010). Modelling at this depth showed a decline in species diversity indicating that between 20 to 40 individuals would be sampled in a 1 km trawl and would represent between five and 10 species. Surveys noted that whenever there was some form of hard substrate protruding through the sediment it was generally heavily populated with encrusting and filter-feeding organisms. These organisms, in turn, provide substrate for other organisms. Generally, these outcrops were relatively small, being less than 50 cm across.

A baseline survey undertaken in the general region of the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas, identified that there were sparsely covered carbonate mounds of gorgonians and sponges interspersed by large patches of sand. The sea floor had little topography and areas offer minimal habitat diversity or niches to occupy. Species found in these areas include sponges, gorgonians, ascidians, echinoderms, crustaceans, bryozoans, and soft corals.



Studies of the sea bottom in the vicinity of other developments in the area (Elang,

Kakatua, Jabiru) indicate that the seafloor is also likely to be relatively featureless.


Little or no risk of exposure in most scenarios, except inshore or in shallow water releases.

Assess release for possible sediment impact (seafloor release).

Action If sediment impact is possible consider need for post response sediment survey.

2.14 Submerged Shoals A number of shoals exist in the Timor Sea, however, due to the remoteness of the area,

most of the shoals are either understudied or poorly characterised. A recent Montara Scientific Study triggered by the spill has identified, based on preliminary analysis of the bathymetry, more than 20 possible shoal features (defined as abrupt submerged features rising from deeper than 50 m) within a 100 km radius of the Montara Well Head Platform and greater than 100 similar bathymetric features within 200 km (Heyward et al. 2010). A detailed study of the Big Bank Shoals, which are located in the Timor Sea, represents a compilation of the various environmental studies and reports conducted during 1995 and 1996 on the submerged banks, known as the Big Bank Shoals. The Big Bank Shoals, stretching across approximately 50 km along the edge of the Sahul Shelf, consist of 13 significant submerged banks rising from depths of 200 - 300 m to within 16 - 30 m below the water surface. The banks in the Big Bank Shoals can be categorised into three distinct epibenthic ecosystems based on the dominant species: • Macroalgae (Halimeda) ecosystem: Represented the dominant ecosystem for the Big

Bank Shoals area and, while it was observed in a wide range of habitats, was restricted to the shallower banks. The Halimeda banks also supported a widespread and diverse community of sponges, as well as hard and soft corals. It was observed that gorgonians and sponges were the major groups and were much more abundant in shallower depths. Filter-feeders were also observed on the small coral outcrops;

• Coral ecosystems: Restricted to the shallower banks and most important where hard substrate existed on the plateaus of the banks, most noticeably around the bank rims. Four of the 13 banks in the Big Bank Shoal assemblage were coral-dominated, with the coverage of soft coral ranging from 7% to 41%. It was noted that the community structure of the hard coral ecosystems (with the exception of Sleepy Bank) was very similar to the moderately sheltered, shallow communities at Scott Reef. It was also observed that the soft coral assemblages differed between the Halimeda banks and the coral banks. The study suggests that may be the result of the different substrates. Halimeda rubble dominated the sediments of the Halimeda banks while sand, coral rubble and the skeletons of hard corals dominated the sediments of the coral banks. The coral banks also supported a large and diverse array of sponges; and

• Filter-feeding ecosystem: Dominated the deeper banks due to light restrictions and included a mix of sponges and soft corals, such as gorgonians. Three of the 13 banks were dominated by filter-feeders.

While the specific biological communities of the shoals in the Timor Sea are relatively unknown, and therefore definite conclusions cannot be made as to which specific marine communities are present, it is likely that they support organisms typical of tropical coral reefs.




Little or no risk of exposure due to depths and locations in proximity to the exploration and production areas; oil is unlikely to impact these unless dispersants are applied in close proximity.

Action

Avoid use of dispersants close to shoals Monitor dispersed slick. Model dispersed oil post response to confirm monitoring. 2.15 Shallow or Intertidal Reefs and Shorelines Coral reefs in the Timor Sea can be categorised into two general groups: the fringing

reefs around coastal islands and the mainland shore; and large platform reefs, banks and shelf edge atolls offshore. The offshore coral reefs of Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island, Seringapatam Reef, Scott Reef are marine protected areas. These reefs, in particular Ashmore Reef, are recognised as having the highest richness and diversity of coral species in WA (Mustoe and Edmunds 2008 cited in DSD 2010). The closest open sea reef systems to PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island.

The reefs in the region are described in Table 12 below and shown on Figure 4. Table 12 Offshore Islands and Reefs of the Western Timor Sea Region

Reef/ Island Comment Ashmore Reef Ashmore Reef, is protected by the Commonwealth managed Ashmore

Reef National Nature Reserve and is also a designated Ramsar wetland of international significance (Clarke 2010). Ashmore Reef is a large platform reef characterised by an atoll-like structure with three low, vegetated islands, numerous shifting sand banks and two large lagoon areas. The surrounding reef consists of a well-developed reef crest and a broad reef flat. The edge of the reef flat has large areas of sand which become exposed at low tide. The islands located within the lagoon are mostly flat, being composed of coarse sand with a few areas of exposed beachrock and limestone outcrops. Ashmore Reef is internationally recognised as a significant breeding area for green turtles and for its abundance and diversity of sea snakes (Guinea 2007). Ashmore Reef also has a high coverage of seagrass which supports a small dugong population.

Hibernia Reef Although part of the same group as Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island, Hibernia Reef does not form part of the Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island External Territory of Australia. Hibernia Reef is located 42 km northeast from Ashmore Reef and 62 km northwest of Cartier Island and comprises an approximately oval-shaped reef that tapers to a point on the western side. While the reef has no permanent land, large areas can become exposed at low tide. Hibernia Reef is also characterised by a deep central lagoon and drying sand flats.

Cartier Island Cartier Island and surrounding reefs are protected by the Cartier Island Marine Reserve. Cartier Island is characterised by an un-vegetated sand cay, which is stabilised by patches of beach rock, and surrounding mature reef flats. The effects of wind, tides and rain periodically expose and remove areas of shifting sandbanks. The island supports large populations of nesting marine turtles and is an important breeding ground for birds.

Browse Island Browse Island and the waters surrounding it for a distance of three nautical miles are WA State Territorial Waters. Browse Island is listed as a Nature Reserve and is managed by the DEC. The island is a vegetated sand and limestone cay situated on a limestone and coral reef. The island represents an important turtle nesting site in the region for the Green



turtle. The island is also important for seabird nesting. Scott Reef Scott Reef (North Scott Reef and South Scott Reef) and Surrounds is

listed as a Commonwealth Heritage Place and is also listed on the Register of National Estate. North Scott Reef is an annular reef enclosing a deep lagoon that is connected to the ocean by passages in the northeast and southwest. South Scott Reef is a crescent shaped reef which subtends North Scott Reef and partially encloses another deep lagoon. South and North and Scott Reef are separated by a deep (400 m to 700 m) channel. Corals communities at Scott Reef occur across shallow (<30 m) and deep (>30 m) habitats, with 306 species from 60 genera and 14 families having been identified (Gilmour et al. 2009). Seventy metres was found to be the depth limit of reef-building corals. Scott Reef is an important nesting site for Green turtles.

Seringapatam Reef Seringapatam Reef and surrounds is listed as a Commonwealth Heritage Place and is also listed on the Register of National Estate. Seringapatam Reef is a circular rocky coral reef with exposed sand beach. It covers covers an area of approximately 55 km² and encloses a lagoon of relatively consistent depth of 20 m (maximum depth of 30 m). The reef is a regionally important scleractinian coral reef as it has a high biodiversity.

Adele Island Adele Island is a hook-shaped island characterised by sand banks which lie atop a shallow-water limestone platform. The island is surrounded by an extensive reef system. Adele Island is an important site for feeding and breeding seabirds and is one of the three most important nesting sites for seabirds in the Kimberley region. Cormorants, Australian Pelicans, Lesser Frigate Birds (Fregata ariel), Lesser Crested Terns (Sterna bengalensis), Brown Booby (Sula leucogaster), Red-footed Booby (Sula sula) and Masked Booby (Sula dactylatra) have rookeries on the island.

Coral reefs in shallow waters or exposed at low tide are highly susceptible to oiling. Oiling of reefs generally results in mortalities among intertidal and shallow sub-tidal reef communities. Sub-lethal effects involving tissue damage, growth and behavioural effects may also occur. The degree of effect appears to depend on oil type, degree of oil weathering, mixing of oil into water column, depth of reef at low tide and wave energy. Deeper reefs and those exposed to heavy surf are less likely to suffer severe effects. Oil can persist in sediments and uptake into grazers. Stressed reef communities may be affected by acute and high concentrations of dissolved and particulate oil, especially when fresh. Coral spawn, larvae and the larval forms of reef fauna are likely to suffer mortality. Recruitment failure has been suggested as a mechanism for longer term post-oil impact decline of coral reefs. Recovery could be slow due to the structural complexity of coral communities. Although experience has been variable, it is generally agreed that dispersants added to fresh oil spills in the vicinity of shallow subtidal corals tend to increase, rather than decrease, adverse effects of a spill. If dispersants are to be used to protect reef systems, they should be applied at a maximum distance from the reef.


Shallow corals are vulnerable and sensitive to oil impact or dispersant use. Effects may be immediate (mortality) or delayed (recruitment failure and community decline).

Action

Undertake trajectory analysis to predict location and timing of impact, shoreline types and resources likely to be hit, the weathering state of the oil and volume of oil likely to come ashore. Consult relevant State/NT ESC. Consult OSRA (oil Spill Response Atlas) via AMSA or Comm/WA/NT ESC. Consider the deepwater use of dispersants if large amounts of oil could impact coral shorelines. Undertake NEBA.



2.16 Coastal Reefs and Shorelines The coastlines of Australia, Indonesia (Roti, West Timor) and Timor Leste are

characterised by a complex array of coastal types and habitats. Trajectory modelling suggests that these could be impacted by residual weathered hydrocarbons from major events (blowout continuing for weeks or months) or by diesel spills from inshore incidents (groundings, refuelling spills).

These shorelines also contain sensitive features such as bird roosting and nesting

areas, turtle nests, mangroves, coastal reefs, inshore fisheries and cultural heritage sites. Refer to Section 3 for further detail on the key socio-economic receptors.

Table 13 indicates some of the more sensitive areas along the Australian coastline.

Table 13 Coastal Shorelines, Islands and Resources of the Timor Sea Region

Coastal Shoreline,

Island or Reef Comment

WA Mainland Coastline

Characterised of numerous coastal shoreline habitats, including rocky, beach, dunes, mangroves, saltmarshes, fringing coral, seagrass beds, sand and mud flats and salt flats. The coastline in the vicinity of the Truscott Mangalulu supply base is characterised by the various coastlines of rocky, dunes, beaches and salt flats (Duke et al. 2010). The main vegetation types are mangroves and coastal woodland, with some areas of tidal saltmarsh. The peninsula to the west the supply base location also supports a large area of fringing coral (Duke et al. 2010). Fauna recorded in the area include turtles, rays, dolphins, dugongs, sharks and saltwater crocodiles (Duke et al. 2010).

Augustus Island Group (WA Coast)

Comprises Augustus, Heywood, Champagney, Darcy, Slate Islands. Pearling on Augustus Island. Mangrove habitat on Augustus, Champagney and Darcy Islands. Birds nesting and roosting.

Bigge Group (WA Coast)

Comprises Bigge, Katers and Wooleston Islands. Mangroves occur on Bigge and Katers Islands. Birdlife and other fauna. Prawning in adjacent waters.

Prince Regent Group (WA Coast)

Comprises Uwin, St Andrew, St Patrick, Coronation and Boogaree Islands. Indigenous reserves (Uwin, St Patrick and St Andrews Islands). Coronation and Boogaree Islands nominated as part of the Prince Regent Nature Reserve). Turtle nesting on Coronation and Boogaree Islands. Mangroves, particularly on Boogaree Island. Bird rookery on Uwin Island.

Montgomery Islands (WA Coast)

Characterised by small limestone islands, surrounded by coral reefs and mangrove shorelines. Dugongs and seagrass beds. Indigenous use.

Cassini Island-Low Rocks (WA Coast)

Cassini Island is a small, flat topped (mesa shaped) island which is characterised by a reef platform along the western side and a large bay on the eastern side (Western Australian Museum (WAM) 2012). The island supports a variety of coral reef habitats (soft and hard corals), ranging from isolated coral bommies in atoll-like lagoonal habitat to steep reef fronts with extensive intertidal flats supporting well developed coral, seagrass and macroalgal communities (WAM 2012). Cormorant and Tern breeding (Low rocks). Green turtle nesting, and Osprey nesting (Cassini Island). Prawning and fishing in adjacent waters.



Long Reef (WA Coast)

Long Reef, is over 30 km long and comprises a narrow and intermittent fore-reef ramp along the western side, shallow lagoon and central spine of sand (WAM 2012). The western side of Long Reef is characterised by a steep drop from the reef edge while the eastern side is gently sloping and shallow with turbid waters during spring tides. The shallow lagoon is encompassed by a consolidated low ridge. Long Reef supports fewer corals when compared with the nearby Cassini Island as it is exposed to increased turbidity and wave action. A number of echinoderms, including sea stars, sea urchins, sea cucumbers, brittle stars, and feathers stars, and crustacean species, such as shrimps and porcelain crabs have been recorded (WAM 2012).

Maret and Montalivet Islands (WA Coast)

Supports coral reefs. West Montalivet Islands support turtle nesting. Osprey breeding (Maret Island).

NT Mainland Coastline

Characterised of numerous coastal shoreline habitats, including rocky, beach, dunes, mangroves, saltmarshes, fringing coral, seagrass beds, sand and mud flats and salt flats. The Darwin Harbour coastline is predominantly stable sand and mud flats with areas of beach and dunes. The dominant vegetation type is mangroves and coastal woodland, however there are also areas of tidal saltmarsh (Duke et al. 2010).

Cobourg Peninsula (NT Coast)

Marine Protected Area. Tidal wetland system (including mangroves). Bird and crocodile habitat

Casuarina Coastal Reserve (NT Coast)

Comprises 1,500 ha of coastal habitats that includes 8 km of sandy beaches, dramatic cliffs and casuarina trees. Bird habitat; ospreys, sea eagles, cormorants and gulls, with the beach areas near Buffalo Creek. Important resting and feeding spot for wading and migratory birds

East Point Aquatic Reserve (NT Coast)

Aquatic life reserve permits recreational fishing but bans commercial fishing. This reserve occupies is 365 hectares. Established under the Fisheries Act as Fishery Management Areas.

Beagle Gulf (NT) Proposed Marine Protected Area. Timor Coast Variable shorelines, ranging from exposed rocky shores to intertidal

mudflats and mangroves. Indonesian Mainland PTTEPAA’s routine exploration and production activities are not

expected to have any impact on international waters or Indonesian shorelines. Sheen and weathered oil from the Montara well blow out in August 2009, which lasted for a notional 11 weeks and released approximately 4,700 m3 of condensate, was observed in Indonesia’s EEZ in September 2009 and reached within 94 km of Palau Roti Island (Borthwick 2010). However, evidence considered in the Montara inquiry indicated that hydrocarbons did not extend significantly into Indonesian and Timor waters (Borthwick 2010). AMSA noted that the majority of the hydrocarbons released remained within 35 km of the Montara platform, with patches of sheen and weathered oil at various distances and directions due to the variation in currents, wind and temperature over the three month period (Borthwick 2010).

The potential impact of impact of oil, and cleanup methods, on the various shorelines

and associated biota is outlined below: • Rocky Shorelines: Characterised by encrusting invertebrates (epifauna) and algae

which are moderately sensitive to weathered oil. However, rocky shorelines habitats are highly sensitive to high pressure washing, chemical agents or other methods that may be used to clean the shorelines.

• Muddy Shorelines: Muddy shorelines are diverse and productive communities which are characterised by burrowing invertebrates (infauna). These shorelines are sensitive to oil and inappropriate shoreline cleanup methods.

• Mangroves: Mangrove communities are a diverse and complex assemblage of vegetation, vertebrate and invertebrate arboreal and aquatic fauna. Mangroves are highly sensitive to oil, however the scale of the impact is influenced by the



morphology of the stand and the persistence and characteristics of the oil. Some recovery may occur although this can take decades or longer and there can be lethal long term genetic mutations within mangrove plant populations. Mangroves are also highly sensitive to damage from access and cleanup.

• Sandy beaches: Oil and dispersants coating sand may become entrained in beaches and impact sensitive receptors, such as nesting turtles, migratory birds, fish nurseries and burrowing invertebrates. Detailed and site specific plans are required to protect or cleanup these areas and early prediction of potential impact is important.

Mainland shorelines may also have hazards (crocodiles, isolation from medical support). These need to be anticipated, assessed and managed through the development and implementation of remedial strategies.


Shoreline types are highly varied and contain a number of discrete shoreline types and biological, economic and cultural resources.

Undertake trajectory analysis to predict location and timing of impact, shoreline types and resources likely to be hit, the weathering state of the oil and volume of oil likely to come ashore.

Action

Consult relevant State/NT/Commonwealth ESC. Consult OSRA (oil Spill Response Atlas) via AMSA or WA/NT/

Commonwealth ESC. Refer to Table 1 and the OSCP for guidelines Consider the deepwater use of dispersants if large amounts of oil could

impact sensitive shorelines (Table 13). Undertake NEBA. 2.17 Mangroves Mangroves in the Kimberley are very well developed and provide a nursery and

breeding area for various fish stocks (Loneragan et al. 2002). Mangroves are highly sensitive to oiling and impact is significant because of their importance in estuarine functions (e.g. nursery and breeding grounds, high productivity, base of detritus food chain).

Those that are exposed to spills of untreated light and medium weight crudes exhibit leaf

discolouration, defoliation and mortality. The application of chemical dispersants to oil before its entry into mangrove forests is presently a recommended strategy since experience indicates that deleterious effects are generally less than those with untreated oil.

Faunal mortalities in mangroves impacted by oil are generally significant, including local

and migratory waders and wildfowl. Mangrove communities are particularly complex and may take long periods to recover.


Mangroves are generally sensitive to oil impact. Usual effect is defoliation and possibly death Delayed and effects and slowed recovery may result if sediments are oiled.

Action


Consult relevant State/NT ESC. Consult OSRA (oil Spill Response Atlas) via AMSA or WA/NT/

Commonwealth ESC. Consider the deepwater use of dispersants if large amounts of oil could

impact mangrove shorelines. Undertake NEBA.



2.18 Seagrass and Macroalgae Seagrass The presence of seagrass is largely influenced by the availability of light. While seagrass generally has a minimum light requirement of 10-20% of surface light (Short et al. 2001 cited in Woodside 2011), species of the genus Halophila have often been observed in deeper waters which receive approximately 5% of the surface light (Butler and Jernakoff 1999 cited in Woodside 2011). While the overall distribution of seagrass in the Timor Sea is poorly documented, areas of known importance for seagrass include Browse Island, Sunday Island, Scott Reef and the Ashmore and Cartier Islands. Ashmore Reef supports the highest average coverage of seagrass in the NWMR. No seagrass communities have been observed surrounding Hibernia Reef (Skewes et al. 1999a, cited in Woodside 2011). Recent surveys of the Barracouta and Vulcan Shoals recorded a small representation of seagrass at Barracouta Shoal, where in contrast Vulcan Shoal supports an extensive area (36% of observations) of seagrass (Thallasodendron ciliatum) (Heyward et al. 2010). Macroalgae Macroalgae are an important component of benthic marine habitats as they contribute greatly to primary production (especially on hard substrate). While many species are restricted to growing on hard surfaces, some species have adapted to soft sediments. There are three distinct areas that are likely to support ecologically important macroalgal communities; i) high biomass of brown macroalgae (e.g. Sargassm) on or around shallow or emergent hard platforms, ii) low biomass, but highly diverse macroalgal assemblages (often maintained as closely cropped turf algae) on hard-substrates where hard corals, sponges and other important sessile fauna are present, and iii) extensive beds of calcareous algae (mostly Halimeda) that may occur in inter-reefal areas of deepwater shoals. The vulnerability of seagrasses depends on their depth and consequent exposure to

surface oil. Deep seagrasses are usually unimpacted and suffer no effects. Emergent seagrasses appear to suffer little damage from oil floating on the water

surface. Leaf burning is common with light to medium oils but recovery will usually occur.

Intertidal seagrasses can be killed by oil, particularly if the roots are oiled. Community

recovery will be slowed if oil is retained in sediments. Chemically dispersed light and medium weight crudes appear to be more deleterious to

seagrasses than oils which are left untreated. If dispersant is to be used to protect these shorelines then it must be applied a distance from/ the shore.


Shallow and intertidal seagrasses corals are vulnerable and sensitive to oil impact.

Effects are generally immediate (mortality).


Action

Consult relevant State/NT ESC. Consult OSRA (oil Spill Response Atlas) via AMSA or Comm/WA/NT

ESC. Consider the deepwater use of dispersants if large amounts of oil could

impact seagrass shorelines. Undertake NEBA.



3.0 SOCIOECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3.1 Commercial and Traditional Fishing The North Coast bioregion of Western Australia (Pilbara/Kimberley) supports a number

of commercial fisheries (Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry (DAFF) 2010). PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas overlap or occur in the vicinity of four commercial, Commonwealth managed fisheries: Northwest Slope Trawl Fishery, Western Tuna and Billfish Fishery, Western Skipjack Tuna Fishery and Southern Bluefin Tuna Fishery, and three State managed fisheries: Northern Demersal Scalefish Fishery, Northern Shark Fishery and Kimberley Prawn Managed Fishery (Figure 7). These fisheries are described in detail in Table 14. Along the north-western coastline of Australia, traditional and subsistence fishing is generally limited to shorelines, creeks and near shore reefs (LeProvost Dames and Moore 1997). A memorandum of understanding (MOU) between the governments of Australia and Indonesia, allowing traditional Indonesian fishing practices, was formalised In November 1974. The MOU, representing an area of approximately 50,000 km2 within the Australian Fishing Zone, encompasses Scott Reef and associated reefs, including Seringapatam Reef, Browse Island, Ashmore Reef, Cartier Island and various banks (Figure 7). Under the MOU, Indonesian and Timorese fishermen are legally permitted to harvest marine products using traditional methods. Refer to Table 14 for further detail.



Figure 7 Commercial, Recreational and Indigenous Fisheries



Table 14 Timor Sea Fisheries

Fishery Managing Authority Comment

Southern Bluefin Tuna Fishery

AFMA The Southern Bluefin Tuna Fishery operates around Australia, extending to the high seas fishing zone, and is part of the global fishery for southern runcat tuna, which is managed by the Commission for the Conservation of Southern Bluefin Tuna. In Australia, the fishery is managed under the Southern Bluefin Tuna Management Plan 1995, under the Fisheries Management Act 1991. Although PTTEPAA’s exploration and production activities are located within the limits of the Southern Bluefin Tuna Fishery, it is outside of key catch areas which included waters off South Australia, New South Wales and Queensland in 2012 (DAFF 2010).

Western Skipjack Tuna Fishery

AFMA Skipjack tuna are widely distributed throughout tropical waters of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Skipjack distribution in the Australian Fishing Zone on the east coast is from far north Queensland to Tasmania, excluding the Great Barrier Reef, off southern Australia from Kangaroo Island in the Great Australian Bight, and up the west coast to Broome. Skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis) is the only target species in the fishery. While fishing season in the NWMR is between November to June, no active fishing was undertaken by Australian vessels in 2009-10 (DAFF 2010). PTTEPAA’s exploration and production activities are unlikely to impact upon this fishery due to the wide distribution and pelagic nature of the tuna, the low fishing effort and the large area available for this fishing operation.

Northwest Slope Trawl Fishery (NWSTF)

AFMA The NWSTF extends from 114°E to about 125°E off the Western Australian coast between the 200 m isobath and the outer limit of the Australian Fishing Zone (DAFF 2010). Fishing is conducted with demersal trawls along bathometric contours depending on the target species sought. Traditionally, deepwater prawns were targeted, however the main species currently targeted are scampi. Fishing effort is restricted in the NWSTF by a limit on the number of vessel permits. In 2009–10, there were seven permits and two active vessels in the fishery (DAFF 2010). Most fishing occurs mid-June to July and December to April. Most of the fishing effort is directed to the south of the Rowley Shoals.

Due to the low number of active vessels interaction with fishermen during the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production activities is unlikely.

Western Tuna and Billfish Fishery (WTBF)

AFMA The WTBF management area extends over a large area westward from Cape York Peninsula (142°30’E) off Qld to 34°S off the west coast of WA, seaward of the 200 m isobath (DAFF 2010). The fishing area also includes Australian waters outside of 12 nm off Christmas Island and Cocos and Keeling Islands.The key target species include marling, swordfish and various species of tuna. Recently published data from DAFF (2010) indicates that this long-line fishery has been in decline since 2001, with only four active vessels in 2009. While the WTBF management area encompasses PTTEPAA’s production and exploration activities, fisheries data indicates that fishing operations area concentrated south west of the North West Cape.

Northern Demersel Scalefish Fishery

DoF The Northern Demersal Scalefish Fishery includes an extensive area adjacent to WA from the Bonaparte Gulf west and south to the Pilbara (DoF 2011). There are a total of 11 licences issued for the fishery, actively fished by five vessels based out of Broome, Pilbara and Darwin. Fish traps and lines are used to principally target high-value scalefish species such as red emperor, gold-band snapper and cod. PTTEPAA’s production and exploration activities are not expected to impact upon



this fishery. Northern Shark

Fishery AFMA/

DoF The Northern Shark Fishery, jointly managed by the AFMA and DoF, extends from 123°45’ E (Koolan Island) to the WA/ NT border. Targets Sandbar, Blacktip, Tiger and Lemon sharks by longline (and some gillnetting). Operators allowed to fish between 16°23'S and 18° latitude and 1st October and 31st January. Operators are allowed to fish in the remaining area (north of 16°23'S latitude and between 120° and 123° 45'E longitude) all year. While there are seven licenses issued for the fishery, only three to four vessels are working in the entire fishery, based on AFMA returns. There is little or no shark fishing in the immediate area of the proposed PTTEPAA’s production and exploration activities.

Kimberley Prawn Managed Fishery (KPMF)

DoF The KPMF operates off the north of the state between Koolan Island and Cape Londonderry. The key target species are banana prawns, however tiger prawns, endeavour prawns and western king prawns are also caught. The operating season varies slightly between years, with the 2010 season being between April to May and August to November. In 2010, the areas trawled were all within 100 km of the Australian mainland coastline. Therefore, the PTTEPAA’s production and exploration activities are unlikely to impact upon this fishery.

Indonesian traditional fishing (Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with certain islands utilising traditional methods)

- Fishing is concentrated on reefs or in the reef lagoons and target species include trochus, sea cucumbers, abalone, sponges, giant clams, trepan, trochus, reef fish and finfish, including sharks (SEWPAC 2012a). The peak fishing season is between August and October with fishers departing the region at the onset of the northwest monsoon season. Based on the level of fishing pressure, it is predicted that many target species are overexploited (Meekan et al. 2006b; Skewes et al. 1999 cited in SEWPAC 2012a). A decline in the target species at Seringapatam Reef and Scott Reef resulting from fishing pressure from Indonesian fishers has been observed (SEWPAC 2012a).


In some cases a fishing area may be officially closed due to an oil spill. Fishing activities in affected areas may be curtailed by the fishing industry due to

concerns re fouling of boats and fishing equipment.

Action

Assess incident for possible effect on fisheries. Consider area affected relative to the area available for fishing,

Consider need for monitoring of fish catch (Note: This is the responsibility of the Government Fisheries departments).

3.2 Mariculture Activities Pearling operations occur in shallow coastal waters along the Western Australian coastline from March to June (Woodside 2011). The main fishing grounds include Eighty Mile Beach, with smaller catches from the Lacepede Islands (north of Broome) and along Dampier Peninsula, both of which are a considerable distance from PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas. There are 110 pearl leases in 184.774 square nautical miles in the NWMR/Kimberley region. The majority of pearl oysters for seeding are obtained from wild stocks and supplemented by hatchery produced oysters, with major hatcheries operating at Broome and King Sound (WA Department of Fisheries 2011). Pearl farm sites are located mainly along the Kimberley coast, particularly in the Buccaneer Archipelago, in Roebuck Bay and further afield at the Montebello Islands. Refer to Figure 7 for the location of pearling activities. The offshore PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas are not accessed for aquaculture activities due to its location in offshore waters. However, pearl farm lease sites occur in the broader Truscott Mungalalu supply base area.



3.3 Recreational Fishing The recreational fishing industry in the North Coast Bioregion is experiencing significant growth, with a distinct seasonal peak in winter, in particular, Roebuck Bay, offshore of the Dampier Peninsula and offshore islands such as Rowley Shoals (Department of Fisheries 2011). The coastal habitats, such as creek systems, mangroves and beaches, provide shore and small boat fishing opportunities for a variety of species including barramundi, tropical emperors, mangrove jack, trevallies, sooty grunter, threadfin, rabbitfish, mud crabs and cods. Offshore islands, coral reef systems and continental shelf waters provide species of major recreational interest including saddletail snapper, red emperor, cods, coral and coronation trout, sharks, trevally, tuskfish, tunas, mackerels, billfish and indigenous species. 3.4 Indigenous Heritage A search of the Department of Indigenous Affairs (DIA) Aboriginal Heritage Inquiry System did not identify any heritage sites within the PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas (DIA 2012). A search of the Department of Lands, Planning and the Environment (DPLE) Northern Territory Heritage Register did not identify any listed heritage sites within the Darwin Harbour (DPLE 2012) 3.5 Non-Indigenous Heritage Shipwrecks older than 75 years are protected through the Commonwealth Historic Shipwrecks Act 1976. There are no known historic shipwrecks in PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas (in excess of 75 years old). The closest shipwreck to the exploration and production areas is the Ann Millicent, an iron hulled barque of 944 tons, which was wrecked on Cartier Island on 5 January 1888 (SEWPAC 2009). This shipwreck is approximately 106 km north-west of the Montara oil field. At least six iron sailing vessels were wrecked at Browse Island, approximately 191 km south-west of the Operations area, between 1870 and 1890 (Woodside 2011). There is also one shipwreck, the ‘Yarra’, on South Scott Reef which was wrecked on 1884 (Australian National Shipwreck Database 2012). Thirty five historic shipwrecks are located in the Darwin Harbour area (Australian National Shipwreck Database 2012). 3.6 Commercial Shipping and Ports Major international shipping passes through the Timor Sea. Fishing related shipping,

and supply vessels for the offshore production fields might pass close to the Permit Areas. AMSA should be requested to issue a warning to shipping. Darwin Port services the Northern Territory and Kimberley Region of WA. The deepwater port is the import and distribution destination for most cargoes used in the oil and gas industry in the Arafura Sea, Timor Sea and waters off the coast of WA. It also supports offshore oil and gas exploration supply vessels, pearling and fishing vessels, fishing charter boats and cruise liners.

3.7 Defence Activities Customs Coastwatch, together with both Navy Fremantle class patrol boats and Customs Bay class vessels, undertake civil and maritime surveillance within the boundaries of the MOU and the Australian Fishing Zone (an area extending roughly 200 nm from the mainland) (McCormick 2001). The primary purpose of the activity is to monitor the passage of suspect illegal entry vessels and illegal foreign fishing activity within these areas.

http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage/shipwrecks/legislation/index.html

http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage/shipwrecks/legislation/index.html



3.8 Petroleum Production and Exploration Facilities Oil and gas exploration activities in the Indian Ocean off WA commenced in the late

1960s. Today the petroleum exploration and production industry is a significant user of offshore waters in the region, particularly within and adjacent to the offshore area of the Territory of Ashmore and Cartier Islands and the Joint Petroleum Development Area between Timor Leste and Australia. A number of offshore exploration and production operations are close to WA 403-P. Other proponents in the Timor Sea are at various stages of appraisal, planning and approval in advance of Final Investment Decision. Oil and gas activities in the Timor Sea are summarised in Figure 8. Other exploration and production operations are unlikely to be impacted by oil spills but should be advised of oil location and the locations of response vessels and aircraft.



Figure 8 Summary of Oil and Gas Activities in the Timor Sea (DMP 2012)



3.9 Key Environmental Sensitivities There are no known areas of environmental significance in the direct vicinity of PTTEPAA’s exploration and production areas including World Heritage properties, Ramsar Wetlands and Commonwealth Lands. The closest areas of environmental significance are the banks, shoals and reefs associated with the northern and north western edge of the continental shelf. These areas are considered of major ecological significance due to the high species diversity and abundance recorded at some sites and their patchy distribution in an otherwise broad area of featureless seafloor. A summary of the key sensitive receptors and locations are provided in Table 15. These sensitive receptors represent key natural resources which may potentially be impacted in the event of an environmental incident associated with PTTEPAA’s production and exploration operations. The locations of these sensitive receptors have been selected on the basis of the Montara inquiry findings (Borthwick 2010) and potential worst case environmental impact associated with the operations and the extent of this potential area of influence. The boxes in the table are colour coded based on the likelihood of a spill impacting on them associated with PTTEPAA’s exploration and production activities (orange (0-10 days to exposure) = high, yellow (10 -20 days to exposure) = medium, green (20+ days to exposure) = low). This summary has been distilled from the modelling presented in Attachment 3. Note a number of shoals are located within the broader surroundings of PTTEPAA’s production and exploration areas. The shoals identified in Table 15 are not exhaustive but considered to be representative of the potential benthic habitats in the Timor Sea.



Table 15 The occurrence of values/attributes at sites identified within the area of interest of PTTEPAA Activities Value/ Attribute Potential Impacts from Spill or

Response Strategy

Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

Likelihood of Impact from Oil Spill*

Cash-2/ Maple-2

Montara

(Note: only 5% of simulations

showed impact)

Jabiru

Challis

Intertidal and Benthic Primary Producers

Seagrasses Smothering of intertidal seagrass (when oil is stranded) or dense surface slicks can lead to reduced photosynthetic rates thereby affecting growth rates, blackened leaves and mortality. Sub-lethal effects can include bleaching, ultimately death for seagrass blades and decreases in the density of leaves and flowering shoots. Toxic impacts on subtidal seagrass may be possible as petrochemicals are incorporated into the tissue, causing a reduction in tolerance to other stress factors. Dispersants used in response operations can reduce photosynthesis in marine flora, remove waxy cuticles increasing absorption rates, have photo-/toxic impacts (potentially temperature-dependant).

x x x x x x

Hard Corals Tissue death, impaired feeding response, impaired polyp retraction, larval death, premature extrusion of planulae and change in calcification rates. Enhanced photosensitivity (or photo-enhanced toxicity), resulting in bleaching in corals. Reduced energy available for growth and reproduction. Reduced recruitment due to reduced competitive or reproductive fitness (fertility) or increased mortality of juvenile or settling stages. Gonad damage. Dispersants used in response operations can be toxic to corals and lethal at elevated

x deep water

x x x x x x x x

deep water

x x x x x x x x



Value/ Attribute Potential Impacts from Spill or Response Strategy

Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

concentrations. For example, they can result in significant inhibition of coral fertilisation.

Macroalgae See seagrass description x x x x x x x x x x x Mangroves Mangroves and tidal flats are most

at risk from exposure to surface slicks as these habitats are located in low energy environments where layers of oil may be deposited by each falling tide and the oil is not removed naturally by wave action. Coverage and blockage of trees breathing pores thereby asphyxiating the subsurface roots which depend on the pores for oxygen. Contamination of subtidal sediment and contribution to water column toxicity can affect nearby mangroves. Longer term exposure in sediments may also cause genetic mutations (e.g. lethal albino condition in mangroves. Seedlings and saplings are particularly susceptible to exposure with high rates of mortality. Reduced recruitment due to reduced competitive or reproductive fitness (fertility); or increased mortality of juvenile or settling stages; or reduced seedling establishment in mangroves and saltmarsh. Mangrove plant dieback and canopy loss as indicative of toxic and smothering responses to exposure to oil on above ground surfaces and roots below ground

x x

Saltmarshes and Wetlands

Reduced photosynthetic capacity due to coating or smothering. See mangroves and intertidal seagrass descriptions

Benthic Communities

Subtidal Shoals, Reefs and Banks

See Hard corals and macroalgae discussion. x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Benthic Infaunal Communities3

Mass kills of infaunal invertebrates from oil contamination are responsible for bioturbation in soft sediments and may result in the

x x x x x x x x x x x x




Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

development of anoxic conditions close to the sediment surface. Oil-tolerant opportunists often colonise rapidly after such an event, until oil toxicity is reduced to such a level that the natural community can be re-established (through colonisation and succession).

Difficultly feeding due to coating of sensory hairs and mouths. Reduced mobility due to coating of the body, increasing susceptibility to predators, reduced feeding ability etc. (e.g. fouling of baleen). Impaired behavioural responses, such as feeding responses or sediment clearing ability. Reduced food availability. Reduced energy available for growth and reproduction. Reduced recruitment due to reduced competitive or reproductive fitness (fertility); or increased mortality of juvenile or settling stages. Gonad damage. Dispersant used in response operations have irreversible impacts on respiratory organs, and depending on duration of exposure, reversibly affect nervous system.

Benthic Filter-feeding Communities3

See benthic infauna community description Bioaccumulation in filter feeders (e.g. bivalves). Exposure may not lead to immediate death but chronic, long-term mortality rates due to increased phototoxicity. Altered fertilisation, cleavage and larval development, retarded growth and inhibited moulting in some larval crab stages, reduced spawning activity in muscles.

Sessile epibenthic fauna (e.g. soft corals, sponges, ascidians, hydroids) will also be susceptible to coating and oil/dispersant toxicity.

x x x x x x x x x x x

Benthic Soft See hard coral description x x x x x x x x x x x x




Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

Coral Communities3

(South Reef)

Marine Fauna Fish External effects – Effect of dispersed oil on eggs, larvae and young fish including larval abnormalities. Smothering or coating. Reduced energy available for growth and reproduction. Reduced recruitment due to reduced competitive or reproductive fitness (fertility); or increased mortality of juvenile or settling stages Internal effects – Damage to olfactory cells, reduced sperm activity and fertilisation success, reduced growth, starvation due to a reduction in available prey. Organ failure or death. Gonad damage

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Seabirds External effects – Smothering or coating. Impact on feathers including reduction in insulation and waterproofing properties, matting resulting in reduced flying ability and loss of buoyancy. This will reduces the ability to feed and may result in starvation. Internal effects – Direct ingestion resulting in damage to red blood cells, liver metabolism, tissues and intestines. Reduced reproductive ability/behaviours and fertility of eggs may also occur resulting in effect on reproduction.

x x x

x low numbers, less diverse

x low numbers, less diverse

x high

diversity and

numbers

x high

diversity and

numbers

x high

diversity and

numbers

x

Cetaceans External effects – Limited impact on skin of smooth skinned species compared to those with fur/hair. Change in skin conductance resulting in hypothermia, eye and skin lesions. Coating of baleen inhibiting feeding. Vapours may affect eyesight, interruption of mother – young bond (Pinnipeds). Internal effects – Direct ingestion resulting in damaged airways and lungs. Contamination of food supply leading to internal digestive

x x x x




Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

damage. Impaired feeding. Organ failure or death. Gonad damage.

Turtles External effects – Smothering or coating. Irritation of mucus membranes (eyes, nose and throat) leading to inflammation or ulceration. Absorption of oil through the skin. Internal effects – Contamination of food supply resulting in ingestion leading to damage of internal organs, direct physical ingestion of oil leading to damage of airways and lungs. Gastrointestinal inflammation, ulcers and bleeding in the stomach from direct ingestion. Impaired feeding. Gonad damage. Organ failure or death.

x

x (possibl

e foraging

for Green,

Loggerhead and Hawksb

ill turtles)

x Green turtle nestin

g

x Green turtle

transitory foraging

only

x Green turtle

foraging, low numbe

rs

x Gree

n turtle nesting

x Green turtle

nesting x x x

Sea Snakes Sea snakes do not appear to show avoidance behaviour return to the surface to breathe, rest and bask. Contact with surface slicks and vapours would result in damage to the dermis and irritation to mucous membranes of the eye, nose and throat and inhalation of toxic vapours. Following the Montara wellhead blowout the oil appears to have been absorbed by the sediments contaminating sea snake prey items (burrowing fish and shrimps) which were then ingested by a sea snake which was found dead at the surface.

x x4 x x x x x

Sharks and Rays

See fish description. Focus on whale sharks below. Whale sharks skim feeding behaviour may result in ingestion of large volumes of contacted water. This could lead to mortality in the short term and endocrine and immune system issues in the long term. Migration to particular breeding/feeding grounds may be affected. The avoidance of areas normally visited may cause stress

x x x x

Whale Shark

x x




Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

in the whale shark and impact on future migrations. Populations of their prey species e.g. (plankton, small fish, squid) may be reduced by exposure and bioaccumulation of toxic components in the sharks.

Dugongs See cetaceans description x5 x x5 Fisheries Commercial Interruption of fishing operations

(due to temporary closure), oiling of gear and actual or perceived tainting of catches. Longer term economic impacts from establishment of quarantine restrictions from affected fisheries. Death of susceptible egg or larval stages could result in longer term impacts on recruitment and deformities affecting sale of product. Impacts to pelagic fish in open water unlikely as they are able to detect and avoid hydrocarbons on the surface. Exposure in benthos (e.g. commercial prawns) can result in tainting of tissues reduced ability to metabolise hydrocarbons resulting in death or sub-lethal effects, Indirect impacts on food sources (e.g. benthic habitat) could reduce for commercial species number emperors, snapper and cod.

x

Traditional Indonesian

As commercial fisheries but recognising that target species may also include non-pelagic species so impacts to catch rates likely

x x x x x x x

Recreational See Traditional Indonesian description x x

Other Socio-Economic and Environmental Values

Oil & Gas Disruption to operations. Health and safety risks x

Shipping See oil and gas description x Protected Areas

Impacts on habitat and fauna located within protected area. Perceptions of impact from stakeholders.

x x x x x x x

Mariculture (including

Indirect: Oil in surface slicks which reach the shoreline may strand in

x (marine

x

(specim




Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

Pearl culture) areas where aquaculture facilities are located. This may affect sunlight penetration and oxygen diffusion into the water. Oil in this form can foul boats, fishing gear and aquaculture facilities and can then be transferred to the catch Oiled sediments in the vicinity of farms could contain a wide range of PAHs, resulting in chronic exposures in affected species that take longer to eliminate. Turbulent weather may result in the mixing into the water column resulting in aquaculture species being exposed to entrained oil fractions via the water column and water surface. Oil in this form would impact on any biota in the water column and in particular filter feeders. This scenario may lead to the accumulation of PAHs in the tissues. Tainting of commercial food species may be an issue in these circumstances.

aquarium) en shell collectio

n)

Historic Shipwrecks

Smothering and coating of shipwrecks. Possible damage to shipwreck during clean up efforts.

x x x

Research Impacts to scientific integrity of existing research projects. Human health impacts related to inhalation and ingestion for field based researchers. Restricted access to monitoring locations during spill response operations and if quarantine areas are established post spill.

x x x x x

Tourism (including beaches)

Visual impacts of oiled beaches. Perceptions of impact on tourist receptors. Human health impacts related to inhalation and ingestion

x x x x x x

Plankton Surface oil spills, that have not been forced into the water column by waves and turbulence, will have less impact as only a very small proportion of the population of

x




Ope

n W

ater

Bar

raco

uta

Sho

al1

Vulc

an

Shoa

l1

Goe

ree

Shoa

l1

Euge

ne

McD

erm

Cas

sini

Is

land

Long

R

eef

Serin

gap

atam

R

eef

Scot

t R

eef2

Sand

y Is

let2

Bro

wse

Is

land

2

Ade

le

Isla

nd2

Mai

nlan

d A

ustr

alia

Indo

nesi

a Tim

or

Ash

mor

e R

eef

Car

tier

Isla

nd

Hib

erni

a R

eef

plankton close to the surface will be affected However, thick, buoyant oil slicks can decreased rates of photosynthesis by inhibited air-sea gas exchange and light penetration. Plankton are vulnerable to exposure via entrained oil which is digested and transported through the gut Toxic effects include haemorrhages, spinal deformities, growth retardation and death Behavioural effects include disruptions to feeding, reproduction and settling of larvae, motility, avoidance and alteration of metabolic rates.

Intertidal Sensitivities

Intertidal Reef Flats

See corals description and intertidal sand flats x x x x x x x x x x

Intertidal Sand Flats

In the event of shoreline oiling of intertidal sand flats hydrocarbons could accumulate on shore and permeate into the sediment. While exposure of sandy shores to wave action typically disperses hydrocarbons on the surface layers, denser crudes which has permeated deep into the sediment may be more persistent. Impacts to sandy shorelines would likely have lethal impacts on intertidal assemblages. However, the intertidal communities would be expected to recover over time as the spill disperses.

x x x x x x x x

Shorebirds See Seabird description Contact with oil on the shoreline that they come into contact with when feeding, nesting, moulting. Contact with oil damages feather structure and affects their ability to thermoregulate.

x x x x x

Turtle Nesting Beaches

Penetration of oil through turtle shell membranes of eggs on nesting sites inhibiting development.

x x x x x

Key: High risk of being impacted by a spill (0-10 days to exposure) Medium risk of being impacted by a spill (10-20 days to exposure)



Low risk of being impacted by a spill (20+ days to exposure) *Note: Possible impact to the key sensitive receptors is based on surface spill modelling. Dissolved and entrained hydrocarbons have not been considered in the ranking of the potential risk. 1Information based on the findings of the Montara Scientific Study of Banks and Shoals (2011) and Big Bank Shoal survey (Heyward et al. 1997). 2 Note that South Scott Reef, Sandy Islet and Browse Island are within State coastal waters (3 nm boundary). 4 While no information is currently publically available, it is likely that Barracouta Shoal supports sea snakes based on its proximity to Cartier Island. 5 Dugongs are likely to extend to Vulcan Shoal and Cartier Island as critical seagrass habitat is available (Commonwealth of Australia 2002).



4.0 REFERENCES Australian Institute of Marine Science (AIMS) (2006). Light Loving Corals Found in

Deep Dark Blue. AIMS Waypoint Newsletter, Number 3. Available from: http://www3.aims.gov.au/docs/publications/waypoint/003/headlines-06.html. Australian Institute of Marine Science and BHP Petroleum. 1997. Big bank Shoals of the Timor Sea: An Environmental Resource Atlas. Edited by A. Heyward, E. Pinceratto and L. Smith. Australian Museum. 2012. Fishes. Available online from: http://australianmuseum.net.au/Fishes. Australian Museum, NSW (accessed 30/11/12). Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA). 2003. Oil Spill Monitoring Handbook. Prepared by Wardrop Consulting and the Cawthron Institute for the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) and the Marine Safety Authority of New Zealand (MSA). Published by AMSA, Canberra Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA). 2003. Post Spill Monitoring: Background Paper. Prepared by Wardrop Consulting and the Cawthron Institute for the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) and the Marine Safety Authority of New Zealand (MSA). Published by AMSA, Canberra. Australian National Shipwreck Database. 2012. ‘Yarra’. Available at: http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage/shipwrecks/database.html (25/10/12) Baldwin, R., Hughes, G. and Prince, R. (2003). Loggerhead turtles in the Indian Ocean. In: Bolten, A. & B. Witherington, eds. Loggerhead sea turtles. Washington: Smithsonian Books. Bannister, J.L., Kemper, C.M. and Warneke, R.M. 1996. The Action Plan for Australian Cetaceans. [Online]. Canberra: Australian Nature Conservation Agency. Available from: http://www.environment.gov.au/coasts/publications/cetaceans-action-plan/pubs/whaleplan.pdf. Borthwick, D. 2010. Report of the Montara Commission of Inquiry. June 2010. Bowen, B. W., Meylan, A.B., Ross, J. P., Limpus, C. J., Balazs, G. H. and Avise, J. C. (1992). Global population structure and natural history of the green turtle (Chelonia mydas) in terms of matriarchal phylogeny. Evolution 46: 865–881. Bowlay, A., Whiting, A. 2007. Uncovering Turtle Antics. Landscope. 23 (2). Western Australia Department of Environment and Conservation. Chatto, R., and B. Baker. 2008. The distribution and status of marine turtle nesting in the Northern Territory-Technical Report 77/2008. [Online]. Parks and Wildlife Service, Department of Natural Resources, Environment, The Arts and Sport. Northern Territory Government. Available from: http://www.nt.gov.au/nreta/publications/wildlife/science/pdf/marine_turtle_nesting.pdf. Clarke, R.H. 2010. The Status of Seabirds and Shorebirds at Ashmore Reef and Cartier and Browse Islands: Monitoring Program for the Montara Well Release – Pre-

http://www.environment.gov.au/heritage/shipwrecks/database.html



Impact Assessment and First Post-Impact Field Survey. Prepared on behalf of PTTEP Australasia and the Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts, Australia. Cogger, H.G. 1975. Sea snakes of Australia and New Guinea. In: Dunson, W.A., ed. The Biology of Sea Snakes. University Park Press, Baltimore. Commonwealth of Australia (2002). Ashmore Reef National Nature Reserve and Cartier Island Marine Reserve (Commonwealth Waters) Management Plans. Environment Australia, Canberra. Conservation Commission of Western Australia. 2010. Status Performance Assessment: Biodiversity Conservation on Western Australian Islands, Phase II – Kimberley Islands Final Report. Conservation Commission of Western Australia, Perth, Western Australia. Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry (DAFF). 2011. Australian ballast water management requirements. Version 5, August 2011. Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry, Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory. A WWW publication available on http://www.daff.gov.au/aqis/avm/vessels/quarantine_concerns/ballast/australian-ballast-water-management-requirements Department of the Environment and Heritage (DEH) (2005). Humpback Whale Recovery Plan 2005 - 2010. [Online]. Department of the Environment and Heritage. Canberra, Commonwealth of Australia. Available from: http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/publications/recovery/m-novaeangliae/index.html. Department of Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts (DEWHA) (2008). The North-West Marine Bioregional Plan. Bioregional Profile. A Description of the Ecosystems, Conservation Values and Uses of the North-West Marine Region. Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts, Canberra. Department of Fisheries (DoF). 2011. State of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Report 2010/11. Department of Fisheries, Perth, Western Australia. Department of Mines and Petroleum (DMP) (2012). Timor Sea Oil and Gas August 2012. Available at: http://www.dmp.wa.gov.au/5590.aspx (25/10/12). Department of State Development (DSD). 2010. Browse Liquefied Natural Gas Precinct Strategic Assessment Report, Part 3 Environmental Assessment – Marine Impacts. Department of State Development, Perth, Western Australia. Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Populations and Community (SEWPAC). 2011. Species group report card – Reptiles. Supporting the draft marine bioregional plan for the North Marine Region. Canberra. Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Populations and Community (SEWPAC). 2012a. Marine Bioregional Plan for the North West Marine Region. Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Populations and Community, Canberra.

http://www.daff.gov.au/aqis/avm/vessels/quarantine_concerns/ballast/australian-ballast-water-management-requirements

http://www.daff.gov.au/aqis/avm/vessels/quarantine_concerns/ballast/australian-ballast-water-management-requirements

http://www.dmp.wa.gov.au/5590.aspx



Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Populations and Community (SEWPAC). 2012b. Marine Bioregional Plan for the North Marine Region. Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Populations and Community, Canberra. Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (SEWPAC). 2012c. EPBC Species Profile and Threats Database. Available online from: http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/sprat.pl (accessed 30/11/12). Duke, N., Wood, A., Hunnam, K., Mackenzie, J., Haller, A., Christiansen, N., Zahmel, K., Green, T. 2010. Shoreline Ecological Assessment Aerial and Ground Surveys 7-19 November 2009 (as part of the Scientific Monitoring Study of the Montara Monitoring Plan). Prepared by PTTEP Australasia (Ashmore Cartier) PL for the Department of Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts. Froese, R. and Pauly, D. (eds.). 2011. FishBase. . Available online from: www.fishbase.org (accessed 30/11/12). Fugro Multi Client Services Pty Ltd (Fugro) (2009). Cartier and Cartier West 3D Marine Seismic Surveys Environment Plan: Public Summary. Fugro, Perth, Western Australia. Available at: http://www.ret.gov.au/resources/upstream_petroleum/op-environment/environment_approvals/nt/Pages/default.aspx (29/10/12) Geraci, J.R. and St. Aubin, D.J. (1988). Synthesis of Effects of Oil on Marine Mammals. Report to U.S. Department of the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Atlantic OCS Region, OCS Study, MMS 88 0049, Battelle Memorial Institute, Ventura, CA, 292 p. Gilmour J.P., Travers M.J., Underwood J.N., McKinney D.W., Meekan M.G., Gates E.N., Fitzgerald K.L. 2009. Long-term monitoring of shallow-water coral and fish communities at Scott Reef. AIMS SRRP Annual Report September 2009, Project 1. Report produced for Woodside Energy Ltd. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville, Australia. 224pp. Guinea M.L. 1995. The sea turtles and sea snakes of Ashmore Reef National Nature Reserve, Northern Territory University, Darwin, Australia. Guinea M.L. 2006. Sea turtles, sea snakes and dugongs of Scott Reef, Seringapatam Reef and Browse Island with notes on West Lacepede Island, Report to URS. Charles Darwin University, Australia. Guinea M.L and Whiting S.D. 2005. Insights into the distribution and abundance of sea snakes at Ashmore Reef, The Beagle - Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory, Supplement 1. Guinea, M. 2007. Marine Snakes: Species Profile for the North-west Planning Area, Report for the National Oceans Office, Hobart. Heyward, A., Pinceratto, E. and Smith, L.(eds.) (1997). Big Bank Shoals of the Timor Sea: An Environmental Resource Atlas. Prepared by Australian Institute of Marine Science and BHP Billiton Pty Ltd., Perth, Western Australia.

http://www.ret.gov.au/resources/upstream_petroleum/op-environment/environment_approvals/nt/Pages/default.aspx

http://www.ret.gov.au/resources/upstream_petroleum/op-environment/environment_approvals/nt/Pages/default.aspx



Heyward, A., Moore, C., Radford, B. and Colquhoun, J. (2010). Monitoring Program for the Montara Well Release Timor Sea: Final Report on the Nature of Barracouta and Vulcan Shoals. Report prepared by the Australian Institute of Marine Science for PTTEPAA, Perth, Western Australia. INPEX (2010). Ichthys Gas Field Development Project: Draft Environmental Impact Statement. Available at: http://www.inpex.com.au/media/20857/ichthys_eis_complete.pdf IUCN. 2012. The IUCN Red List of Protected Species. Available online from: http://www.iucnredlist.org/ (accessed 30/11/12). Jefferson, T.A., S. Leatherwood & M.A. Webber (1993). FAO species identification guide. Marine Mammals of the World. [Online]. Rome: United Nations Environment Programme, Food and Agricultural Organization. Available from: ftp://ftp.fao.org/docrep/fao/009/t0725e/t0725e00.pdf. (accessed 3/12/12). Jenner, K.C.S., M.N. Jenner and K.A. McCabe. 2001. Geographical and temporal movements of humpback whales in Western Australian waters. APPEA journal. Page(s) 749-765. Le Provost, Dames and Moore. 1997. Bayu-Undan Field Development Preliminary Environmental Report. Prepared for Phillips Petroleum Company and BHP Petroleum. Limpus, C.J. and MacLachlin, N. 1994. The conservation status of the Leatherback Turtle, Dermochelys coriacea, in Australia. In: James, R, ed. Proceedings of the Australian Marine Turtle Conservation Workshop, Gold Coast 14-17 November 1990. Page(s) 63-67. Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage. Canberra: ANCA. Loneragan N, Die D, Kenyon R, Taylor B, Vance D, Manson F, Pendrey, B and Venables W (2002). The growth, mortality, movements and nursery habitats of red-legged banana prawns (Penaeus indicus) in the Joseph Bonaparte Gulf: Final Report to the FRDC (FRDC Project 97/105). FRDC Report. Fisheries Research Development Corporation, ACT. McCauley, R.D. and Jenner, C. 2010. Migratory patterns and estimated population size of pygmy blue whales (Balaenoptera musculus brevicauda) traversing the Western Australian coast based on passive acoustics. Report for the International Whaling Commission, SC/62/SH26. 9pp. McCormick, K. (2001). Customs protecting an environment ‘magnifique’. Available at: http://www.customs.gov.au/webdata/miniSites/May2001/html/p10.htm (Last accessed 05/03/2009). Marquez, R. (1990). FAO Species Catalogue; Sea Turtles of the World. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of the sea turtle species known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis. 125 (11):pp 81. Rome: Food and Agriculture Organisation of United Nations. Marsh, H. and L.W. Lefebvre. 1994. Sirenian Status and Conservation efforts. Aquatic Mammals. 20:767-788.

http://www.inpex.com.au/media/20857/ichthys_eis_complete.pdf



Minton, S.A. and Heatwole, H. 1975. Sea snakes from three reefs of the Sahul Shelf, in Dunson, W.A. (ed) The Biology of Sea Snakes. University Park Press, Baltimore, USA. pp. 141-144. Morgan, D.L., Whitty, J.M. and Phillips, N.M. 2009. Endangered Sawfishes and River Sharks in Western Australia. Centre for Fish and Fisheries Research, Murdoch University, Perth, Western Australia. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). 2010. Oil and Sea Turtles: Biology, Planning, and Response, US Department of commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Service, Office of Response and Restoration. Pendoley, K.L. 2005. Sea Turtles and the Environmental Management of Industrial Activities in North West Western Australia. PhD Thesis, Murdoch University, Perth, Western Australia. 310pp. Peverell, S. 2005. Distribution of Sawfishes (Pristidae) in the Queensland Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia - with notes on Sawfish Ecology. Environmental Biology of Fishes 73:391-402. Pritchard, P.C.H. (1969). Studies of the systematics and reproductive cycles of the genus Lepidochelys. Ph.D. Thesis. Florida: University of Florida. RPS (2010a). Ecology of Marine Turtles of the Dampier Peninsula and the Lacepede Island Group, 2009-2010. Report produced for Woodside Energy Limited. 163 pp. Scholz, D.K., J. Michel, G. Shigenaka, and R. Hoff. (1992). Chapter 4: Biological Resources. In: Impacts of Oil Spills on Coastal Ecosystems: Course Manual. Prepared by Research Planning, Inc., Columbia, SC. Prepared for the Marine Spill Response Corporation: Washington, DC. January 13-17, 1992, Monterey, CA. 70 p. Smith, T.G., Geraci, J.R. and St Aubin, D.J. (1983). Reaction of bottlenose dolphin Tursiops truncatus to a controlled oil spill. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science 40: 1522-1525. Western Australian Museum (WAM) (2012). Kimberley Coastal Survey – Cassini Island and Long Reef, 2010. Available from: http://www.museum.wa.gov.au/kimberley/diaries/kimberley-coastal-survey-%E2%80%93-cassini-island-and-long-reef-2010 (accessed 24/10/12) Watson, J.E.M., Joseph, L.N. and Watson, A.W.T. (2009). A Rapid Assessment of the Impacts of the Montara Field Oil Leak on Birds, Cetaceans and Marine Reptiles. Prepared on behalf of the Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts by the Spatial Ecology Laboratory, University of Queensland, Brisbane. Webb, G.J.W. and Manolis, S.C. Australian Freshwater Crocodile Crocodylus johnstoni. 2010. Wildlife Management International Pty. Ltd., NT, Australia. Whiting S.D. and Guinea M.L. 2005. ‘Dugongs of Ashmore Reef and the Sahul banks: a review of current knowledge and a distribution of sightings’, The Beagle - Records of the Museums and Art Galleries of the Northern Territory. Supplement 1, pp. 207-210.

http://www.museum.wa.gov.au/kimberley/diaries/kimberley-coastal-survey-%E2%80%93-cassini-island-and-long-reef-2010

http://www.museum.wa.gov.au/kimberley/diaries/kimberley-coastal-survey-%E2%80%93-cassini-island-and-long-reef-2010



Woodside. 2011. Browse LNG Development Draft Upstream Environmental Impact Statement EPBC Referral 2008/4111. Woodside Energy Limited, Perth, Western Australia. URS. 2006. Report on Environmental Surveys Undertaken at Scott Reef in February 2006. Report produced for Woodside Energy Limited. 136 pp. Cited in Woodside Browse LNG Development Draft Upstream Environmental Impact Statement 2011, 25 April 2012. URS. 2007. Scott Reef Environmental Surveys - September and November 2006, Report produced for Woodside Energy Limited. 150 pp. Cited in Woodside Browse LNG Development Draft Upstream Environmental Impact Statement 2011, 29 April 2012.



SUPPLEMENT F.2 NEBA PROCEDURE



NEBA PROCEDURE A Net Environmental Benefit Assessment (NEBA) process will be employed in the event of a spill in order to identify and compare net environmental benefits of alternative spill response options. The NEBA process will be utilised for all spills prior to commencement of a response. The NEBA will include identification of positive and negative impacts on the management of the spill. The method allows the direct comparison of multiple response options which can then be assessed with respect to reducing risk to ALARP. The procedure for completing the NEBA is outlined below: Key Elements in the NEBA Process The NEBA process requires population of an excel-based spreadsheet including three sheets outlining the following: Table 1 – Site and Spill Details and Ranking - This table provides summary details of the spill, including hydrocarbon model output summaries and allows priority ranking of various values and attributes alongside the sensitivity of those values to response strategies. For example, hard corals are ranked as high priority and are particularly sensitive to the use of chemical dispersant in close proximity to shoals, reefs and banks. Table 2 – Occurrence of Values and Attributes at Sites - This table details whether particular values and attributes are located in a particular geographic location applicable to the zone of potential impact for the spill. This table also presents the priority ranking for values and attributes which can be transferred from Table 1. For example, hard corals are present in the vicinity of Scott Reef and Seringapatam Reef and are therefore ticked accordingly. Detailed information on Timor Sea region is available in Attachment 2 (Supplement F1) of this OSCP. Table 3 – Effects of Response Actions - Table 3 presents an assessment of each response option considered in the context of the relevant values and attributes. Response options are scored on a scale of +3 (significant positive benefits for that particular value/attribute in spill response) to -3 (significant negative effects for that particular value/attribute in a spill response). Detailed information on potential impacts of response options is available in Section 8.2.3 and Supplement F1 (Table 15) of this OSCP.

This procedure outlines the process by which a NEBA can be conducted following a spill event in order to evaluate potential response strategies appropriate to the zone of potential impact of the spill.



PROCEDURE NEBA Procedure OSCP-6

Task Action Status

1 Table 1 - Site and Spill Details and Ranking This table provides summary details of the spill and allows priority ranking of various values and attributes alongside the sensitivity of those values to proposed response strategies.

a) Complete the information in the first row (Table 1 below, circled in Red no. 1). This section details the Tier of spill, Season, water depth, proximity to the coastline, details of persons completing the form, date of form completion and the type of NEBA (operational, strategic or tactical1) (Table 1 below, circled in black – no. 2)

b) Assign the NEBA form with a unique reference code which is of a standard format. For example:

ddmmyyyy (i.e. date)_Site abbreviation_Type of NEBA_Page x of x_Initials of assessor A completed example using this format would be: 26082012_BROW_Strat_1of3_JW (BROW = Browse open water, Strat = Strategic NEBA, G Nicholson).

c) Determine whether each potential response is actually feasible and indicate this using either a tick (feasible – on practical grounds) or cross (not feasible) (Table 1, dashed blue line no. 3). For those instances where the response is not feasible, a brief description should be provided to explain why it is not appropriate (e.g. the spill comprises highly volatile condensate and in situ burning is considered an unacceptable risk to the safety or response workers). The information on water depth and distance from shore will assist in determining which surface dispersant options are applicable.

d) Add in the site name of potentially affected sites (e.g. Sandy Islet) (Table 1, circled in Purple No. 4). NB – This section of the table may be completed for numerous potentially affected locations in the vicinity of the spill location. The site name can be one of the identified sensitive sites defined in Table 2, taken from a Figure 4 in Attachment 2, Supplement F1, or ‘open water’ if there are no named local surface or sea bed sensitive sites.

1 ) Operational NEBA: Single site only (all tiers); Strategic NEBA: Covers multiple sites and used when strategic decisions are required in order to identify the most appropriate

response(s) for all sites (all tiers). NEBA forms for all sites should be completed; Tactical NEBA: Used when a decision requires a potential ecological cost or sacrifice and involves assessment of multiple shoreline

sites (intertidal and shallow sub-tidal) to identify “sensitive” and “sacrificial” shorelines. For example, see the Environmental Sensitivity Index (ESI) Scores in Incident Action Plan (IAP) for practicable shoreline protection/deflection and appropriate sites for subsequent shoreline clean-up operations. This type of NEBA is only applicable for Tier 3 spills



Task Action Status

e) All the potentially affected values and attributes at the defined site (e.g. hard coral, commercial fisheries, mariculture) are listed and ranked in order of priority (sensitivity to oil spills) (e.g. hard corals – priority 1 in the example table) (Table 1, circled in Green No. 5). Table 2 provides a summary of the particular values/attributes applicable to the operations covered by thePTTEPAA OSCP. This can be utilised as a basis for completion of this column. For example, the columns highlighted in blue on Table 2 are transferred to Table 1 in this example.

2 Table 2 – Occurrence of Values and Attributes at Sites This table details whether particular values and attributes are located in a particular geographic location applicable to the Zone of Potential Impact (ZPI) for the spill. This table also presents the priority ranking for values and attributes which can be transferred to Table 1.

a) Table 2 has been prepared for the PTTEPAA OSCP, as appropriate to the sites and the values and attributes applicable to PTTEPAAs principle areas of operation. Consider whether Table 2 needs tailoring specific to the particular spill zone of impact. This may involve removing non relevant columns and adding additional receptors that are not currently included.

3 Table 3 – Effects of Response Actions - Table 3 presents an assessment of each response option considered in the context of the relevant values and attributes.

a) Check whether relevant values and attributes and rankings from Table 1 and 2 are now in the first three columns of Table 3.

b) Score the potential impacts of each particular response strategy (in relation to the three Tier options) for each value/attribute. Response options are scored on a scale of +3 (significant positive benefits for that particular value/attribute in spill response) to -3 (significant negative effects for that particular value/attribute in a spill response). Scoring should be based on appropriate literature review of impacts and in a workshop process with key environmental and incident command personnel.



Table 1 Completion of the NEBA Matrix - Example

1.

2.

3. 4. 5.



Table 2 The occurrence of values/attributes at sites identified within the area of interest of PTTEPAAs operations. Those for Sandy Islet have been highlighted as an example. The list highlighted in blue would be transferred to Table 3- Example

Value/ Attribute Priority

Ranking Open Water

Barracouta Shoal1

Vulcan Shoal1

Goeree Shoal1

Eugene McDermott Shoal1

Cassini Island

Long Reef

Seringapatam Reef

Scott Reef2

Sandy Islet2

Browse Island2

Adele Island2

Mainland Australia

Indonesia Timor Ashmore Reef

Cartier Island

Hibernia Reef


Cash-2/ Maple-2

Montara

(Note: only 5% of

simulations showed impact)

Jabiru Challis


Seagrasses 2 x x x x x x x Hard Corals 1 x

(deep water)

x x x x x x x x

(deep water)

x x x x x x x x

Macroalgae 9 x x x x x x x x x x x Mangroves 4 x x Saltmarshes and Wetlands

5

Benthic Communities


4

x x x x x x x x x x x x x


9 x x x x x x x x x x x x


8 x x x x x x x x x x x

Benthic Soft Coral Communities3

7 x x x x x x x

x (South Reef)

x x x x

Marine Fauna Fish 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Seabirds 5

x x x

x (low

numbers, less

diverse)

x (low

numbers, less

diverse)

x (high

diversity and

numbers)

x (high

diversity and

numbers)

x (high

diversity and

numbers)

x

Cetaceans 3 x x x x Turtles 4

x

x (possible

foraging for Green,

Loggerhead and

Hawksbill turtles)

x (Green turtle

nesting)

x (Green turtle

transitory foraging only)

x (Green turtle

foraging, low

numbers)

x (Green turtle

nesting)

x (Green turtle

nesting)

x x x

Corresponding values and attributes for Sandy Islet denoted in blue in this Table 2 example



Value/ Attribute Priority Ranking

Open Water

Barracouta Shoal1

Vulcan Shoal1

Goeree Shoal1


Cassini Island

Long Reef

Seringapatam Reef

Scott Reef2

Sandy Islet2

Browse Island2

Adele Island2

Mainland Australia


Cartier Island

Hibernia Reef

Sea Snakes 5 x x4 x x x x x Sharks and Rays

4 x x x

x (Whale Shark)

x x

Dugongs 4 x5 x x5 Fisheries Commercial 5 x


8 x x x x x x x

Recreational 11 x x Other Socio-Economic and Environmental Values

Oil & Gas 6 x Shipping 11 x Protected Areas

6 x x x x x x x

Mariculture (including Pearl culture)

7 x (marine

aquarium)

x (specimen

shell collection)

Historic Shipwrecks

11 x x x

Research 10 x x x x x Tourism (including beaches)

10 x x x x x x

Plankton 8 x Intertidal Sensitivities


8 x x x x x x x x x x


9 x x x x x x x x

Shorebirds 6 x x x x x Turtle Nesting Beaches

6 x x x x x

Key: High risk of being impacted by a spill (0-10 days to exposure) Medium risk of being impacted by a spill (10-20 days to

exposure) Low risk of being impacted by a spill (20+ days to exposure) *Note: Possible impact to the key sensitive receptors is based on surface spill modelling. Dissolved and entrained hydrocarbons have not been considered in the ranking of the potential risk 1Information based on the findings of the Montara Scientific Study of Banks and Shoals (2011) and Big Bank Shoal survey (Heyward et al. 1997). 2 Note that South Scott Reef, Sandy Islet and Browse Island are within State coastal waters (3 nm boundary). 4 While no information is currently publically available, it is likely that Barracouta Shoal supports sea snakes based on its proximity to Cartier Island. 5 Dugongs are likely to extend to Vulcan Shoal and Cartier Island as critical seagrass habitat is available (Commonwealth of Australia 2002).



Table 3 Potential effects of response actions for Tier 1 to 3 spills for each identified value/ attribute - Example



Table 4 Completion of the NEBA Matrix – To be completed in the event of a spill



Table 5 The occurrence of values/attributes at sites identified within the area of interest of PTTEPAAs operations – To be utilised in the event of a spill Value/ Attribute Priority

Ranking Open Water

Barracouta Shoal1

Vulcan Shoal1

Goeree Shoal1


Cassini Island

Long Reef

Seringapatam Reef

Scott Reef2

Sandy Islet2

Browse Island2

Adele Island2

Mainland Australia


Cartier Island

Hibernia Reef


Cash-2/ Maple-2

Montara

(Note: only 5% of

simulations showed impact)

Jabiru Challis


Seagrasses 2 x x x x x x x Hard Corals 1 x

(deep water)

x x x x x x x x

(deep water)

x x x x x x x x

Macroalgae 9 x x x x x x x x x x x Mangroves 4 x x Saltmarshes and Wetlands

5

Benthic Communities


4

x x x x x x x x x x x x x


9 x x x x x x x x x x x x


8 x x x x x x x x x x x

Benthic Soft Coral Communities3

7 x x x x x x x

x (South Reef)

x x x x

Marine Fauna Fish 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Seabirds 5

x x x

x (low

numbers, less

diverse)

x (low

numbers, less

diverse)

x (high

diversity and

numbers)

x (high

diversity and

numbers)

x (high

diversity and

numbers)

x

Cetaceans 3 x x x x Turtles 4

x

x (possible

foraging for Green,

Loggerhead and

Hawksbill turtles)

x (Green turtle

nesting)

x (Green turtle

transitory foraging only)

x (Green turtle

foraging, low

numbers)

x (Green turtle

nesting)

x (Green turtle

nesting)

x x x

Sea Snakes 5 x x4 x x x x x



Value/ Attribute Priority Ranking

Open Water

Barracouta Shoal1

Vulcan Shoal1

Goeree Shoal1


Cassini Island

Long Reef

Seringapatam Reef

Scott Reef2

Sandy Islet2

Browse Island2

Adele Island2

Mainland Australia


Cartier Island

Hibernia Reef

Sharks and Rays

4 x x x

x (Whale Shark)

x x

Dugongs 4 x5 x x5 Fisheries Commercial 5 x


8 x x x x x x x

Recreational 11 x x Other Socio-Economic and Environmental Values

Oil & Gas 6 x Shipping 11 x Protected Areas

6 x x x x x x x

Mariculture (including Pearl culture)

7 x (marine

aquarium)

x (specimen

shell collection)

Historic Shipwrecks

11 x x x

Research 10 x x x x x Tourism (including beaches)

10 x x x x x x

Plankton 8 x Intertidal Sensitivities


8 x x x x x x x x x x


9 x x x x x x x x

Shorebirds 6 x x x x x Turtle Nesting Beaches

6 x x x x x

Key: High risk of being impacted by a spill (0-10 days to exposure) Medium risk of being impacted by a spill (10-20 days to

exposure) Low risk of being impacted by a spill (20+ days to exposure) *Note: Possible impact to the key sensitive receptors is based on surface spill modelling. Dissolved and entrained hydrocarbons have not been considered in the ranking of the potential risk. 1Information based on the findings of the Montara Scientific Study of Banks and Shoals (2011) and Big Bank Shoal survey (Heyward et al. 1997). 2 Note that South Scott Reef, Sandy Islet and Browse Island are within State coastal waters (3 nm boundary). 4 While no information is currently publically available, it is likely that Barracouta Shoal supports sea snakes based on its proximity to Cartier Island. 5 Dugongs are likely to extend to Vulcan Shoal and Cartier Island as critical seagrass habitat is available (Commonwealth of Australia 2002).



Table 6 Potential effects of response actions for Tier 1 to 3 spills for each identified value/ attribute – To be utilised in the event of a spill



SUPPLEMENT F.3 GUIDELINE FOR PREDICTING POTENTIAL EFFECTS OF OIL ON TIMOR SEA REGION RESOURCES AND MANAGEMENT



Guideline for Predicting Potential Effects of Oil on Timor Sea Region Resources and Management

RESOURCE Potential Effect Sensitivity and Recovery Rate Management

Ope

n Se

a

Sea Snakes Ingestion of oil Little information Vulnerability: High Sensitivity: High Recovery: Slow

Consider need for monitoring of oil exposure, behaviour etc.

Do not use dispersants close to sea snakes Exposure of eyes

Inhalation Wildlife response via DEWHA

Do not handle sea snakes: Expert handling only Impact on breeding

Marine Birds Direct impact on feathers

Drowning Vulnerability: High Sensitivity: High Recovery: Slow

Wildlife response Avoid hazing unless recommended by Govt. agencies

Hypothermia Use of dispersants Ingestion (preening or via food) Consult expert (Govt.)

advice

Dee

p W

ater

Submerged Reefs and shoals

Direct impact by dispersed oil Vulnerability: Low Sensitivity: Low Recovery: N/A

Consider need for monitoring of oil exposure

Do not use dispersants close to banks or shoals Impact on coral spawning areas

In the absence of dispersant use, little risk of exposure due to depths;

Consult expert opinion re exposure during spawning

Deepwater Benthic Communities

Little chance of exposure to oil Vulnerability: Low Sensitivity: Low Recovery: N/A

Monitor and model dispersed oil distribution

Avoid dispersant in shallow water Possible sedimentation of oil close

to spill source Coastal Birds Direct impact

on feathers Drowning Vulnerability: High

Sensitivity: High Recovery: Slow

Wildlife response Avoid hazing unless recommended by Govt. agencies

Hypothermia Use of dispersants to avoid impact of high density areas/ shorelines by surface oil

Ingestion (preening or via food) Oiling of eggs

Coa

stal

Are

as Oiling of nesting/roosting areas Consult expert (Govt.)

advice Coastal Reefs(Corals)

Impact by dispersed oil Vulnerability: Low (distance) Sensitivity: High Recovery: Slow

Use of dispersant and other protection strategies

Do not use dispersants close to corals Direct impact by oil

Reduced recruitment through impact on spawn/larvae etc.

Consider need for monitoring of oil exposure

Mangroves Direct impact; defoliation/death Vulnerability: Low (distance)

Use of dispersant and other protection strategies

Do not use dispersants close to mangroves Effects on associated fauna/flora




Retention of oil in impacted sediments is possible

Sensitivity: High Recovery: Slow

Consider need for monitoring of oil distribution (area, depth etc.)

Do not attempt cleanup without expert advice

Natural recovery may be slow but depends on mangrove form and nature of exposure

Trajectory analysis to predict impact

Do not deploy cleanup teams until hazards are assessed Cleanup if possible with

expert supervision

Coa

stal

Are

as

Seagrasses Direct impact; defoliation/death Vulnerability: Low (depending on distance and depth) Sensitivity: High Recovery: Variable

Use of dispersant and other protection strategies to avoid impact

Do not use dispersants close to seagrasses. Effects on associated fauna/flora

Retention of oil in sediments possible

Trajectory analysis

Natural recovery may be slow if sediments are impacted

Consider need for monitoring of oil exposure. Do not attempt cleanup

without expert advice. Vulnerability depends on depth Cleanup only with expert supervision.

Dugongs Exposure to inshore oil Little information Vulnerability: Generally low (distance) Sensitivity: High Recovery: Slow

If sighted, monitor potential exposure, behaviour etc.

Do not use dispersants close to dugongs or dugong habitat.

Ingestion of oil or contaminated seagrass

Mobilise expert observers Avoid high speed vessel movements in vicinity of dugongs

Eye irritation Ward response vessels of presence

Inhalation Consider possibility of removal

Do not approach unless instructed and supervised by Govt. Appointed expert. Wildlife response via

DEWHA

Econ

omic

Fisheries Effects on fish population (see fish above)

See notes re fish above Vulnerability: Low if managed Sensitivity: Low

Close fishing grounds (Govt.)

Avoid dispersant use

Fouling of nets, pots etc. Issue warnings to fishing vessels Closing of fishing grounds

Vessel collisions Testing of catch




Loss of consumer confidence Recovery: Generally rapid. Management of media



14.3 ATTACHMENT 3 – ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT Introduction This Environmental Risk Assessment attachment provides examples of typical release scenarios encountered during the life cycle of oil & gas fields within PTTEPAA as follows:

• Gas/Condensate drilling (Cash-2/Maple-2)

• Oil field operations (Montara)

• Depleted oil reservoir (Jabiru/Challis)

Each of the above locations have been chosen to conduct hydrocarbon/oil spill modelling studies to quantify the likely risk of exposure from all hypothetical spills originating from activities carried out at these locations.

Typical spill scenarios that have been modelled include the following:

• 10 m3 Diesel release (spill from supply vessel during refuelling)

• 80 m3 Diesel release (spill from ship collision)

• 400 bbl per day Condensate release over 7 days (well acute blowout)

• 400 bbl per day Condensate release over 80 days (well prolonged blowout)

• 400 bbl per day Crude Oil release over 80 days (well prolonged blowout)

• 600 bbl per day Crude Oil release over 5 days (well acute blowout)

The findings of these studies are summarised in the following attachments.

14.3.1 HYDROCARBON SPILL MODELLING CASH-2/MAPLE-2 A hydrocarbon spill modelling study was carried out to quantify the likely risk of exposure from hypothetical oil spills originating from the proposed Cash-2/Maple-2 Appraisal Wells Drilling Operations, located within the Timor Sea, Australia (See Figure 1). The study included a seasonal risk assessment (summer and winter) of the fate of potential spills of hydrocarbons during the drilling campaigns of Cash-2/Maple-2. The following is a summary, please refer to report

for further details.



Figure 1: Locations of the Proposed Cash-2/Maple-2 Well Sites, Timor Sea. Previous drilling has identified the Cash and Maple fields as being gas fields with associated condensate. The purpose of drilling the planned wells is to provide further definition of the reserves in place. The assessment examined four hypothetical but applicable scenarios for the proposed drilling operations for these wells: Scenario 1 – an instantaneous 10 m3 diesel spill, representing a spill from a supply vessel during refuelling; Scenario 2 – an instantaneous 80 m3 diesel spill, representing a ship collision resulting in loss of fuel from a supply vessel; Scenario 3 – A 400 bbl per day spill of condensate over 7 days released from the seafloor, representing a loss of well control (an acute blowout scenario); Scenario 4 – A 400 bbl per day spill of condensate over 80 days released from the seafloor, representing a loss of well control (a prolonged blowout scenario). The monthly wind rose produced from archived wind records for the node located nearest to the Cash-2/Maple-2 sites demonstrated two prominent seasons. Thus, the spill risk assessment was completed for the two seasons as follows: (a) Summer (November to February) with prevailing westerly winds; and



(b) Winter (April to August) with prevailing easterly winds. Two short transitional periods, with more variable wind directions usually during March and September – October, occur between these periods. These transitional periods have weaker winds and hence will be subsets of the risk assessments undertaken. The Indonesian Through Flow Current occurs to the north of the Fields running WSW along the shelf break as a permanent influence on drift patterns in this region. Risks of exposure to surrounding locations were calculated using numerical modelling of the trajectory and weathering of spilled hydrocarbon fluids. A stochastic modelling approach, involving repeated simulations of the same spill scenario under different, randomly sampled, conditions was used to objectively define the probability or risk of exposure to hydrocarbons for surrounding resources, at concentrations exceeding the minimum threshold. The minimum threshold used for this assessment was 0.1 g/m2, which is equivalent to a silvery sheen, as per the Bonn Agreement Oil Appearance Code (BAOAC) 2006. The BAOAC guideline has been accepted by the Australian Government as the nationally preferred, and scientifically validated, oil spill appearance code under the Australian National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious and Hazardous Substances (National Plan). Note that this threshold is a conservative indication of the extent of visible surface slicks, not the extent of potential impact, which would be smaller. For each of the diesel scenarios a total of 100 simulations were performed per season and for the short and long term loss of well control scenarios 20 simulations were performed per season. Model results were individually analysed to determine the predicted risk of exposure at sea and on shorelines (for a defined threshold thickness of oil) and the minimum time for the oil to travel to given locations surrounding the release site. Each spill was tracked until it reached a mass of 0.1 g/m2 (~0.1 µm) on the water surface or once it reached the shoreline. This thickness is equivalent to a silvery sheen under BAOAC guidelines. Surface Diesel Release Scenarios The stochastic modelling of both surface release of diesel fuel indicated that the dominant direction of drift during the summer months was towards the northeast, up to a distance of 100 km for the 10 m3 scenario (See Figure 2) and 160 km for the 80 m3 scenario (See Figure 3). During the winter months movement was towards the northeast and southwest, up to a distance of 60 km for the 10 m3 scenario and 110 km for the 80 m3 scenario. The travel distances and patchiness shown in the results, for a small number of simulations can be attributed to some slicks going subsurface during high wind events and resurfacing once winds abate. When these slicks go subsurface they continue to move with the currents but are not available to evaporate, hence when they resurface they can come up as significant slicks. Diesel slicks were not shown to persist in the water’s surface, above the minimum threshold of 0.1 g/m2, beyond 6 days for the 10 m3 scenario and 15 days for the 80 m3 scenario. No shoreline exposure to any islands or reefs was shown for summer or winter conditions modelled for either of the surface diesel release scenarios.



Figure 2 - 10 m3 diesel release modelled trajectories during summer conditions (Nov to Feb)



Figure 3 – 80 m3 diesel release modelled trajectories during summer conditions (Nov to Feb) Loss of Well Control Scenarios Due to the high volatility of the condensate known to exist in this reservoir, slicks did not persist on the water’s surface for longer than 2 days for either season. As a result of this short persistence time the probability of exposure contour plots for both summer and winter were similar in size and shape with only a slight bias towards the predominant winds direction. Slicks migrated a maximum distance of 18.4 km and 20.4 km from the release site during the summer and winter periods, respectively, for the short-term loss of well control scenario. Hence, slicks were not shown to enter Indonesian waters or make contact with any mainland or island (See Figure 4).



Figure 4 – 400 bbl/day release of condensate over 7 days modelled trajectories during winter conditions (April to August) Similar to the short-term loss of well scenario, the condensate did not persist on the water’s surface for longer than 9 days, for either season, for the long-term loss of well scenario. As a result of this short persistence time the probability of exposure contour plots for both summer and winter were similar in size and shape with no real bias towards any direction. Slicks migrated a maximum distance of 24 km and 25.2 km from the release site during the summer and winter periods, respectively, for the long-term loss of well control incident. Hence, no oil was shown to enter Indonesian waters or make contact with any mainland or island (See Figure 5).



Figure 5 – 400 bbl/day release of condensate over 80 days modelled trajectories during winter conditions (April to August)



14.3.2 OIL SPILL MODELLING MONTARA An oil spill modelling study was carried out to quantify the likely risk of exposure from a spill originating from the Montara Well Head Platform, located within the Browse Basin offshore Western Australia. The following is a summary, please refer to report for further details. The assessment examined the following scenario:

• A 400 bbl per day spill of Montara crude oil over 80 days released from the seafloor, representing a loss of well control (blowout scenario).

The monthly wind rose produced from archived wind records for the node located nearest to the Montara Well Head platform demonstrated two prominent seasons. Thus, the spill risk assessment was completed for two seasons as follows; (a) Summer (November to February) with prevailing westerly winds; and (b) Winter (April to August) with prevailing easterly winds. Two shorter transitional periods, with more variable wind directions usually during March and September – October, occur between these periods. Risks of exposure to surrounding locations were calculated using numerical modelling of the trajectory and weathering of spilled hydrocarbon fluids. A stochastic modelling approach, involving repeated simulations of the same spill scenario under different, randomly sampled, conditions was used to objectively define the probability of exposure to hydrocarbons for surrounding resources, at concentrations exceeding the minimum threshold. The minimum threshold used for this assessment was 0.1 g/m2, which is equivalent to a silvery sheen, as per the Bonn Agreement Oil Appearance Code (BAOAC) 2006. The BAOAC guideline has been accepted by the Australian Government as the nationally preferred, and scientifically validated, oil spill appearance code under the Australian National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious and Hazardous Substances (National Plan). For the long-term blowout scenario a total of 20 simulations were performed per season (for a total of 40 individual simulations). Each spill was tracked until it reached a mass of 0.1 g/m2 (~0.1 µm) on the water surface or once it reached the shoreline. This thickness is equivalent to a silvery sheen under BAOAC guidelines. Simulated Seabed Blowout for Montara Crude Weathering predictions for a long-run release of crude indicated that a significant proportion of the hydrocarbons would remain entrained for an extended period after rising from the seabed release point. Due to the long discharge period from the simulated blowout and the highly variable currents and wind conditions over time, a substantially large area of the surrounding seas are encompassed within the predicted risk contours for this scenario. The areas at risk of exposure to surfaced hydrocarbons were indicated to vary depending upon the season at the time of oil release. During the summer period spills tended to move in a northeast direction resulting in shoreline exposure to the islands directly adjacent to Australia and also the scattered



islands of Indonesia and Timor. The Australian islands were impacted by 70% of spills during summer and Indonesia and Timor were impacted by 35% and 10%, respectively. (See Figure 1). The maximum shoreline exposure to the Australian Coastline, and directly adjacent islands, during the summer months, was 924 g/m2 at Bathurst Island. Timor and Indonesia were shown to have slicks impact on their shorelines during the summer period; however the impacts were small in comparison to the overall size of the spill. Indonesia had a maximum exposure of 55 g/m2, and Timor had 149 g/m2.

Figure 1 – 400 bbl/day release of crude over 80 days modelled trajectories summer conditions (Nov to Feb) The predominantly easterly winds during the winter season caused the majority of simulated spills to move in a westerly direction and consequently there were no impacts to any shorelines along the Australian mainland, Indonesia or Timor. Maximum shoreline exposures occurred at Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island, where 100% of simulations were shown to impact within 4 days of the commencement of the blowout. Of all the islands and reefs west of the release site, Browse Island was the least impacted with only 5% of simulations shown to impact here. Finally, based on the observations from the Montara Incident, weathering would be significant before any shoreline impacts occurred. Further, any shoreline oil would be waxy residues only given these time frames and very patchy (<10%) in coverage.



14.3.3 OIL SPILL MODELLING JABIRU/CHALLIS An oil spill modelling study was carried out to quantify the likely risk of exposure from hypothetical oil spills originating from the Jabiru and Challis Fields, located within the Timor Sea, Australia. The following is a summary, refer to report for further details. The monthly wind rose produced from archived wind records for the node located nearest to the Jabiru and Challis Field demonstrated two prominent seasons. Thus, the spill risk assessment was completed for the two seasons as follows: (a) Summer (November to February) with prevailing westerly winds; and (b) Winter (April to August) with prevailing easterly winds. Two short transitional periods, with more variable wind directions and weaker wind speeds occur usually during March, September and October. The winds directions during March, September and October are represented by both summer and winter patterns. The Indonesian Through Flow Current occurs to the north of the Fields running WSW along the shelf break as a permanent influence on drift patterns in this region. Due to the close proximity of the Jabiru and Challis field to each other, the Jabiru field was selected as a representative location for both fields. The assessment examined three applicable hypothetical scenarios for the operations at these facilities:

• Scenario 1 – an instantaneous 10 m3 diesel spill, representing a spill from a supply vessel during refuelling;

• Scenario 2 – an instantaneous 80 m3 diesel spill, representing a ship collision resulting in loss of fuel from a supply vessel;

• Scenario 3 – A 600 bbl per day spill of Jabiru crude over 5 days released from the seafloor, representing a loss of well control scenario from a depleted reservoir.

Risks of exposure to surrounding locations were calculated using numerical modelling of the trajectory and weathering of spilled hydrocarbon fluids. A stochastic modelling approach, involving repeated simulations of the same spill scenario under different, randomly sampled, conditions was used to objectively define the probability of exposure to hydrocarbons for surrounding resources, at concentrations exceeding the minimum threshold. The minimum threshold used for this assessment was 0.1 g/m2, which is equivalent to a silvery sheen, as per the Bonn Agreement Oil Appearance Code (BAOAC) 2006. The BAOAC guideline has been accepted by the Australian Government as the nationally preferred, and scientifically validated, oil spill appearance code under the Australian National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil and Other Noxious and Hazardous Substances (National Plan). Note that this threshold is a conservative indication of the extent of visible surface slicks, not the extent of potential impact, which would be smaller.



Surface Diesel Release Scenarios The stochastic modelling of both surface release of diesel fuel indicated that the dominant direction of drift during the summer months was towards the northeast and southwest, up to a distance of 70 km for the 10 m3 scenario and 180 km for the 80 m3 scenario (See Figure 2). During the winter months movement was towards the southwest, up to a distance of 100 km (See Figure 1) for the 10 m3 scenario and 120 km for the 80 m3 scenario.

Figure 1 – 10 m3 diesel release modelled trajectories during winter conditions (April to

August)



Figure 2 – 80 m3 diesel release modelled trajectories during summer conditions (Nov to Feb) The travel distances and patchiness shown in the results, for a small number of simulations, can be attributed to some slicks going subsurface during high wind events and resurfacing once winds abate. When these slicks go subsurface they continue to move with the currents but are not available to evaporate, hence when they resurface they can come up as significant slicks. Diesel slicks were not shown to persist in the water’s surface, above the minimum threshold of 0.1 g/m2, beyond 6 days for the 10 m3 scenario and 15 days for the 80 m3 scenario. No shoreline exposure to any islands or reefs was shown for summer or winter conditions modelled for either of the surface diesel release scenarios. Loss of Well Control The areas at risk of exposure to surfaced hydrocarbons were indicated to vary depending upon the season the hypothetical loss of well control was occurring. During the summer period slicks tended to move in a north-easterly direction, while during the winter period slicks tended to move in a westerly direction. The movement of hydrocarbons to the northeast during the summer period, and some to the west, during the summer period, resulted in shoreline exposure to the islands directly adjacent to Australia including Melville Island and Bathurst Island less than 10% of all spills, and taking more than 5 weeks to reach these distances. (See Figure 3).



Figure 3 – 600 bbl/day release of crude over 5 days modelled trajectories summer conditions (Nov to Feb)



Based on the observations from the Montara Incident, weathering would be significant and any shoreline oil would be waxy residues only given these time frames and very patchy (<10%) in coverage. Further, the Ashmore/Cartier Group was quantified to be at risk for less than 10% of simulations and the minimum time before exposure was estimated at approximately 35 days. Again the oil will be significantly weathered by this time. Based on the observations during the Montara Incident, volumes of oil onshore would not be significant during the summer period. See King et al., 2010. The movement of hydrocarbons to the west during the winter period did not result in any shoreline exposure to the Australian mainland or Indonesian islands. The Ashmore/Cartier Group was impacted by 30% of the simulations undertaken and the estimated minimum time before exposure was less than 10 days. The maximum estimate of oil on shore was 62 tonnes (16%) during the winter period for a direct hit as a worst-case scenario. Based on the recent Montara Incident, oil slicks at this distance from the release site were observed to be typically patchy (<10% coverage), hence oil may pass these shorelines without stranding.